Clever Krsna

Act one

Veëu-näda-viläsa

Pastimes of Flute-music

Prastävanä (Prologue)

Text 1

sudhänäm cändriëäm madhurimonmäda-damani

dadhänä rädhädi-praëaya-ghana-säraiù surabhitäm

samantät santäpodgama-viñama-saàsära-saraëi-

praëitäà te tåñëäà haratu-lilä-çikhariëi

sudhänäm-of the nectar; cändriëäm-produced on the moon; api-even; madhurimä-the sweetness; unmäda-damani-overpowering the pride; dadhänä-distributing; rädhä-ädi-of Srimati Rädhäräëi and Her companions; praëa-ghana-of teh concentrated loving affairs; säraiù-by the essence; su-rabhitäm-a good fragance; samantät-everywhere; santäpa-miserable conditions; udgama-generating; viçama-very dangerous; saàsära-saraëi-on the path of material existence; praëitäm-created; te-your; tåñëäm-desires; haratu-let it take away; hari-lilä-the pastimes of Sri Kåñëa; çikhariëi-exactly like a combination of yogurt and sugar candy.

May the pastimes of Sri Kåñëa reduce the miseries existing in the material world and nullify all unwanted desires. The pastimes of the Supreme Personality of Godhead are like çikhariëi, a blend of yogurt and sugar candy. They overpower the pride of even the nectar produced on the moon, for they distribute the sweet fragrance of the concentrated loving affairs of Srimati Rädhäräëi and the gopis.*

Text 2

anarpita-carià cirät karuëayävatirëaù kalau

sampayitum unnatojjvala-rasäm sva-bhaktiçriyam

hariù puraöa-sundara-dyuti-kadamba-sandipitaù

sadä hådaya-kandare sphuratu vaù çaci-nandanaù

anarpita-not bestowed; carim-having been formerly; cirät-for a long time; karuëayä-by causeless mercy; avatirëaù-descended; kalau-in the age of Kali; samarpayitum-to bestow; unnata-elevated; ujjvala-rasäm-the conjugal mellow; sva-bhakti-of His own service; çriyam-the treasure; hariù-the Supreme Lord; puraöa-than gold; sundara-more beautiful; dyuti-of splendor; kadamba-with a multitude; sandipitaù-illuminated; sadä-always; hådaya-kandare-in the cavity of the heart; sphuratu-let Him be manifest; vaù-your; çaci-nandanaù-the son of mother Saci.

May the Supreme Lord, who is known as the son of Srimati Sacidevi, be transcendentally situated in the innermost core of your heart. Resplendent with the radiance of molten gold, He has descended in the age of Kali by His causeless mercy to bestow what no incarnation has ever offered before: the most elevated mellow of devotional service, the mellow of conjugal love.*

Purport by Srila Prabhupäda:

This verse also appears in Caitanya-caritämåta Adi-lilä (1.4 and 3.4) In his commentary on Vidagdha-mädhava, Srila Viçvanätha Cakravarti Öhäkura remarks: mahä-prabhoù sphurtià vinä rasäsvädanänupapatter iti bhävaù. Without the mercy of Sri Caitanya Mahäprabhu, one cannot describe the pastimes of the Supreme Personality of Godhead. Therefore Srila Rupa Gosvämi said, vaù yuñmäkaà hådaya-guhäyäà çaci-nandano hariù pakñe, siàhaù sphuratu: May Sri Caitanya Mahäprabhu, who is exactly like a lion that kills all the elephants of desire, be awakened within everyone's heart, for by His merciful blessings one can understand the transcedental pastimes of Kåñëa."*

Text 3 (a)

sutradhäraù: alam ati-vistareëa. bho bhoù. samäkarëyataà. adyänaà svapnäntare samädiñöo 'smi bhaktävatäreëa bhagavatä çri-çaìkaradevena yathä "aye täëòava-kalä-paëòita. iha kila ballavi-cakra-ceto-våtti-makari-vihära-makarälayasya niravadya-veëu-vädana-vidyäsvädhyäya-siddhinäà prathamädhyäpakasya sugandhi-puñpävali-saundarya-tuëòiläyäm aravinda-bändhavanandindi-tiränta-känana-lekhäyäm avalambita-matta-puàs-kokila-lilasya paramänanda-vardhini govardhana-nitambe sambhåta-navyämbudärasya kiçora-çiro-maëer nanda-nandanasya prema-bharäkåñöa-hådayo nänä-dig-deçataù sämprataà rasika-sampradäyo våndävana-vilokanotkaëöhayä keçi-tirthopakaëöhe samiyivän. sa ca dhanyaù.

sutradhäraù-Narrator (Srila Rupa Gosvämi); alam-enough; ati-great; vistareëa-with this elaborate description; bhoù-gentlemen; bhoù-gentlemen; samäkarëyatäm-this should be heard; adya-today; aham-I; svapna-sleep; antare-within; samädiñöaù-instructed; asmi-I am; bhakta-as a devotee; avatäreëa-who has incarnated; bhagavatä-by the Supreme Personality of Godhead; çri-çaìkara-devena-by Lord Siva; yathä-in the following manner; aye-O; täëòava-of dancing; kalä-in the art; paëòita-learned; iha-here; kila-indeed; ballavi-of the gopis; cakra-of the multitude; cetaù-of the minds; våtti-nature; sakari-sharks; makara-älayasya-of the ocean; niravadya-perfect; veëu-flute; vädana-playing; vidyä-of the knowledge; äsvädhyäya-study; siddhinäm-prathamä-first; adhyäpakasya-of the teacher; sugandhi-aromatic; puçpa-of flowers; ävali-because of the multitude; saundarya-beauty; tuniläyäm-expanded; aravinda-of the lotus flowers; bändhava-of the friend (the sun-god); nandini-of the daughter (the Yamunä river); tira-of the shore; nata-at the edge; känana-forest; lekhäyäm-series; avalambita-rested; matta-maddened; puàù-male; kokila-of a cuckoo; lilasya-pastimes; parama-supreme; änanda-bliss; vardhini-increasing; govardhana-of Govardhana Hill; nitambe-on the slope; sambhåta-held; navya-fresh; ambuda-of clouds; äòambarasya-of prowess; kiçora-of youths; çiraù-maëeù-of the crown jewel; nanda-of Nanda Mahäräja; nandanasya-of the son; prema-of love; bhära-with an abundance; äkåñöa-attracted; hådayaù-hearts; nänä-various; dik--deçataù-from directions; sämpratam-at the present moment; rasika-of those who are expert at relishing the mellows of devotional service; sampradäyaù-community; våndävana-Våndävana; vilokana-the sight; utkaëöhayä-with a desire; keçi-tirtha-the place known as Keçi-tirtha; upakaëöhe-near; samiyivän-arrived; saù-that community; ca-and; dhanyaù-fortunate.

Narrator: Why speak so many words? Gentlemen! Gentlemen! Please hear me! Last night Lord Siva, the Supreme Personality of Godhead, who had come in the role of a devotee, spoke to me in a dream and said: "O Rupa Gosvämi, O expert writer of plays, this delightful place is near Keçi-tirtha, on the slope of Govardhana hill. This grove, on the bank of the Yamunä river, is very pleasant and full of many fragrant beautiful flowers. At this moment, eager to see the forest of Våndävana, the advanced devotees, expert at relishing the mellows of devotional service, have come here, devotees whose hearts are full of love for Nanda's son, who is the crown jewel of all youths, and who is decorated with many new lotus flowers, playful like a maddened cuckoo, the first teacher of perfect flute players, and an ocean where the sharks of the gopis' hearts play. The devotees here are all very fortunate.

Text 3 (b)

kåtaà gopi-våndair iha bhagavato märgaëam abhud

ihäsit kälindi-pulina-valaye räsa-rabhasaù

iti çräyaà çrävaà caritam asakåd gokula-pater

luöhann udbäñpo 'yaà katham api dinäni kñapayati

kåtam-performed; gopi-of gopis; våndaiù-by the multitudes; iha-here; bhagavataù-for the Supreme Personality of Godhead; märgaëam-searching; abhut-was; iha-here; asit-was; kälindi-of the Yamunä river; pulina-on the shore; valaye-in the grove; räsa-of the räsa dance; rabhasaù-with the joy; iti-thus; çrävam çrävam-repeatedly hearing; caritam-the pastimes; asakåt-again and again; gokula-of Gokula; pateù-of the Lord (Sri Kåñëa); luöhan-rolling on the ground; udbäñpaù-full of tears; ayam-this; katham api-with great difficulty; dinäni-days; kñapayati-pass.

" `Here the gopis searched for Kåñëa, and here, in this circle by the Yamunä's shore, they enjoyed a great räsa dance.' Hearing and hearing these pastimes of Gokula's master, weeping, and rolling on the ground, the devotees somehow pass their days.

Text 4 (a)

tad idänim etasya bhakta-våndasya mukunda-viçleñeddipanena bahir bhavantaù präëäù kam api tasyaiva keli-sudhä-kallolinim ulläsayatä parirakñaëiyä bhavatä. mat-kåpaiva te sämagrià samagrayiñyati" iti. tenädiya jagad-guror asya nideçam evänuvartiñye

tat-therefore; idänim-now; etasya-of this; bhakta-of devotees; vådasya-of the community; mukunda-of Mukunda; viçleça-of separation; uddipanena-with the stimulus; bahiù-outside; bhavantaù-going; präëäù-life airs; käm api-some; tasya-of Him; eva-certainly; keli-of the pastimes; sudhä-of the nectar; kallolinim-river; ullasayatä-manifesting; parirakñaëiyäù-should be protected; bhavatä-by you; mat-my; kåpä-mercy; eva-certainly; te-your; sämagrim-complete assemblage; samagrayiçyati-will fully provide; iti-thus; tena-by that; adya-today; jagat-of the universe; guroù-of the spiritual master (Lord Siva); asya-of him; nideçam-order; eva-certainly; anuvartiçye-I shall obey.

"Burning in separation from Lord Mukunda, these devotees are now about to give up their lives. O Rupa Gosvämi, please protect them, by giving them a little of the nectar river of Lord Mukunda's pastimes. My mercy will give you the power to do this." In this way Lord Siva, the spiritual master of the universe, spoke. I will now obey His order.

Text 4 (b)

päripärçvikah: (praviçya)- bhäva, bhavatä nibaddhasya vidagdha-mädhava-nämno navina-näöakasya prayogänusäreëa gåhita-bhumikäù kuçilavä raìga-praveçäya tatra-bhavantam anujïäpayanti.

sutradhäraù: märiña, nirmitaù kim iti tan-näöaka-paripäöibhir varëikä-parigrahaù (kñaëaà vimåçya) bhavatu.

päripärçvikaù-Assitant Narrator (A student of Rupa Gosvämi); praviçya-having entered; bhäva-O learned master; bhavatä-by you; nibaddhasya-composed; vidagdha-mädhava-Vidagdha-Mädhava; nämnaù-according to customs; gåhita-having heard; bhumikäù-the introduction; kuçilaväù-actors; raìga-on the stage; praveçäya-for entrance; tatra-there; bhavantam-to you; anujïäpayanti-ask permission; sutradhäraù-Narrator; märiña-my dear student; nirmitaù-created; kim-what?; iti-thus; tat-that; näöaka-of the play; paripäöibhiù-by the arrangements; varëikä-parigrahaù-the costumes of the various actors; kñaëam-for a moment; vimåçya-reflecting; bhavatu-let it be.

Assitant Narrator: (enters) O master, having heard the prologue of your new play, named Vidagdha-Mädhava, the actors now ask permission to enter the stage.

Narrator: Dear student, Are the costumes ready? (thinks for a moment) So be it.

Text 4 (c)

mamäsmin sandarbhe yad api kavitä nätilalitä

mudaà dhäsyanty asyäà tad api hari-gandhäd budha-gaëäù

apaù çälagrämäplavana-garimodgära-sarasäù

sudhiù ko vä kaupir api namita-murdhä na pibati

mama-my; asmin-in this; sandarbhe-literary composition; yat api-although; kavitä-poetry; na-not; ati-very; lalitä-beautiful; mudam-delight; dhäsyanti-will experience; asyäm-in it; tat api-nevertheless; hari-of Lord Hari; gandhät-from the fragrance; budha-gaëäù-the learned devotees; apaù-water; çälagräma-Sälagräma stone; äplavana-bath; garima-significance; udgära-remaining; sarasäù-full of nectar; sudhiù-intelligent; kaù-who?; vä-or; kaupiù-from a well; api-even; anmita-offering obeisances; murdhä-with his head; na-not; pibati-drinks.

Although the poetry in my play is not very beautiful, the wise will take delight in it, for it bears the scent of Lord Hari. What wise man will not bow his head and respectfully drink well-water that has washed a Sälagräma-çilä?

Text 5 (a)

päripärçvikaù bhäva, raìga-lakñmi-kauçala-stutibhir eva sabhyän abhyärthayämahe, yad ami vidyädibhir devän api tän upälabdhum utsahante kim uta naöän asmän

päripärçvikaù-Assistant Narrator; bhäva-O learned master; raìga-on the stage; lakñmi-opulence; kauçala-skillfulness; stutibhiù-with prayers; eva-certainly; sabhyän-to the respected audience; abhyarthayämahe-we appeal; sabhyän-to the respected audience; yat-because; ami-these; vidyä-ädibhiù-with their expert knowledge; devän-the demigods; api-even; tän-them; upälabdhum-to criticize; utsahante-are able; kim uta-what to speak; naöän-actors; asmän-us.

Assistant Narrator: O master, please give us beautiful and elegant speeches, for this audience is so learned it will criticize the demigods, what to speak of us actors.

Text 5 (b)

sutradhäraù: märiña, kåtam etayä våthopacära-caryayä, yataù

sutradhäraù-Narrator; märiña-my dear student; kåtam-enough; etayä-with this; våthä-upacära-caryayä-frivolousness; yataù-because.

Narrator: Dear student, why talk in this frivolous way? After all. . .

Text 5 (c)

aprekñya klamam ätmane vidadhati prityä pareñäà priyaà

lajjante duritodyamäd iva nija-stotränubandhäd api

vidyä-vitta-kulädibhiç ca yad ami yänti kramän namratäà

ramyä käpi satäm iyaà vijayate naisargiki prakriyä

aprekñya-not having seen; klamam-sweariness; ätmaëaù-of the self; vidadhati-creates; prityä-with love; pareçäm-of others; priyam-dear; lajjante-become ashamed; durita-udyamät-because of a sinful deed; iva-just as; nija-own; stotra-prayers; anubandhät-because of many; api-even; vidyä-knowledge; vitta-wealth; kula-birth in a high family; ädibhiù-etc.; ca-and; yat-because; ami-these; yänti-go; kramät-gradually; namratäm-to the state of ??; ramyä-beautiful; kä api-someone; satäm-of the saintly persons; iyam-this; vijayate-all glories; naisargiki-natural; prakriyä-conduct.

Ignoring their own welfare, the people in this audience are concerned only for the well-being of others. Although wealthy, well-educated and born in exalted families, they are very humble. When they themselves glorified, they become embarrassed, as if they themselves had sinned. All glories to the delightful virtues of this saintly audience.

Text 6 (a)

(samantäd avalokya, saharçam uccaiù) haàho ballava-siàha-priyäù. bhagavad-dharmajïoñöhi-guruëäm api yuñmäkaà samäksaà äroòhum upakramate, tad imäà kñamadhvaà cäpalärabhaöim. (iti sapräëamaà paçyam)

samantät-in all directions; avalokya-having glanced; saharçam-cheerfully; uccaiù-with a loud voice; haàhaù-O; ballava-of the cowherd men; siàha-of the lion (Sri Kåñëa); priyäù-dear devotees; bhagavat-of the Lord; dharma-of the path of religion; jnoñöhi-knowing; guruëäm-spiritual masters; api-and; yuçmäkam-of you; samäkñam-in the presence; kim api-greatly; eçaù-he; vivakñamäëaù-desiring to speak; täëòavikaù-actor; nirapatrapäëäm-without shame; padavim-to the path; äroòhum-to ascend; upakramate-approaches; tat-therefore; imäm-this; kñamadhvam-please forgive; cäpala-because of insolence; arabhaöim-boldness; iti-thus; sapräëamam-with bowing down; paçyan-seeing.

(Looking at all corners of the audience, with a loud and cheerful voice) O dear devotees of Sri Kåñëa, the lion of gopas! Beginning to walk on the path of the shameless, a certain actor now wishes to say something to you, the spiritual masters wise in the true religion of worshiping the Lord. Please forgive this rash and arrogant person. (He bows down and then looks in a certain direction.)

Text 6 (b)

abhivyaktä mattaù prakåti-laghu-rupäd api budhä

vidhätri siddhärthän hari-guëa-mayi vaù kåtir iyam

pulindenäpy agniù kim u samidham -unmathya janito

hiraëya-çreëinäm apaharati näntaù-kaluñatäm

abhivyaktä-manifested; mattaù-from me; prakåti-by nature; laghu-rupät-situated in a lower position; api-although; budhäù-O learned devotees; vidhätri-which may bring about; siddha-arthän-all the objects of perfection; hari-guëa-mayi-whose subject matter is the attributes of Kåñëa; vaù-of you; kåtiù-the poetic play known as Vidagdha-mädhava; iyam-this; pulindena-by the lowest class of men; api-although; agniù-a fire; kimu-whether; samidham-the wood; unmathya-rubbing; janitaù-produced; hiraëya-of gold; çreëinäm-of quantities; apaharati-vanquishes; na-not; antaù-inner; kaluñatäm-dirty things.

O learned devotees, I am by nature ignorant and low, yet even though it is from me that Vidagdha-Mädhava has come, it is filled with descriptions of the transcendental attributes of the Supreme Personality of Godhead. Therefore, will not such literature bring about the attainment of the highest goal of life? Although its wood may be ignited by a low-class man, fire can nevertheless purify gold. Although I am very low by nature, this book may help cleanse the dirt from within the hearts of the golden devotees.*

Text 7 (a)

tad idänim abhiñöa devaà bhagavantam anusmåtya nåtya-mädhurim ulläsayämi. (ity aïjalià baddhvä)

tat-therefore; idänim-now; abhiñöa devam-worshipable deity; bhagavantam-the Supreme Personality of Godhead; anusmåtya-remembering; nåtya-of the drama; mädhurim-sweetness; ulläsayämi-I will manifest; iti-thus; aïjalim baddhvä-folds his hands.

Now, remembering the worshipable Supreme Personality of Godhead, I will show the sweetness of this drama. (He folds his hands.)

Text 7 (b)

prapanna-madhurodayaù sphurad-amanda-våndäöavi-

nikuïjamaya-maëòapa-prakara-madhya-baddha-sthitiù

niraìkuça-kåpämbudhir vraja-vihära-rajyan-manäù

sanätana-tanuù sadä mayi tanotu tuñöià prabhuù

prapanna-attained for the surrended souls); madhura-the rasa of conjugal love (or kindness); udayaù-arisal; sphurat-splendid; amanda-great; våndä-äöavi-forest of Våndävana; nikuïja-maya-full of groves; maëòapa-of pavillions (or temples); prakara-with multitudes; madhya-baddha-sthitiù-in the center; niraìkuça-unchecked; ; kåpä-mercy; ambudhiù-ocean; vraja-in Vraja; vihära-pastimes; rajyat-taking delight; manäù-mind; sanätana-eternal (or Sanätana Gosvämi); tanuù-form; sadä-always; mayi-to me; tanotu-may extend; tuñöim-delight; prabhuù-master.

May the Supreme Lord, whose form is eternal, who is supremely sweet and charming, who stays in the glorious forests and pavilions of Våndävana forest, who is a limitless ocean of mercy, and whose heart delights in His Vraja pastimes, always be pleased with me.

Note: Deliberately ambiguous, this verse may also be interpreted as a prayer to Srila Sanätana Gosvämi. Thus it may also mean:

May my spiritual master, Srila Sanätana Gosvämi, who is graceful and charming, who stays in the glorious forests and pavilions of Våndävana forest, who is a limitless ocean of mercy, and whose heart delights in Lord Kåñëa's Vraja pastimes, always be pleased with me.

Text 8 (a)

päripärçvikaù: bhäva, paçya.

päripärçvikah-Assistant Narrator; bhäva-O master; paçya-just see.

Assistant Narrator: Master, look!

Text 8 (b)

bhaktänäm udagäd anargala-dhiyäà vargo nisargojjvalaù

çilaiù pallavitaù sa ballava-vadhu-bandho prabandho 'py asau

lebhe catvaratäà ca täëdava-vidher våndäöavi-garbha-bhur

manye mad-vidha-puëya-maëòala-paripäko 'yam unmilati

bhaktänäm-of devotees; udagät-has appeared; anargala-dhiyäm-constantly thinking of Rädhä-Kåñëa; vargaù-the assembly; nisarga-ujjvalaù-naturally very advanced; çilaiù-with natural poetic decorations; pallavitaù-spread like the leaves of a tree; saù-that; ballava-vadhu-bandhaù-of the friend of the gopis, Sri Kåñëa; prabandhaù-a literary composition; api-even; asau-that; lebhe-has achieved; catvaratäm-the quality of a quadrangular place with level ground; ca-and; täëòava-vidheù-for dancing; våndä-aöavi-of the forest of Våndävana; garbha-bhuù-the inner grounds; manye-I consider; mat-vidha-of persons like me; puëya-maëdala-of groups of pious activities; paripäkaù-the full development; ayam-this; unmilati-appears.

The devotees now present are constantly thinking of the Supreme Lord and are therefore highly advanced. This work named Vidadgha-Mädhava depicts the characteristic pastimes of Lord Kåñëa with decorations of poetic ornaments. And the inner grounds of the forest of Våndävana provide a suitable platform for the dancing of Kåñëa with the gopis. Therefore I think that the pious activities of persons like us, who have tried to advance in devotional service have now attained maturity.*

Text 9 (a)

tat tvarasva rasa-mädhuri-pariveñaëäya

sutradhäraù: märiña, nirasävali-vaimukhyäd viçaìkamäno mathara iväsmi

päripärçvikaù: bhäva, kåtam atra çaìkayä. yataù.

tat-therefore; tvarasva-please hurry; rasa-of the mellows of trasncendental pastimes; mädhuri-of the sweetness; pariveñaëäya-for their distrubution; Sutradhäraù-Narrator; märiña-my dear servant; nirasa-of those who have no taste for this nectar; ävali-of the multitude; vaimhyät-because of the aversion; viçaìkamänaù-frightened; mantharaù-slow; iva-as if; asmi-I am; päripärçvikaù-Assistant Narrator; bhäva-O master; kåtam-what is the use?; atra-here; çaìkayä-with caution; yataù-because.

Please hurry. Distribute the nectar of Kåñëa's pastimes.

Narrator: Dear student, I proceed very slowly because I fear the harsh words of persons who do not like the nectar of the Lord's pastimes.

Assitant Narrator: Master, please give up this caution, becausei..

Text 9 (b)

udäsatäà näma rasänabhijïäù

kåtau tavämi rasikäù sphuranti

kramelakaiù kämam upekñite 'pi

pikäù sukhaà yänti paraà rasäle

uòasatäm-let them be indifferent; näma-indeed; rasa-with the transcendental mellows; anabhijïäù-unaquainted; kåtau-in the creation; tava-your; ami-these; rasikäù-those who are expert at relishing the transcendental mellows; sphuranti-shine; kramelakaiù-by camels; kämam-voluntarily; upakñite-neglected; api-although; pikäù-cuckoos; sukham-happiness; yänti-go; param-supreme; rasäle-mango tree.

Persons who know how to taste nectar will be delighted by your play, and persons who know nothing of nectar will ignore it. Of their own accord camels avoid the mango trees that delight the poetic pika birds.

Text 10 (a)

tad ärabhyatäà sämäjika-cetaç-camatkäräya gändharva-brahma-vidyä.

sutradhäraù: märiña, paçya paçya.

tat-therefore; ärabhyatäm-may begun; sämäjika-of the audience; cetaù-of the minds; camatkäräya-for the delight; gändharva-brahma-vidyä-music; Sutradhäraù-Narrator; märiña-my dear student; paçya-look at this; paçya-look at this.

So the hearts of the audience will be filled with wonder, let the play begin.

Narrator: Student, look! Look!

Text 10 (b)

so 'yam vasanta-samayaù yasmin

purëaà tam içvaram upoòha-navänurägam

guòha-grahä rucirayä saha rädhayäsau

raìgäya saìgamayitä niçi paurëamäsi

saù-that; ayam-this; vasanta-samayaù-springtime; samijyäya-had arrived; yasmin-in which; purëam-the complete; tam-Him; içvaram-the Supreme Personality of Godhead; upodhä-obtained; nava-anurägam-new attachment; guòha-grahä-which covered the stars; rucirayä-very beautiful; saha-with; rädhayä-Srimati Rädhäräëi; asau-that full-moon night; raìgäya-for increasing the beauty; saìgamayitä-caused to meet; niçi-at night; paurëamäsi-the full-moon night.

Springtime had arrived, and the full moon of that season inspired the Supreme Personality of Godhead, who is complete in everything, with new attraction to meet the beautiful Srimati Rädhäräëi at night to increase the beauty of Their pastimes.*

Purport by Srila Prabhupäda:

Srila Bhaktivinoda Öhäkura interprets this verse in two ways, for Lord Kåñëa and for Srimati Rädhäräëi. When interpreted for Kåñëa, the night is understood to have been a dark moon night, and when interpreted for Srimati Rädhäräëi, it is considered to have been a full moon night.

Text 11 (a)

aye nartaka-sämanta-särvabhauma, kathaà bhavataù karëapuri-bhutä bäòhaà nigudheyaà sandarbha-maïjari, yad ahaà rädhayä särdham içvaraà taà saìgamayiñyämiti.

sutradhäraù: (savismayaà nepathyäbhimukham avalokya) aho, katham ita eva bhagavati paurëamäsi. paçya paçya.

nepathye-in the actor's dressing room; aye-O; nartaka-of actors; sämanta-complete; särvabhauma-O absolute monarch; katham-how?; bhavataù-your; karëa-purä-an ornament for the ears; bhutä-become; bäòham-indeed; niguòhä-concealed; iyam-this; sandarbha-in the form of words; maïjari-bouquet of flowers; yat-because; aham-I; rädhayä-by Srimati Rädhäräëi; särdham-accompanied; içvaram-the Supreme Personality of Godhead; tam-Him; saìgamayiñyämi-will I bring together; iti-thus; sutradhäraù-Narrator; sa-vismayam-with amazement; nepathya-of the actor's dressing rooms; abhimukham-in the direction; avalokya-having seen; ahaù-O; katham-how?; itaù-in this direction; eva-certainly; bhagavati-celebrated; paurëamäsi-Paurëamäsi; paçya-just see; paçya-just see.

Paurëamäsi: (offstage) O king of actors, how did your ear become decorated with the flower that is the secret of this drama, the secret that I will arrange the meeting of Rädhä and Kåñëa?

Narrator: (surprised, he looks offstage) Ah! Was that saintly Paurëamäsi? Look! Look!

Text 11 (b)

vahanti käñäyämbaram urasi sändipani-muneù

savitri sävitri-samarucir alaà päëòura-kacä

surarñeù çiñyeyaà parijanavati nandabhavanäd

ito mandaà mandaà sphuöam uöajavithim praviçati

vahanti-carrying; käñäya-reddish; ambaram-garments; urasi-on the breast; sändipani-of Sändipani; muneù-of the sage; savitri-mother; sävitri-with Sävitri-devi, the wife of Lord Brahmä; sama-equal; ruciù-splendor; alam-greatly; päëòura-white; kacä-hair; sura-of the demigods; åñeù-of the sage (Närada); çiñyä-student; iyam-she; parijanavati-with a friend; nanda-of Nanda Mahäräja; bhavanät-from the house; itaù-here; mandam mandam-slowly; sphuöam-clearly; uöaja-of houses; vithim-series (the street); praviçati-enters.

Wearing a red cloth over her breast, her hair white, splendid like Goddess Sävitri, and accompanied by a friend, Paurëamäsi, who is Närada's disciple and Sändipani Muni's mother, now leaves Nanda's palace and slowly walks on the street.

Text 11 (c)

tad äväm agrataù karaniyaà varnikäìgikäram älocayävaù

(iti niñkrantau) prastävanä

tat-that; ävam-we; api-even; agrataù-in the beginning; karaëiyam-to be done; varëikä-costumes and make-up; aìgi-käram-acceptance; älocayävaù-we see; iti-thus; niñdrantau-they exit; prastävanä-prologue.

Let us see if the actors are in their costumes.

(They exit.)

Thus ends the prologue.

Scene 1

Text 12 (a)

(tataù praviçati sa-parijanä paurëamäsi.)

paurëamäsi: ("aye nartaka-sämanta:" iti paöhitvä) hanta vatse nändimukhi. kim api kamaniyaà gäyatä sphuöam änanditäsmi naöendreëa.

nändi: bhaavadi. kià jahatthaà edam

tataù-then; praviçati-enters; sa-with; parijanä-her companion; paurëamäsi-Paurëamäsi; aye-O; nartaka-of actors; sämanta-complete; iti-thus; nändimukhi-Nändimukhi; kim api-greatly; kamaniyam-beautifully; gäyatä-by the singing; sphuöam-certainly; änandita-delighted; asmi-I am; naöa-indreëa-by the Narrator; nändi-Nändimukhi; bhaavadi-O revered mother; kim-whether; kkhu-indeed; jahattham-true; edam-this.

(Paurëamäsi enters with her companion)

Paurëamäsi: O king of actors, how did your ear become decorated with the flower that is the secret of this drama, the secret that I will arrange the meeting of Rädhä and Kåñëa? Child Nändimukhi, by singing this verse, the narrator pleased me.

Nändi: Noble lady, did he speak the truth?

Text 12 (b)

paurëamäsi:

sambhävyate phalam alambita-mula-puñöes

tat tädåçaà kva mama bhägya-taror varoru

yenänayoù subhagayor ucitä bhaveyaà

çåìgära-mäìgalikayor nava-sängamäya

paurëamäsi-Paurëamäçi; sambhävyate-is produced; alambhita-not attained; mula-of the root; puñöeù-of the nourishment; tat-that; tädåçam-like that; kva-where?; mama-my; bhägya-of good fortune; taroù-of the tree; vara-uru-O beautiful girl; yena-by which; anayoù-of the two; subhagayoh-auspicious and beautiful; ucitä-proper; bhaveyam-may I become; çåìgära-pastimes of amorous love; mäìgalikayoù-auspicious; nava-new; saìgamäya-for a meeting.

Paurëamäsi: O girl with the beautiful thighs, the tree of my good fortune is withered at the root. How will it produce a fruit like that, a fruit that will make me qualified to arrange a new meeting of the beautiful and auspicious divine couple?

Text 13 (a)

nändi: bhaavadi, ja-i visahäëu-ëandini rähi-ä kaëheëa saìgamaëijja, tado saìgamäëu-ulaväsaà go-ulaà ujjhi-a säntaëu-väsa-saëëe bhäëu-titthe kià ti eñä saìgovi-a rakkhidä äsi.

nändi-Nändimukhi; bhaavadi-O respected mother; ja-i-if; viçahäëu-Våçabhänu; ëandini-the daughter; rähi-ä-Srimati Rädhäräëi; tu-e-by you; kaëheëa-with Kåñëa; saìgamanijjä-will be united; tadaù-then; saìgama-for a meeting; aëu-ula-favorable; väsam-residence; go-ulam-Gokula, våndävana; ujjhi-a-abandoning; säntaëu-väsa-Säntanu-väsa; saëëe-named; bhänu-titthe-holy place; kià ti-why?; esa-this; sangovi-a-having concealed; rakkhidä-protected; äsi-was.

Nändi: Noble lady, if you are destined to arrange Våñabhänu-nandini Rädhä's meeting with Lord Kåñëa, then why did Rädhä leave the land of Gokula, which is so favorable for that meeting, and secretly reside in the sacred village of Säntanu-väsa?

Text 13 (b)

paurëamäsi: vatse, nåçaàsataù kaàsa-bhupateù çaìkayä

nändi: bhaavadi, tahavi kahaà raëëä-viëëädä rähä

paurëamäsi-Paurëamäsi; vatse-my dear child; nåçaàsataù-cruel; kaàsa-Kaàsa; bhupateù-king; çaìkayä-because of fear; nändi-Nändimukhi; bhaavadi-O respected mother; tahavi-nevertheless; kaham-how?; raëëä-by King Kaàsa; viëëädä-perceived; rähä-Srimati Rädhäräëi.

Paurëamäsi: Because She fears cruel King Kaàsa, my child.

Nändi: Noble lady, how did the king learn about Rädhä?

Text 13 (c)

paurëamäsi: rädhä-saundarya-våndam eva vijïäne nidänam. yataù.

lokottarä guëa-çriù

prathayati parito niguòham api vastu

pihitäm api prayatnäd

vyanakti kasturikäà gandhaù

rädhä-of Srimati Rädhäräëi; saundarya-of the beauty; våndam-abundance; eva-certainly; vijïäne-in knowledge; nidänam-cause; yataù-because; loka-uttara-extraordinary; guëa-of transcendental qualities; çriù-opulence; niguòham-confidential; api-although; vastu-worthy object; pihitäm-concealed; api-although; prayatnät-with great endeavor; vyanakti-manifests; kasturikäm-musk; gandhaù-aroma.

Paurëamäsi: He learned about Rädhä's great beauty in this way: Even if one carefully hides it, musk's sweet scent at once reveals where it is. In the same way, even though they were carefully hidden, Rädhä's beauty and virtues became known everywhere.

Text 14 (a)

nändi: bha-avadi, jaço-ä-dhattä-e muhurä-e attaëo ëattiëi rähi-ä go-ula-majjhe äëi-a jaòilä-puttassa ahimaëëuëo hatthe uvvähidä tti, tädisaà jevva asamaïjasaà äpaòidam. jaà kaëhädo aëëena puriseëa tädisi naà kara-paàsaà asajjam. tä kahaà tumaà ëiccintä vi-a disasi.

bhaavadi-O respected mother; jaço-ä-with Yaçodä; dhattä-e-mother; muhurä-e-with Mukhurä; attaëaù-own; ëattiëi-grand-daughter; rähi-ä-Srimati Rädhäräëi; go-ula-Gokula; majjhe-in the middle; äùi-a-having brought; jaòilä-of Jatila; puttassa-of the son; ahimaëëuëaù-of Abhimanyu; hatthe-in the hand; uvvähidä-married; tti-thus; tädisam-like him; jevva-certainly; asamaïjasam-unsuitable; äpaòiòam-happened; jam-than whom; kaëhadaù-than Kåñëa; annena-by another; puriseëa-by a man; tädisiëam-of those like that; kara-of the hand; paàsam-touch; asajjam-unbearable; tä-therefore; kaham-how?; tuam-you; ëiccintä-unconcerned; via-a-as if; disasi-are seen.

Nändi: Noble lady, Yaçodä's nurse, Mukharä, brought her granddaughter Rädhä to Gokula. Rädhä then accepted the hand of Abhimanyu, the son of Jaöilä, in marriage. A more unsuitable match could not have been made! Rädhä cannot tolerate the touch of the hand of any man other than Kåñëa. O mother, how can you remain aloof when this is happening?

Text 14 (b)

paurëamäsi: tasyaiva hetoù

nändi: kahaà vi-a

paurëamäsi: (vihasya) tad vaïcanädyartham eva svayaà udvähädikam. nitya-preyasya eva khalu täù kåñëasya.

nändi: (saharñam) tä ëuëaà tumaà ëiccintäsi saàvutä, jaà esä ajja go-ula-majjhe äëidä.

paurëamäsi: Vatse, satyaà braviñi. kaàsataç cintä me çaithilyam ivopalabdhä, kintu duñöäbhimanyutaù sphutaà anyä sämpratam ajaniñöa.

nändi: kerisi sä

tasya-of that; eva-certainly; hetoù-from what cause?; kaham vi-a-how is this possible?; vihasya-laughing; tat-of him; vaïcanä-deception; ädi-etc.; artham-for the purpose; eva-certainly; svayam-Himself; yogamäyayä-by His energy of yogamäyä; mithyä-in an inverted way; eva-certainly; pratyäyitam-confidential messenger; tat-him; vidhänäm-of those who are similar; udväha-marriage; ädikam-etc.; nitya-eternal; preyasyai-most beloved; eva-certainly; khalu-indeed; täù-they; kåñëasya-of Kåñëa; saharñam-joyfully; tä-therefore; ëuëam-at present; tumam-you; niccintä-without concern; asi-are; saàvuta-withdrawn; jam-because; esä-she; ajja-at present; go-ula-of Gokula; majjhe-in the middle; äëidä-is brought; vatse-O child; satyam-the truth; braviñi-you are speaking; kaàsataù-from Kaàsa; cintä-anxious consideration; me-my; çaithilyam-diminution; iva-as it were; upalabdhä-attained; kintu-but; duñöa-wicked; abhimanyutaù-from Abhimanyu; sphuöam-certainly; anyä-another; sämpratam-now; ajaniñöa-is born; kerisi-like what; sä-is it?

Paurëamäsi: Why should I care?

Nändi: How can you talk like that?

Paurëamäsi: (laughing) This false marriage of Rädhä and Abhimanyu is simply a trick that Yogamäyä has played to cheat Kaàsa. Rädhä and all the other gopis are Kåñëa's lovers eternally.

Nändi: (joyfully) And now that Rädhä has returned to Gokula, you are free of all worries.

Paurëamäsi: Child, what you say is true. My worry about Kaàsa is now less, although now I am beginning to worry about Abhimanyu.

Nandi: Why is that?

Text 14 (c)

paurëamäsi:

ballavi-nava-latäsu raìgiëaà

kåñëa-bhåìgaà adhigatya matsari

rädhikä-puraöa-padminim ayaà

netum icchati punar vanäntaram

ballavi-of the gopis; nava-young; latäsu-among the creepers; raìgiëam-delighting; kåñëa-of Sri Kåñëa; bhåìgam-the bumble-bee; adhigatya-having discovered; matsari-jealous; radhikä-of Srimati Rädhäräëi; puraöa-golden; padminim-lotus flower; ayam-this; netum-to lead; icchati-desires; punaù-again; vana-Mathurä; antaram-within.

Paurëamäsi: Noticing that the black bumblebee of Kåñëa is fond of playing among the new-flowering vines of the gopis, Abhimanyu has become jealous. Now he desires to take the golden lotus flower Rädhä to another forest.

Text 15 (a)

nändi: tatthavi jo-amä-a jjevva samähäëaà karispadi

paurëamäsi: putri, ko jänäti svatanträyäs tasyäç caritam, yadidåçe 'rthe tatästhäyate.

tattthavi-someplace; jo-amä-ä-the Lord's energy of Yogamäyä; jjevva-certainly; samähäëam-crucial incident; karissadi-will create; putri-O daughter; kaù-who?; jänäti-understand; svatanträyäù-undependent; tasyäù-her; caritam-pastime; yadi-if; idåçe-in this way; arthe-meaning; sä-she; taöasthäyate-stands aloof.

Nändi: Now Yogamäyä will act.

Paurëamäsi: Daughter, independent Yogamäyä now stands aloof. Who understands her actions?

Text 15 (b)

nändi: aëëo vä ettha ko 'vi uvä-o tthi jeëa eso paòibaddho bhave.

paurëamäsi: vatse, tatra mayä pratibhuvä bhavantyä yukti-mädhuri-medureëa väg-argalena nisargäd agambhiro 'yaà viñkambhito 'sti.

nändi: (saharñam) bhaavadi, kaàsassa go-maëòalajjhakkho go-aòòhaëo kaëhäëusäriëä candä-ali-caritteëa kudo na kuppa-e.

Paurëamäsi: putri, räja-kulopalabdhena gauraveëa garvito 'yam vyaktam api tan na çraddadhäti.

aëëaù-another; vä-or; ettha-here; kaù vi-something; uvä-remedy; tthi-there is; jena-by which; paòibaddhaù-obstructed; bhave-may be; vatse-O child; tatra-there; mayä-by me; pratibhuvä-security; bhavantyä-is; yukti-by a stragem; mädhurä-with sweetness; medureëa-thick; väk-of words; argalena-by the impediment; nisargät-spontaneously; agambhiraù-shallow; ayam-he; viñkambhitaù-obstructed; asti-is; saharçam-joyfully; bhaavadi-O respected mother; kamsassa-of Kamsa; go-maëòala-of the pasturing ground for the cows; ajjhakkhaù-superintendent; go-aòòhanaù-Govardhana Hill; kaëha-of Krsna; anuçariëä-following; candä-ali-of Candrävali-gopi; caritteëa-by the activities; kudaù-why?; na-not; kuppa-I; kuppa-i-become angry; putri-O daughter; räja-of kings; kula-community; upalabdhena-understood; gauraveëa-with gravity; garvitaù-proud; ayam-this; vyaktam-manifested; api-although; tat-that; na-not; çraddadhäti-believe.

Nändi: Is there another way to stop him?

Paurëamäsi: Child, simply by speaking sweet and clever words, I will stop shallow Abhimanyu.

Nändi: (joyfully) Respected mother, Govardhana Hill is appointed by King Kaàsa to watch over the activities in Gokula. Why does he not become angry at Kåñëa for enjoying pastimes with Candrävali?

Paurëamäsi: Daughter, Govardhana hill is very proud. He does not think the king's order very important.

Text 15 (c)

nändi: kahaà kaëhena paòhamaàse saìgamo samvuto

paurëamäsi: putri, saìgame khalu gäòhänurägitaiva duti babhuva. mad-udyamänäà kevalam ajaniñöa piñöa-peñitä

kaham-how?; kaëhena-by Kåñëa; paòhamaàse-on the first day; saìgamaù-meeting; samvutaù-occurred; putri-O daughter; saìgame-full of love; eva-certainly; duti-messenger; babhuva-was; mat-my; udyamänäm-of efforts; kevalam-exclusive; ajaniñöa-produced; piñöa-peñitä-grinding of what has already been ground.

Nändi: How did Kåñëa and Candrävali first meet?

Paurëamäsi: Daughter, when they first met, they fell deeply in love. For me to do anything more would be to crush what is already powder.

Text 15 (d)

nändi: ajje, tuha kahaà erisi bhä-avisena-bhävidä gäòhäëurä-idä uppaëëä, jaà appaëo ahiööha-de-amni aëuppaëëe kaëhe ujja-iëià ujjhi-a paòhaà cce-a go-ulaà laddhäsi.

paurëamäsi: putri, guru-pädänäm upadeça-prasädena.

ajje-O revered mother; tuha-your; kaham-how?; erisi-like this; bhä-a-love; visesa-specific; bhävidä-was; gäòha-intense; aëurä-idä-love; uppaëëä-produced; jam-which; appaëaù-of the self; ahiööha-worshipable; de-amni-deity; aëuppaëëe-not manifested; kaëhe-Sri Kåñëa; ujja-iëim-the city of Ujjayini; ujjhi-a-having left; paòham-at once; cce-a-indeed; go-ulam-to Gokula; laddhä asi-you attained; putri-O daughter; guru-of the spiritual master (Närada); pädänäm-of the lotus feet; upadeça-of instruction; prasädena-by the mercy.

Nändi: Noble lady, why do you love Kåñëa so deeply that you came to Gokula, leaving Ujjayini because Kåñëa was not there?

Paurëamäsi: Daughter, I did it because of the mercy of my guru's advice.

Text 15 (e)

nändi: ettha vasantià tumam mahä-bhä-o sandipaëi kià kkhu jäëädi.

paurëamäsi: atha kim. yatas tena madhumaìgaläbhidhaù svaputro mamätra paricaryärthaà preñitaù.

ettha-there; vasantim-residing; tumam-you; mahä-bhä-aù-great fortunate; sandipaëi-Sandipaëi Muni; kim-does?; kkhu-indeed; jänädi-know; atha kim-yes; yataù-because; tena-by him; madhumaìgala-Madhumaìgala; abhidhaù-by the name; sva-own; putraù-son; mama-my; atra-sent.

Nändi: Does fortunate Sändipaëi Muni know you are here?

Paurëamäsi: Yes. He sent his son, Madhumaìgala, to serve me.

Text 15 (f)

nändi: mahumaìgalo tu-e suööhu anuggahido jaà eso ëandaëaaë-indi-ara-candassa saha-aradä mahusave ëi-utto.

paurëamäsi: putri, mama sarvasva-rupäyä rädhäyäù kåñëe 'nuräga-vistäräya tvaà ca niyujyase.

mahumaìgalaù-Madhumaìgala; tu-e-by you; suööhu-excellently; anuggahidaù-favored; jam-because; esaù-he; nanda-of Nanda Mahäräja; ëaaë-of the eyes; indi-ara-lotus flower; candassa-of the moon; saha-aradä-friendship; mahusave-in a great festival; ni-uttah-engaged; putri-O daughter; mama-my; sarvasva-everything; rupäyäù-form; rädhäyäù-of Srimati Rädhäräëi; kåñëe-for Kåñëa; anuräga-of love; vistäräya-for the expansion; tvam-you; can-and; niyujyase-are enjoined.

Nändi: You are very kind to Madhumaìgala. You gave him a great festival of friendship for the lotus-moon that is Nanda's son.

Paurëamäsi: Daughter, Rädhä is my great treasure. Please help Her fall in love with Kåñëa.

Text 15 (g)

nändi: (sähandam) bhaavadi, adibhumià gado se kaëhe anurä-o.

paurëamäsi: katham etal lakñitam.

nändi: jadä kahäpasaìge esä kaëhatti ëämaà suëädi, tadä romäïcidä kampi bhä-aà vinda-e.

paurëamäsi: putri, yuktam idam. tathä hi.

sa-änandam-joyfully; bhaavadi-O respected mother; adi-bhumim-highest point; gadaù-reached; se-her; kaëhe-for Kåñëa; anurä-aù-love; katham-how?; etat-this; lakñitam-characterized; jadä-when; kahä-description; pasaìge-in contact; esä-she; kaëhatti-of Kåñëa; ëämam-name; suëädi-hears; tadä-then; romäïcidä-with hairs standing upright; kampi-some; putri-O daughter; yuktam-appropriate; idam-this; tathä hi-for this reason.

Nändi:(joyfully) Noble lady, Rädhä has already climbed to the highest mountaintop of love for Kåñëa.

Paurëamäsi: How do you know?

Nändi: Whenever, in the course of an ordinary conversation, She hears the name Kåñëa, the hairs of Her body stand up, and She shows the symptoms of ecstasy.

Paurëamäsi: Daughter, that is the right response. After all. . .

Text 15 (h)

tuëòe täëòavini ratià vitanute tuëòävali-labdhaye

karëa-kroda-kaòambini ghaöayate karëärbudebhyaù spåhäm

cetaù-präìgaëa-sangini vijayate sarvendriyänäà kåtià

no jäne janitä kiyabdhir amåtaiù kåñëeti varëa-dvayi

tuëòe-in the mouth; täëòavini-dancing; ratim-the isnpiration; vitanute-expands; tuëòa-ävali-labdhaye-to achieve many mouths; karëa-of the ear; kroda-in the hole; kaòambini-sprouting; ghaöayate-causes to appear; karëa-arbudebhyaù spåhäm-the desire for millions of ears; cetaù-präìgaëa-in the courtyard of the heart; saìgini-being a companion; vijayate-conquers; sarva-indriyäëäm-of all the senses; kåtim-the activity; naù-not; jäne-I know; janitä-produced; kiyadbhiù-of what measures by; amåtaiù-by nectar; kåñëa-the name of Kåñëa; iti-thus; varëa-dvayi-the two syllables.

I do not know how much nectar of the two syllables `Kåñ-ëa' have produced. When the holy name of Kåñëa is chanted, it appears to dance within the mouth. We then desire many, many mouths. When that name enters the holes of the ears, we desire many millions of ears. And when the holy name dances in the courtyard of the heart, it conquers the activities of the mind, and therefore all the senses become inert.*

Text 16 (a)

nändi: ajje, dohià lalidä-visähänià sahihià saddhaà rähä suram ärähehi. candä-ali uëa pa-umä-sebbä-pahudihià saddhaà caëòi-am. tä takkemi de-adä-pasä-a-ëippädi-o imäëaà iriso kaëhe anurä-o.

ajje-O respected mother; dohim-by the two of them; lalidä-visähähim-by Lalitä and Viçäkhä; sahihim-with the friends; saddham-accompanied; rähä-Srimati Rädhäräëi; suram-the sun-god; ärähehi-worships; candä-ali-Candrävali; uëa-again; pa-umä-Padmä-gopi; sebbä-Saibyä-gopi; pahudihim-beginning with; saddham-along with; caëòi-am-the goddess Pärvati; tä-therefore; takkemi-I can guess; de-adä-of the demigods; pasä-a-mercy; ëippädi-aù-achieved; imäëam-of them; irisoù-in this way; kaëhe-for Kåñëa; anurä-aù-love.

Nändi: Noble lady, accompanied by Her friends Lalitä and Viçäkhä, Rädhä worshipped the sun-god, and, accompanied by Saibyä, Padmä and other friends, Candrävali worshipped Pärvati. I can only guess, that it was by the mercy of these demigods, that these gopis attained such love for Kåñëa.

Text 16 (b)

paurëamäsi:

daivata-sevä kevalam

iha vana-yätränusäriëi mudrä

vraja-subhruväà tu kåñëe

sahajaù premä sa jägarti

daivata-of the demigods; sevä-worship; kevalam-only; iha-here; vana-to the forest; yäträ-journey; anusäriëi-following; mudrä-mark; vraja-of Vraja; subhruväm-of the gopis, whose eyebrows are very beautiful; tu-but; kåñëe-for Kåñëa; sahajaù-born at the same time; premä-love; saù-it; jägarti-awakened.

Paurëamäsi: Although they went to the forest only to worship the demigods, the beautiful-eyebrowed girls of Vraja found that love for Kåñëa suddenly awakened within them.

Text 17 (a)

nändi: saccaà rähä-e sähävi-aà ce-a pimmaà tatthavi sahiëaà kosalaà uddi-aëam.

paurëamäsi: putri, mad-girä sandiçyatäm älekhya-vicakñaëä viçäkhä yatheyaà svaskhi-neträravindayor änandanäya nanda-sunoù praticchandaà nirmäti.

saccam-truth; rähä-e-of Srimati Rädhäräëi; sahävi-am-natural; ce-a-certainly; pimmam-love; tatthavi-nevertheless; sahiëam-of her friends; kosalam-good fortune; uddipaëam-stimulus; putri-O daughter; mat-my; girä-by words; sandiçyatäm-may be shown; älekhya-at drawing pictures; vicakñaëä-expert; viçäkhä-Viçäkhä-gopi; yathä-as; iyam-she; sva-her; sakhi-of the friend; netra-of the eyes; aravindayoù-lotus; änandanäya-for the delight; nanda-of Nanda Mahäräja; sunoù-of the son (Sri Kåñëa); praticchandam-likeness; nirmäti-draws.

Nändi: Rädhä's natural love for Kåñëa made Her friends fortunate.

Paurëamäsi: Daughter, on my order please ask the skillful artist Viçäkhä to draw, for the pleasure of her friend's lotus eyes, a picture of Nanda's son.

Text 17 (b)

nändi: jaha äëavedi bhaavadi.

paurëamäsi: mayäpi modaka-vånda-dänäpadeçäd våndäöavi-madhyam äsädya rädheti maìgaläkñara-mädhuryeëa mädhava-karëayor dvandvam änandiyäm.

jaha-as; äëavedi-order; bhaavadi-you; mayä-by me; api-even; modaka-candies; vånda-a multitude; däna-giving; apadeçät-on the pretext; våndä-äöavi-of the forest of Våndävana; madhyam-the middle; äsäya-having arrived; rädhä-Rädhä; iti-thus; maìgala-auspicious; akñara-syllales; mädhuryeëa-with the sweetness; mädhava-of Mädhava; karëayoù-of the ears; dvandvam-pair; änandiyam-I may delight.

Nändi: As the noble lady orders.

Paurëamäsi: Then, on the pretext of carrying a gift of modaka candies, I will enter Våndävana forest and delight Kåñëa's ears with the sweetness of the two auspicious syllables `Rädhä'.

Text 17 (c)

nändi: ajje, pekkha eso räma-mahumaìgala-siridäma-pahudihià saha-arehià saddhaà go-ulädo ëikkami-a vundävanaà gacchanto kaëho siëiddhehià pidarehià jaso-änandehià lälijja-i

ajje-O respected mother; pekkha-just see; esah-He; räma-by Lord Balaräma; mahumaìgala-and Madhumaìgala; siridäma-and Sridämä; pahudihim-and others; saha-arehim-with friends; saddham-accompanied; go-ulädaù-from Gokula; nikkami-a-having left; vundävanam-Våndävana; gacchantaù-going; kaëhaù-Kåñëa; siëiddhehim-affectionate; pidarehim-by His parents; jaso-ä-Yaçodä; nandehim-and Nanda; lälijja-i-is fondled.

Nändi: Noble lady, look! Accompanied by Balaräma, Madhumaìgala, Sridämä, and a host of friends, and embraced by affectionate Nanda and Yaçodä, His parents, Kåñëa now goes from Gokula to Våndävana forest.

Text 17 (d)

paurëamäsi: (vilokya saharñam.)

ayaà nayana-daëòita-pravara-puëdarika-prabhaù

prabhäti nava-jäguda-dyuti-viòambi-pitämbaraù

araëyaja-pariñkriyä-damita-divya-veñädaro

harin-mäëi-manohara-dyutibhir ujjvaläìgo hariù

vilokya-seeing; esa-with; harsam-joy; ayam-this; nayana-by whose beautiful eyes; daëòita-defeated; pravara-best; puëdarika-prabhaù-the luster of the white lotus flower; prabhäti-looks beautiful; nava-jäguòa-dyuti-the brilliance of newly painted kuìkuma; viòambi-deriding; pita-ambaraù- whose yellow dress; araëya-ja-picked up from the forest; pariñkriyä-by whose ornaments; damita-subdued; divya-veña-ädaraù-the hankering for first-class dress; harin-maëi-of emeralds; manohara-mind-attracting; dyutibhiù-with splendor; ujjvala-aìgaù-whose beautiful body; hariù-the Supreme Personality of Godhead.

Paurëamäsi: (joyfully looking at Kåñëa) The beauty of Kåñëa's eyes surpasses the beauty of white lotus flowers, His yellow garments surpass the brilliance of fresh decorations of kuìkuma, His ornaments of selected forest flowers surpass the hankering for the best of garments, and His bodily beauty possesses mind-attracting splendor greater than the jewels known as marakata-maëi (emeralds).'

Text 17 (e)

tad ahaà modaka-sampädanäya gaccheyam. tvaà viçäkhäà yähi.

(iti niñkränte)

tat-therefore; aham-I; modaka-of candies; sampädanäya-for giving; gaccheyam-will go; tvam-you; viçäkhäm-to Viçäkhä-gopi; yähi-please go; iti-thus; niñkränte-they exit.

I will go to deliver the modaka candies. You go to Viçäkhä.

(They exit)

Scene 2

Text 18

(tataù praviçati yathä-nirdiñöaù kåñëaù.)

Sri Kåñëaù: (purastäd avalokya sänandam)

çreëi-bhuta-vapuù-çriyäm abhimukhe gomaëòaliëäà kramaò

äsäm sphäöika-gaëòa-çaila-paöali-päëòu-tviñäà vyäjataù

çäìke jïäta-guëä purandara-puräc caskanda mandäkini

våndäraëya-vihäri-dhanya-yamunä-sevä-pramodärthini

tataù-then; praviçati-enters; yathä-nirdiñöaù-as described; kåñëaù-Sri Kåñëa; çri-kåñëa-Sri Kåñëa; purastät-ahead; avalokya-looking; sa-änandam-with happiness; çreëi-bhuta-multitudes; vapuù-of forms; çriyäm-of the beauty; abhimukhe-in the presence; gaù-of cows; maëòalinäm-of the multitudes; kramät-in order; äsäm-of them; sphäöika-crystal; gaëòa-side; çaila-paöali-of mountains; päëòu-white; tviçäm-of the luster; vyajataù-having the appearance; çäìke-I think; jïäta-understood; guëä-qualities; purandara-of Indra; purät-from the city; caskanda-has descended; mandäkini-the celestial Ganges; våndä-äraëya-in the forest of Våndävna; vihäri-performing pastimes; dhanya-auspicious; yamunä-of the Yamunä river; sevä-service; pramoda-delight; arthini-for the purpose.

(Kåñëa, as previously described, enters)

Kåñëa: (Looking ahead, He joyfully says) I think a host of crystal mountains, pretending to be these beautiful cows, has come here. Or perhaps it is the Mandäkini Gaìgä River from the city of Indra that has come, disguised as these cows, to please and serve the glorious Yamunä River that now plays in Våndävana.

Text 19

nanda: vatsa, sädhu varëitam. kintu goñöha-lakñmir api påñöhataù prekñyatäm iti. ( parävåtya)

viçälair goçälair bahu-çikhara-çäkhä-vitatibhiù

paritaiù sambädhi-kåta-savidham ambhodhi-gahanam

samåddhäm ägovardhana-kaöakam äkäliya-hradaà

çriyaà bibhrad-goñöhaà sphurati paritas tävakam idam

nandaù-Nanda Mahäräja; vatsa-O child; sädhu-very well; varëitam-it has been described; kintu-but; goñöha-of the pasturing grounds; lakñmiù-the opulence; api-even; påñöhataù-behind us; prekñyatäm-may be seen; iti-thus; parävåtya-having turned; viçälaiù-large; goçälaiù-homes for the cows and cowherds; bahu-many; çikhara-spires; çäkhä-and wings; vitatibhiù-with multitudes; paritaiù-surrounded; sambädhi-kåta-abounding; savidham-near; ambhodhi-as the ocean; gahanam-deep; samåddhäm-opulence; ägovardhana-up to Govardhana; kaöakam-the side; äkäliya-up to Käliya; hradam-lake; çriyam-beauty; bibhrat-holding; goñöham-pasture; sphurati-appears very splendid; paritaù-all around; tävakam-you; idam-this.

Nanda: Child, You speak well. Look behind us at the beauty of Vraja. (He turns around.) From Govardhana to Käliya Lake, Your land of Vraja is very beautiful, like a great ocean of beauty glorious with many palaces and goçälas.

Text 20 (a)

kåñëaù: sakhe madhumaìgala, duram anuyäto 'smi tätena. tad avilambam särdhaà goñöhaà praviçyatäm.

Yaçodä: jäda, kiàti avaraëhe vi goööhaà sumarasi. jaà paramädareëa ma-e randhidä-ià paccahaà si-alihonti miööhaëëä-im.

sakhe-O friend; madhumaìgala-Madhumaìgala; duram-from a great distance; anuyätaù-followed; asmi-I am; tätena-by My father; tat-therefore; avilambam-without delay; ambayä-by my mother; särdham-accompanied; goñöham-Våndävana; praviçyatäm-should be entered; jäda-O son; kim ti-why?; avaraëhe-in the afternoon; vi-even; goööham-Vrndavana; na-not; sumarasi-you remember; jam-because; parama-supreme; ädareëa-with care; ma-e-by me; randhitä-im-cooked; paccaham-every day; si-alihonti-become cold; miööha-palatable; annä-im-foodstuffs.

Kåñëa: Friend Madhumaìgala, My father and mother have come to Me from far away. I should quickly go to Vraja Village with My mother.

Yaçodä: Son, why did You not remember to come home in the afternoon? The delicious lunch I carefully cooked is growing cold.

Text 20 (b)

Madhumaìgalaù: go-ulessari, suëähi. (iti sankåtena) gobhyaù çape kim api dusäëam asya nästi (iti väg-upakrame kåñëaù sasneham enaà paçyati.)

Madhumaìgalaù: täbhir yad eña rabhasäd abhikåñyamäëaù kuïjaà viçaty adhika-keli-kalotsukäbhiù (iti vag-asamaptau)

go-ula-of Gokula; issari-O queen (Yaçodä); suëähi-please listen; iti-thus; sanskåtena-in Sanskrit; gobhyaù-cows; çape-I promise; kim api-some; duçaëam-fault; asya-His; na-not; asti-is; iti-thus; väk-of the speech; upakrame-from the beginning; kåñëaù-Sri Kåñëa; sa-with; sneham-affection; enam-at him; paçyati-glances; täbhiù-by them (the gopis); yat-because; eçaù-He; rabhasät-joyfully; abhikåçyamäëaù-enchanted; kuïjam-the grove; viçati-enters; adhika-further; keli-pastimes; kalä-art; utsukäbhiù-eager; iti-thus; väk-speech; asamäptau-in the uncompleted state.

Madhumaìgala: (At the beginning of this speech, Kåñëa affectionately glances at Madhumaìgala.) O queen of Gokula, please listen. I swear on the cows that Kåñëa is not at fault. He stays in the forest because He is attracted by all the playful girls.. . . (Madhumaìgala's speech remains unfinished.)

Text 20 (c)

kåñëaù: (säpatrapam ätmagatam)- vyaktam eña bäliço ballavibhir iti vakñyati. tad enam saàjïäyä nivärayämi. (iti çirastiro dhunayati.)

Madhumaìgalaù: bho vaasa, kiàti me nivärasi jaà ëiccidaà ajja ajjäyä aggado edaà viëëavissam.

kåñëaù: (svagatam) hanta, lajjä-jäle jälma-dhiyähaà patito 'smi.

Madhumaìgalaù: pitämbaras tvaritam amba suhåd-ghaöäbhiù.

säpatrapam ätmagatam-embarrassed; vyaktam-manifested; eñaù-this; bäliçaù-fool; ballavibhiù-with the gopis; iti-thus; vakñyati-will speak; tat-therefore; enam-to him; saàjïäyä-with intelligence; nivärayämi-I will stop; iti-thus; çiraù-head; tiraù-bent; dhunayati-He shakes; bhoù-O; vaassa-friend; kiàti-why?; me-to Me; niväresi-do you obstruct; jam-which; ëiccidam-clearly; ajja-now; ajjäyäù-of Your pious mother; aggadaù-in the presence; edam-this; viëëavissam-I will inform; svagatam-speaking to Himself; hanta-alas; lajjä-of embarrassment; jäle-in a network; jälma-inconsiderate; dhiyä-because of intelligence; aham-I; patitaù-fallen; asmi-am; pita-yellow; ambaraù-garments; tvaritam-quickly gone; amba-O mother; suhåt-of His friends; ghaöäbhiù-with multitudes.

Kåñëa: (embarrassed, He says in an aside) This fool will describe My pastimes with the gopis. I must signal him to stop.

Madhumaìgala: O friend, why do You stop me as I speak to Your saintly mother?

Kåñëa: (aside) Alas, because of this fool I have fallen into a trap of embarrassment.

Madhumaìgala: Dear mother, what I meant was: Kåñëa, who wears yellow garments, stays in the forest to play with His friends, the cowherd boys.

Text 21 (a)

Kåñëaù: (sänandam ätmagatam) katham anyad eväsya håd-gatam.

Yaçodä: vaccha mahumaìgala, saccaà lalidä-pahudi-o ova-väli-ä-o maha idaà kahenti tä òimbha-e hadamhi.

sänandam ätmagatam-joyful; katham-how?; anyat-else; eva-certainly; asya-of him; håt-gatam-intention; vaccha-O child; mahumaìgala-Madhumaìgala; saccam-truth; lalidä-Lalitä-gopi; pahudi-aù-and the others; ova-väli-ä-aù-gopis; a-and; maha-my; idam-this; kanhenti-describe; tä-therefore; òimbha-e-by the boys; hadamhi-I am distressed.

Kåñëa: (joyful, He says in an aside) How can any other desire stay in My heart?

Yaçodä: Child Madhumaìgala, it is true. Lalitä and the other gopis all tell me: `Those boys harass us'.

Text 21 (b)

nandaù: kuöumnini, kaccid anurupä nirupitästi gokule käcid bälikä yäm udvähayämo vatsam.

yaçodä: ajja, duddha-muhassa vacchassa däëià ko kkhu uvvähä-osaro.

madhumaìgalaù: (apavärya) vaassa, saccaà duddha-muho 'si jaà duddha-luddhä-ià gova-kisori-sahassä-ià tujjha muhaà pi-anti.

(kåñëaù smitaà karoti.)

kuöumbini-my dear wife; kaccit-is there; anurupä-suitable; nirupitä asti-is found; gokule-in Gokula; käcit-some; bälikä-young girl; yäm-to whom; udvähayämaù-we will marry off; vatsam-this boy; ajja-O pious husband; duddha-muhassa-of this small child accustomed to drink milk; vacchassa-of the child; däëim-now; kaù-how?; kkhu-indeed; uvvähä-osaraù-the proper time for marriage; apavärya-aside; vaassa-O friend; saccam-in truth; duddha-muhaù asi-You are a small child accustomed to drink milk; jam-which; duddha-luddhä-im-desiring to drink the milk; gova-kisori-of young gopis; sahasä-thousands; tujjha-Your; muham-lips; pi-anti-drink; kåñëaù-Kåñëa; smitam karoti-smiles.

Nanda: Wife, in Gokula is there a suitable young girl we can marry to this boy?

Yaçodä: Noble master, He is only a little boy. The milk is still in His mouth. Is this the right time to marry Him?

Madhumaìgala: (to Kåñëa, aside) Friend, it is true that You have milk in Your mouth. Still, thousands of teenage gopis, greedy after that milk, drink from Your mouth.

Text 21 (c)

nandaù: vatsa, paçya paçya

ahaha kamala-gandher atra saundarya-vånde

vinihita-nayaneyaà tvan-mukhendor mukunda

kuca-kalaça-mukhäbhyäm ambara-knopam ambä

tava muhur atiharñäd varñati kñira-dhäräm

vatsa-O child; paçya-see; paçya-see; ahaha-O!; kamala-of the lotus flowers; gandheù-of the fragrance; atra-here; saundarya-of beauty; vånde-abundance; vinihita-placed; nayanä-eyes; ayam-she; tvat-Your; mukha-of the face; indoù-of the moon; mukunda-O Mukunda; kuca-breasts; kalaça-water pots; mukhäbhyäm-from the face; ambara-garments; knopam-moistened; ambä-mother; tava-Your; muhuù-constantly; ati-harñät-from great joy; varñati-rains; kñira-of milk; dhäräm-shower.

Nanda: Child, look! Look! O Mukunda fragrant like a lotus flower, her eyes resting in the handsomeness of Your moonlike face, again and again Your mother showers her garments with the milk flowing from her waterpot breasts.

Text 22

(iti çri-kåñëam äliìgya sänanadam)

jita-candra-paräga-candrikä-

naladendivara-candana-çriyam

parito mayi çaitya-mädhurià

vahati sparça-mahotsavas tava

iti-thus; çri-kåñëam-Kåñëa; äliìgya-embracing; sa-änandam-joyfully; jit-conquered; candra-paräga-of camphor; candrikä-moonlight; nalada-of the cooling nalada root; indivara-of the blue lotus flower; candana-of sandalwood; çriyam-beauty; paritaù-everywhere; mayi-on me; çaitya-of coolness; mädhurim-pleasentness; vahati-carrys; sparça-of touch; maha-utsavaù-great festival; tava-Your.

(Nanda joyfully embraces Kåñëa) O Kåñëa, the great festival of Your touch brings to me a cool sweetness that defeats camphor, moonlight, nalada roots, lotus flowers, and sandal paste.

Text 23 (a)

kåñëaù: täta, bubhukñäkåñöam api mat-pratikñayä svayaà tastambhe go-kadambakaà tan nivartetäà tatra-bhavantau.

nandaù: yathäha vatsaù (iti sasnehaà kåñëam avalokyan sabhäryo niñkräntaù.)

täta-O father; bubhukñä-by hunger; äkåñöam-attracted; api-although; mat-my; pratikñayä-with expectation; svayam-personally; tastambhe-stood still; gaù-of the cows; kadambakam-multitude; tat-therefore; nivartetäm-should turn back; tatra-there; bhavantau-you; yathä-as; äha-spoken; vatsaù-the child; iti-thus; sa-sneham-with affection; kåñëam-Kåñëa; avalokyan-looking at; sa-with; bhäryaù-his wife; niñkräntaù-he leaves.

Kåñëa: Father, pulled by hunger, the cows wait for Me. Please return home.

Nanda: As the child says. (Affectionately gazing at Kåñëa, Nanda and Yäsodä exit.)

Text 23 (b)

kåñëaù: (puro 'valokya)

sugandhau mäkanda-prakara-makarandasya madhure

vinisyande vandi-kåta-madhupa-våndaà muhur idam

kåtändolaà mandonnatibhir anilaiç candana-girer

mamänandam våndä-vipinam atulaà tundilayati

puraù-ahead; avalokya-looking; su-gandhau-in the fragrance; mäkanda-prakara-of the bunches of mango buds; makarandasya-of the honey; madhure-sweet; vinisyande-in the oozing; vandi-kåta-grouped together; madhupa-våëdam-bumblebees; muhuù-again and again; idam-this; kåta-andolam-agitated; manda-unnatibhiù-moving softly; anilaiù-by the breezes; candana-gireù-from the Malaya Hills; mama-My; änandam-pleasure; våndä-vipinam-the forest of Våndävana; atulam-very much; tundilayati-increases more and more.

Kåñëa: (looking ahead) The sweet, fragrant honey oozing from newly grown mango buds is again and again attracting groups of bumblebees, and this forest is trembling in the softly moving breezes from the Malaya Hills, which are full of sandalwood trees. Thus the forest of Våndävana is increasing My transcendental pleasure.*

Text 24

rämaù: çridäman, paçya paçya.

våndävanaà divya-latä-paritaà

latäç ca puñpa-sphuritägra-bhäjaù

puñpäëi ca sphita-madhu-vratäni

madhu-vratäç ca çruti-häri-gitäù

çridäman-O Sridämä; paçya-look; paçya-look; våndävanam-the forest of Våndävana; divya-latä-paritam-surrounded by transcendental creepers; latäù ca-and the creepers; puñpa-by flowers; sphurita-distinguished; agra-bhäjaù-possessing ends; puñpäëi-the flowers; ca-and; sphita-madhu-vratäni-having many maddened bumblebees; madhu-vratäù-the bumblebees; ca-and; çruti-häri-gitäù-whose songs defeat the Vedic hymns and are pleasing to the ear.

Räma: My dear friend Sridämä, see how this forest of Våndävana is full of transcendental creepers and trees. The tops of the creepers are full of flowers, and intoxicated bumblebees are buzzing around them, humming songs that please the ear and surpass even the Vedic hymns.*

Text 25 (a)

kåñëaù: sakhe madhumaìgala, bhavad-vidhänäm äsatti-çaàsibhir vaàçi-gitair änandayämi våndäöavi-västavyùn. (ity adhare veëuà vinyasyati.)

rämaù: (säçcaryam) hanta, paraspara-viparyasta-svabhävänäm api bhävänäà dharma-viparyayaù paçyata.

sakhe-O friend; madhumaìgala-Madhumaìgala; bhavat-you; vidhänäm-of those who are like; äsatti-nearby; çaàsibhiù-sounding; vaàçi-of the flute; gitaiù-with the songs; änandayämi-I delight; våndä-äöavi-of the forest of Våndävna; västavyän-inhabitants; iti-thus; adhare-to His lips; veëum-the flute; vinyasyati-He places; sa-with; açcaryam-wonder; hanta-O; paraspara-mutual; viparyasta-opposite; svabhävänäm-of natures; api-even; bhävänäm-of objects; dharma-nature; viparyayaù-reverted; paçyata-just see.

Kåñëa: Friend Madhumaìgala, staying here with you and the others, I will delight creatures of Våndävana forest, with the sound of My flute. (Kåñëa places the flute to His lips.)

Räma: (with wonder) Look! They are becoming the opposite of what they were!

Text 25 (b)

jäta-stambhatayä payäàsi saritäà käöhinyam äpedire

gräväëo drava-bhäva-saàvalanataù säkñäd ami märdavam

sthairyaà vepathunä jahur muhur agäj jäòyäd gatià jaìgamäà

vaàsià cumbati hanta yämuna-taöi-kriòä-kuöumbe harau

jäta-produced; stambhatayä-with the state of being stunned; payäàsi-waters; saritäm-of the streams; käöhinyam-stiffness; äpedire-attained; gräväëaù-stones; drava-fluid; bhäva-nature; saàvalanataù-from the contact; säkñät-immobility; vepathunä-by trembling; jahuù-abandon; muhuù-at once; agät-from the mountain; jäòyät-from the stiffness; gatim-movement; jaìgamäm-moving; vaàsim-flute; cumbati-when He touches to His lips; hanta-indeed; yämuna-of the Yämuna river; taöi-on the back; kriòä-kuöumbe-who performs many pastimes; harau-Lord Hari.

When Kåñëa, playing by the Yamunä's bank, kisses His flute, the waters of the streams become stunned and solid, the rocks become soft and melt, and the mountains, no longer standing still, tremble and walk about.

Text 26

madhumaìgala: hi hi accari-am

pa-uradara-galanda-cchira-kalloliëihià

ëa-a-kusuma-ladäëaà hanta so-aà kuëanti

pivi-a mahura-vaàçi-ëäda-pi-usa-puraà

phura-i garu-a-saukkha-tthambhidä dheëu-patti

hi-O; hi-O; accari-am-how wonderful; galanda-trickling; pa-uradare-very abundant; cchira-of milk; kalloliëihim-with waves; na-a-fresh; kusuma-of flowers; ladäëam-of creepers; hanta-O; so-am-sprinkling; kuëanti-performing; pivi-a-having drunk; mahura-sweet; vaàçi-of the flute; ëäda-of the sound; pi-usa-of nectar; puram-river; phura-i-is manifested; garu-a-intense; saukkha-with happiness; tthambhidä-stunned; dheëu-of cows; patti-multitude.

Madhumaìgala: Oh! Oh! Wonderful! Drinking flood of nectar that is sweet sound of Kåñëa's flute, the cows are stunned with bliss. Now they are all sprinkling the flowers with great flowing waves of milk.

Text 27 (a)

(iti kåñëaà hastena cälayan) bho pi-a-vaassa, kisa ëimbbharaà gavvä-esi. edä-e cce-a veëu-jädi-e esä ummädi-ä pa-idi. ettha uëa ëimittamettaà kkhu tumam.

iti-thus; kåñëam-Sri Kåñëa; hastena-by the hand; cälayan-leads; bhaù-O Lord; pi-a-dear; vaassa-friend; kasi-from what?; ëimbbharam-greatly; gavvä-esi-are You so proud; edä-e-of it; cce-a-certainly; veëu-of bamboos; jädi-e-of the family; esä-she; unmädi-ä-intoxicating; pa-idi-energy; ettha-here; uëa-again; nimitta-instrument; mettam-only; kkhu-indeed; tumam-you.

(With a hand He pushes Kåñëa.) Dear friend, why be proud? By its very nature, this flute makes everyone wild with bliss. You are only the flute's helper.

Text 27 (b)

(äkäçe)

rundhann ambu-bhåtaç camatkåti-paraà kurvan muhus tumburuà

dhyänäd antarayan sanandana-mukhän vismäpayan vedhasam

autsukyävalibhir balià caöulayan bhogindram äghurëayan

bhindann aëòa-kaöäha-bhitim abhito babhräma vaàçi-dhvaniù

rundhan-blocking; ambu-bhåtaù-the clouds bearing rain; camatkåti-param-full of wonder; kurvan-making; muhuù-at every moment; tumburum-the King of the Gandharvas, Tumburu; dhyänät-from meditation; antarayan-disturbing; sanandana-mukhän-the great saintly persons headed by Sanandana; vismäpayan-causing wonder; vedhasam-even to Lord Brahmä; autsukya-ävalibhiù-with thoughts of curiosity; balim-King Bali; caöulayan-agitating; bhogi-indram-the King of the Nägas; äghurëayan-whirling around; bhindan-penetrating; aëòa-kaöäha-bhitim-the strong coverings of the universe; abhitaù-all around; babhräma-circulated; vaàçi-dhvaniù-the transcendental vibration of the flute.

(A voice in the sky): The transcendental vibration of Kåñëa's flute blocked the movements of the rain clouds, struck the Gandharvas full of wonder, and agitated the meditation of great saintly persons like Sanaka and Sananda. It created wonder in Lord Brahmä, wrought intense curiosity that agitated the mind of Bali Mahäräja, who was otherwise firmly fixed, made Mahäräja Ananta, the carrier of the planets, whirl around, and penetrated the strong coverings of the universe. Thus the sound of the flute in the hands of Kåñëa created a wonderful situation.*

Text 28 (a)

rämaù: (saharñam. urdhvam avalokya svagatam) kathaà meghäntarito 'yaà surarñiù padyam upaviëayäm äsa. (punar äkäçe kalakalaù)

madhumaìgalaù: (urdhvam avalokya. sabhayam) abbamhaëëaà abbamhaëëaà. bho bho, palä-amha palä-amha.

Sridämä: vä-ula. kiàti ëiraggalaà palavasi.

sa-with; harñam-joy; urdhvam-upwards; avalokya-looking; svagatam-aside; katham-how?; megha-clouds; antaritah-within; ayam-this; sura-åñih-Närada, the sage among the demigods; padyam-verse; upaviëayäm äsa-playing upon the viëä; punah-again; äkäçe-in the sky; kalakalaù-a rumbling sound; urdhvam-upwards; avalokya-looking; sa-with; bhayam-fear; abbamhaëëam-help!; abbamhaëëam-help!; bho bhaù-O! O!; palä-amha-let us flee; palä-amha-let us flee; vä-ula-O crazy fellow; kiàti-why?; niraggalam-without restraint; palavasi-you are speaking foolishly.

Räma: (Looking up, He happily says to Himself) Why does Närada, hiding in the clouds, recite poetry and play his viëä?

(A soft an indistinct sound is again manifest in the sky.)

Madhumaìgala: (looking up, frightened) Help! Help! Run away! Run away!

Sridämä: Fool, why do you speak all this nonsense?

Text 28 (b)

Madhumaìgalaù: (urdhvam avalokya. sabhayam) are mukkha go-äli-ä, kià ëa pekkhasi. eso samäruòha-haàso ëaggeëa bhu-aìga-dhäriëä keëavi vedäleëa saddhaà ca-ummuho ko vi jakkho rakkhaso vä ä-acchadi. (punar vikñya sotkampam.) hi mäëahe, ede a acchihià purida-savvaìgaà kaàpi däëaaà aggekadu-a avare asurä gaaëaà äkkamandi. tä saàkemi hada-kaàsassa kiàkarä huvissandi. (iti saträsaà kåñëa-kakñäntare çiras tirayati.)

urdhvam-upwards; avalokya-looking; sa-with; bhayam-fear; are-O!; mukkha-fool; go-äli-ä-cowherd boy; kim-do?; ëa-not; pekkhasi-you see; esaù-he; samäruòha-ascended; haàsaù-swan; ëaggeëa-naked; bhu-aìga-snake; dhäriëä-holding; kenavi-by someone; vedäleëa-ghost; saddham-accompanied; ca-ummuhaù-who has four heads; ko yi-someone; jakkhaù-Yakña; rakkhasaù-demon; vä-or; ä-acchadi-is coming; punah-again; vikñya-looking; sa-with; utkampam-trembling; hi-O!; mäëane-we consider; ede-these; a-and; acchihim-with eyes; purida-filled; savva-entire; aìgam-body; kaàpi-someone; däëamaam-demon; agge-kadu-a-having placed in front; avare-others; asurä-demons; gaaëam-the sky; äkkamandi-will enter; tä-that; saàkemi-I believe; hada-dead; kaàsassa-of Kaàsa; kiàkarä-servants; huvissandi-will become; iti-thus; sa-with; träsam-fear; kåñëa-of Kåñëa; kakña-on the side; çiraù-head; tirayati-conceals.

Madhumaìgala: (frightened, looking upwards) Foolish gopa, don't you see? Riding on a swan, and accompanied by a naked ghost grabbing many snakes, a four-headed yakña or räkñasa approaches us.

(Madhumaìgala looks again and trembles). Let by that demon whose body is covered by eyes, all those demons are about to attack us from the sky. That's what I think. I think they are all about to become Kaàsa's servants.

(Frightened Madhumaìgala hides, placing his head behind Kåñëa.)

Text 28 (c)

kåñëaù: (svagatam) katham ete veëu-näda-mädhuribhir äkåñöäù payoda-vithim avagähante diçäm adhiçäù. (iti punar veëuà kvaëayati).

svagatam-aside; katham-how?; ete-these; veëu-of the flute; näda-of the sound; mädhuribhiù-by the sweetness; äkåñöäù-attracted; payoda-of clouds; vithim-multitude; avagähante-enter deeply; diçäm-of the directions; adhiçäù-controllers; iti-thus; punaù-again; veëum-the flute; kvaëayati-He plays.

Kåñëa: (aside) Why, attracted by the sweetness of the flute-music, do the kings of the directions now hide in the clouds?

(Kåñëa again plays the flute.)

Text 28 (d)

madhumaìgalaù: (vilokya socchväsam ätmagatam) ede duööha-däëa-ä vaassassa veëu-sadda-metteëa vimhalä bhavi-a sajjhaseëa mujjhanti. tä ji-ido mhi. (iti säöopaà parikramya prakäçam.) re re duööhä asurä, ciööhada. eso haà säveëa cäveëa vä tumhäëaà muëòä-im khaëòemi. (iti daëòam udyamya muhur urdhvaà kurdati.)

vilokya-seeing; sa-with; ucchväsam-a deep breath; ätmagatam-attained; ede-these; duööha-wicked; däëa-ä-demons; vaassassa-of the friend; veëu-of the flute; sadda-of the sound; metteëa-by only; vimhalä-agitated; bhavi-a-having become; sajjhasena-with fear; mujjhanti-become bewildered; tä-therefore; ji-alive; mhi-I am; iti-thus; sa-with; ätopam-pride; parikramya-strutting about; prakäçam-openly; re re-O! O!; duööhä-wicked; asurä-demons; ciööhada ciööhada-stand! Stand!; esaù-he; ham-I; sävena-by the curse; cäveëa-by the bow; vä-or; tumhäëam-your; muëòä-im-bald heads; khaëòemi-I will crush; iti-thus; dandam-a stick; udyamya-shaking; muhuh-for a moment; kurdati-jumps.

Madhumaìgala: (Looking and sighing deeply). These wicked demons aritated, stunned, and frightened merely by the sound of My friend's flute. I am alive! O wicked demons! Stand! Stand! By cursing you, or by striking you with arrows from my bow, I will crush your bald heads! (Shaking a stick, Madhumaìgala jumps about).

Text 28 (e)

rämaù: (vihasya) vayasya, maivaà braviù. etau bhagavantau hara-hiraëyagarbhau. savyataç cämi purandarädayo våndärakäù.

madhumaìgalaù: suööhu. (samäçvasya) bho, jäëanteëa cce-a ma-e edaà paòihasidam. tado tumhemià kkhu rakkhasa-buddhi-e bhilu-ehià palä-iduà pa-uttam.

kåñëaù: (smitvä) haàho devänäm-priya, nijäm eva jälmatäà teñu saìkrämayasi.

vihasya-smiling; mä-don't; evam-in this way; braviù-speak; etau-these; bhagaantau-lords; hara-Siva; hiraëyagarbhau-and Brahmä; savyataù-on the left; ca-and; ami-these; purandara-Indra; ädayaù-and other demigods; våndärakäù-leaders of the demigods; suööhu-clearly; samäçvasya-sighing with relief; bhaù-O!; jäëanteëa-undertansding; cce-a-certainly; ma-e-by me; edam-this; paòihasidam-laughable; tadaù-therefore; tumhemim-by you; kkhu-indeed; rakkhasa-Räkñasa; buddhi-e-with the conception; bhilu-ehim-by the frightened; palä-idum-to flee; pa-uttam-begun; smitvä-smiling; haàhaù-O!; devänäm-of the demigods; priya-dear; nijäm-own; eva-certainly; jäimatäm-faultness; teçu-on them; saìkrämayasi-you transfer.

Räma: (smiling) Friend, don't talk like that. These two person are Brahmä and Siva. On their left are Indra and the leaders of the demigods.

Madhumaìgala: Indeed! (He sighs with relief.) I knew all along. I was only joking. But you were afraid. Thinking the demigods were räkñasas, you were going to run away.

Kåñëa: (smiling) Friend of the demigods, in others you see your own foolishness.

Text 28 (f)

rämaù: paçyata paçyata.

añöäbhiù çruti-puöakair

nava-vaiëava-käkalià kalayan

çata-dhåtir api dhåti-mukto

maräla-påñöhe muhur luöhati

paçyata paçyata-look! Look!; añöäbhiù-eight; çruti-puöakaiù-with ears; nava-new; vaiëava-from the flute; käkalim-music; kalayan-hearing; çata-dhåtiù-Lord Brahmä, who performed a hundred sacrifices; api-even; dhåti-from composure; muktaù-free; maräla-of the swan; påñöhe-on the back; muhuh-constantly; luöhati-rolls.

Räma: Look! Look! Overcome with ecstasy as with eight ears he listens to Kåñëa's flute-music, Brahmä rolls about on the back of his swan.

Text 29

(äkäçe punar viëä-gitiù)

udite hari-vaktrendau

veëu-näda-sudhä-muci

hanta rudra-samudreëa

sva-maryädä vilaìghitä

äkäçe-in the sky; punaù-again; viëä-of the vina; gitiù-music; udite-arisen; hari-of Lord Hari; vaktra-of the mouth; indau-the moon; veëu-of the flute; näda-of the sound; sudhä-nectar; muci-releasing; hanta-O; rudra-of Lord Siva; samudreëa-by the ocean; sva-own; maryädä-limits; vilaìghitä-surpassed.

(Again there is viëä music in the sky.)

When, splendid with the nectar moonlight of flute music, the moon of Kåñëa's face rises, the ocean of the demigod Siva floods beyond it's boundaries.

Text 30

rämaù:

sotkaëöhaà murali-kalä-parimalän äkarëya ghurëat-tanor

etasyäkñi-sahasrataù sura-pater açruëi sasrur bhuvam

citraà väri-dharän vinäpi tarasä yair adya dhärämayair

durät paçyata deva-mätåkam abhud våndäöavi-maëòalam

sa-with; utkaëöham-ardent longing; murali-of the flute; kalä-of the artistry; parimalän-sweet aroma; äkarëya-having heard; ghurëat-shaking; tanoù-body; etasya-of him; akñi-from the eyes; sahasrataù-hundreds; sura-of the demigods; pateù-of the king (Indra); açruëi-tears; sasruù-flowed; bhuvam-to the earth; citram-wonderful; väri-dharän-rainclouds; vinä-without; api-even; tarasä-quickly; yaih-by which; adya-today; dhärä-mayaih-consisting of rains; durät-from a great distance; paçyata-look; deva-of the demigods; mätåkam-area; abhut-became; våndäöavi-of the forest of Våndävana; maëòalam-circle.

Räma: Just see how, after hearing the transcendental sound of Kåñëa's flute, Indra, the king of heaven, is crying in his heavenly kingdom! From his teardrops falling on the ground, Våndävana appears to have become a celestial residence for the demigods.*

Text 31 (a)

kåñëaù: (svagatam) puräëänäm amiñäà purastäd vihäre saìkucanti me ceto-våttavyaù. tad agre yämi. (iti taruëäm antaram äsädya prakäçam.) sakhe madhumaìgala, paçya mädhaviyäà vana-mädhurim.

svagatam-aside; puränäëäm-of elderly persons; amiñäm-of these; purastät-in the presence; vihäre-in pastimes; saìkucanti-shrink; me-my; cetaù-of the mind; våttayaù-activities; tat-therefore; agre-ahead; yämi-I will go; iti-thus; taruëäm-of trees; antaram-under; äsädya-goes; prakäçam-clearly; sakhe-O friend; madhumaìgala-Madhumaìgala; paçya-look; mädhaviyäm-in the spring; vana-of the forest; mädhurim-the charming beauty.

Kåñëa: (aside) My thoughts turn away from playing before these elderly demigods. I will go ahead. (He goes under some trees.) Friend Madhumaìgala, look at the sweetness of the of the forest in spring.

Text 31 (b)

kvacid bhåìgi-gitaà kvacid anila-bhaìgi-çiçiratä

kvacid; valli-läsyaà kvacid amala-malli-parimalaù

kvacid dhärä-çäli karaka-phala-pali-rasa-bharo

håñikäëäà våndaà pramadayati våndävanam idam

kvacit-somwhere; bhåìgi-gitam-the humming songs of the bumblebees; kvacit-somewhere; anila-bhaìgi-çiçiratä-coolness from the waves of the mild breezes; kvacit-somewhere; amala-malli-parimalaù-the pure fragrance of the mallikä flowers; kvacit-somewhere; dhärä-çäli-abounding in showers; karaka-phala-päli-of pomegranate fruits; rasa-bharaù-overabundance of juice; håñikänäm-of the senses; våndam-to the group; pramadayati-is giving pleasure; våndävanam-the forest of Våndävana; idam-this.

My dear friend, this forest of Våndävana is giving great pleasure to our senses in various ways. Somewhere bumblebees are singing in groups, and in some places mild breezes are cooling the entire atmosphere. Somewhere the creepers and tree twigs are dancing, the mallikä flowers are expanding their fragrance, and an overabundance of juice is constantly flowing in showers from pomegranate fruits.*

Text 32 (a)

madhumaìgalaù: bho vaassa, edä paduööha-bhaìga-bhaankari-e kià kauduhalaà tujjha vundäöa-i-e, ahaà kkhu ca-uvvihehià aëëehià savv-indi-ahäriëià go-ulesari-e rasava-ià jjevva daööhuëa raïjemi.

bhaù-O; vaassa-friend; edä-this; paduööha-wicked; bhaìga-of destruction; bhaankari-e-causing fear; kim-what is the use?; me-to me; kauduhalam-delight; tujjha-Your; vundäöa-i-e-of the forest of Våndävana; aham-I; kkhu-certainly; ca-uvvihehim-with four kinds; aëëehim-of foodstuffs; savv-indi-a-all the senses; häriëim-attracting; go-ula-of Gokula; isari-e-by the queen (mother Yaçodä); rasava-im-palatable; jjevva-indeed; daööhuëa-seeing; ränjemi-I become overjoyed.

Madhumaìgala: Friend, how can I be happy in Your Våndävana forest? I am always afraid some thug will attack me. I become happy when I see the four kinds of delicious food Gokula's queen cooks, food that charms all the senses.

Text 32 (b)

kåñëaù: vayasya, vandasya våndäöavim eva. sphutam asyäù puräëa-vallaribhir api taväbhiñöaà phalam ulläsayituà samarthyate.

vayasya-O friend; vandasya-you should offer obeisances; våndä-äöavim-to the forest of Våndävna; eva-certainly; sphuöam-clearly; asyäù-of it; puräëa-ancient; vallaribhiù-by creepers; api-even; tava-your; abhiñöam-desired; phalam-fruit; ulläsayitum-to manifest; samarthyate-is able.

Kåñëa: Friend, you should bow down before Våndävana Forest, which has ancient flowering-vines with the power to fulfill your desires.

Text 32 (c)

madhumaìgalaù: bho pi-a-vaassa, tumaà saccaväditti savva-lo-ehià bhaëijjasi. tä imassa tujjha vaaëassa ma-e paricchä kädavvä. (ity aïjalià badhvä) bho vallari-e, esohaà vandämi. buhukkhido me vaasso. tä dentu khaëòa-laòòu-ä-ià.

bhaù-O; pi-a-dear; vaassa-friend; tumam-you; saccaväditti-as one who speaks the truth; savva-all; lo-ehim-by the people; bhaëijjasi-are described; tä-therefore; imassa-of this; tujjha-Your; vaaëassa-of the words; ma-e-by me; paricchä-investigation; kädavvä-should be done; iti-thus; aïjalim baddhvä-he folds his hands; bhaù-O; vallari-e-creepers; esoham-I; vandämi-offer obeisances to you; buhukkhidaù-hungry; me-my; vaassaù-friend; tä-therefore; dentu-may give; khaëòa-laòòu-ä-im-laòòu candies.

Madhumaìgala: Dear friend, everyone says You are very truthful. I will now conduct an experiment to see if this is true. (Madhumaìgala folds his palms). O flowering-vines, I bow down before you. My friend is very hungry. Please give Him many sweet laòòu candies.

Text 32 (d)

(praviçya modaka-pätra-hastä paurëamäsi)

paurëamäsi: candränana, gåhäëa rasajïämodakän abhun modakäh.

Rämaù: (sasmitam) vayasya, dåñöä jarad-vallari-vadänyatä.

paurëamäsi: saìkarñaëa, jarad-ballavi-vadänyateti bhaëyatäm.

Kåñëaù: ärye, keyaà jarad-ballavi.

paurëamäsi: candramukha, mukharä.

praviçya-entering; modaka-candies; pätra-plate; hastä-in her hand; paurëamäsi-Paurëamäsi; candra-moon; änana-face; gåhäëa-please take; rasajïa-to the epicures; ämodakän-delighting; amun-these; modakän-candies; sa-with; smitam-a smile; vayasya-O friend; dåñöä-seen; jarat-ancient; vallari-of the creeper; vadänyatä-generosity; sänkarçaëa-O Lord Balaräma; jarat-ancient; ballavi-gopi; vadänyatä-generosity; iti-thus; bhaëyatäm-may be described; ärye-O pious woman; kä-who?; iyam-this; jarat-elderly; ballavi-gopi; candra-moon; änana-face; mukharä-Mukharä-gopi.

(Carrying a plate of candies in her hand, Paurëamäsi enters.)

Paurëamäsi: O boy with a face like the moon, please take these candies delightful to the tongue.

Räma: (smiling) Friend, see the generosity of this ancient flowering-vine!

Paurëamäsi: Balaräma, everyone says that elderly gopi is very generous.

Kåñëa: Noble lady, which elderly gopi do you mean?

Paurëamäsi: The gopi Mukharä, O boy with a face like the moon.

Note: Here Kåñëa uses the word "jarad-vallari" (ancient flowering-vine). Paurëamäsi mishears Him and thinks He said "jarad-ballavi" (ancient gopi).

Text 32 (e)

kåñëaù: tayä kim akäëde khaëòa-laòòukäni samarpitäni.

paurëamäsi: naptri tävad etayä abhimanyoù päëau pariëäyitä. tad-utsaväbhirupaù samudäcäro 'yam anusasre.

tayä-by her; kim-what?; akäëòe-unexpectedly; khaëòa-laòòukäni-candies; samarpitämi-offered; naptri-grand-daughter; tävat-so much; etayä-by her; abhimanyoù-of Abhimanyu; päëau-the hand; pariëäyitä-accepted in marriage; tat-of that; utsava-festival; abhirupaù-corresponding; samudäcäraù-gift; ayam-this; anusasre-following the custom.

Kåñëa: Why does she unexpectedly send these laòòu candies to us?

Paurëamäsi: Her granddaughter will accept the hand of Abhimanyu. Following tradition, she is distributing gifts to celebrate.

Text 32 (f)

kåñëaù: keyaà naptri.

paurëamäsi: rädhikäbhidhäna käcid änanda-kaumudi.

kä-who?; iyam-this; naptri-granddaughter; rädhikä-Srimati Rädhäräëi; abhidhänä-named; käcit-some girl; änanda-bliss; kaumudi-moonlight.

Kåñëa: Who is her granddaughter?

Pauånamäsi: Her name is Rädhä, and She is delightful like moonlight.

Text 32 (g)

kåñëaù: (saromäncaà svagatam) çrutaà nunam ambayoù saàväde çaçvad asyäù sauñöhavam. (iti kampamäno vriòäà näöayati.)

paurëamäsi: (svagatam) kåñëaà vilakñam avekñya nunaà rämaù savyäjam asau savyataù prayäti.

sa-romaïcam-hairs standing upright; svagatam-aside; çrutam-heard; nunam-just now; ambayoù-of the two mothers (Yaçodä and Rohiëi); saàväde-in the conversation; çaçvat-constantly; asyäh-her; sauñöhavam-superexcellent beauty and qualities; iti-thus; kampamänaù-trembling; vriòäm-bashfulness; näöayati-represents dramatically; svagatam-aside; kåñëam-Sri Kåñëa; vilakñam-bashful; aveksya-having noticed; nunam-now; rämaù-Lord Balaräma; savyäjam-cleverly; asau-this; savyataù-from the left side; prayäti-goes.

Kåñëa: (The hairs of His body stand upright, and He says to Himself:) In the talk of My two mothers I heard how glorious this girl is. (He becomes embarrassed and trembles.)

Paurëamäsi: (aside) Understanding Kåñëa's embarrassment, on some pretext Balaräma has gone from Kåñëa's left side.

Text 32 (h)

kåñëaù: (punar ätmagatam) vikriyäà saìgopayituà prasaìgäntaram aìgi-kuryäm. (prakäçam) ärye, adya madhu-väsare tvayäpi käcin mahotsava-lakñmir alaìkriyatäm. paçya jarad-valli-çreëir iyaà phullä pallavitä ca.

punaù-again; ätma-gatam-to Himself; vikriyäm-this transformation; saìgopayitum-to conceal; prasaìga-love; antaram-within; angi-kuryäm-may I accept; prakäçam-openly; ärye-O pious woman; adya-today; madhu-pleasent; väsare-day; tvayä-by you; api-even; käcit-some; mahä-great; utsava-festival; lakñmiù-opulences; alaìkriyatäm-should be decorated; paçya-just see; jarat-ancient; valli-of creepers; çreëiù-multitudes; iyam-this; phulläù-abounding in flowers; pallavitäù-blossomed; ca-and.

Kåñëa: (again, He say to Himself:) To conceal these ecstatic symptoms, I should change the subject of our talking. (speaking openly) Noble lady, this spring day is glorious with a festival of many ornaments. Look! These ancient vines are blossoming with many flowers!

Text 32 (i)

paurëamäsi: (sasmitam) nägara, tavaiva mahotsvänäm avasaro 'yaà samvåttaù. yad atra puñpäëäà pallavänäà ca tåñëayä ballavänäà viläsinyaù sameñyanti.

sa-with; smitam-a smile; nägara-O clever Kåñëa; tava-Your; eva-certainly; mahä-great; utsavänäm-of festivals; avasaraù-opportunity; ayam-this; samrötaù-arrived; yat-which; atra-here; puñpäëäm-of flowers; pallavänäm-of buds; ca-and; tåñëayä-by the desire; ballavänäm-of the cowherd men; viläsinyaù-the beautiful wives; sameñyanti-will assemble.

Paurëamäsi: (smiling) Hero Kåñëa, the day of Your festival has come. Thirsting to gather many flowers and leaves, the playful gopis will soon come here.

Text 32 (j)

kåñëaù: (sasmitaà tiryag avekñya.) ärye, tataù kim.

paurëamäsi: (vihasya) viläsin, sva-väsanänusäräd anyathä mä çaìkiñöäù. param evam abhipräyämi. tatas täsäà çunyeñu sadmasu sakhibhis te sukham apahartavyäni gavyäni.

sa-with; smitam-a smile; tiryak-crookedly; avekñya-looking; ärye-O pious woman; tataù kim-how is that?; vihasya-laughing; viläsin-O playful boy; sva-own; väsanä-desire; anusärät-because of the nature; anyathä-otherwise; mä-don't; çaìkiñöäù-be afraid; param-other; evam-certainly; abhipräyä asmi-I intend; tataù-therefore; täsäm-of them; çunyeñu-empty; sadmasu-in the houses; sakhibhiù-with friends; te-Your; sukham-easily; apahartavyäni-will be stollen; gavyäni-milk products.

Kåñëa: (Smiling, He looks at her with crooked eyes.) Noble lady, what is that? Paurëamäsi: (laughing) Playful boy, don't worry. It is not against Your wishes. I will say what I mean. When the gopis' houses are empty, You and Your friends will happily steal their butter and yogurt.

.fn 1

Text 32 (k)

kåñëaù: dhurte, kià parihasyate. paçya komala-maïjarim avacinvatinäà ballavinäà maëòalena khaëòitäni me våndäöavi-çäkhi-viöapäni. tad etäs te niväraëiyäù.

dhuåte-O rascal; kim-why?; parihasyate-is there laughter; paçya-just look; komala-charming; maìkarim-blossom; avacinvatinäm-collecting; ballavinäm-of the gopis; maëòalena-by the multitude; khaëòitäni-broken; me-My; våndä-äöavi-in the forest of Våndävana; çäkhi-viöapäni-branches and twigs; tat-therefore; etäù-they te-by you; niväraëiyäù-should be prevented.

Kåñëa: Rogue, why do you laugh? Look! Those branches and twigs in My Våndävana forest were broken by the gopis when they picked the soft flowers. It is your duty to stop them.

Text 32 (l)

paurëamäsi: mohana, navya-stabakottaàsinä bhavataiva samulläsito 'yaà kusumeçu-rägo ballavinäm. täù katham ito niväryatäm.

mohana-O charming boy; navya-fresh; stabaka-bunches of flowers; uttamsina-wearing a crown; bhavata-by You; eva-certainly; samullasitah-delighted; ayam-this; kusumesu-in the flowers; ragah-love; ballavinam-of the gopis; tah-them; katham-how; itah-therefore; nivaryatam-may they be restrained;

Paurëamäsi: Enchanting boy, It is You, decorated with many flowers, that make the gopis yearn to have flowers. How can I stop them?

Note: Ambiguous, this verse may also mean:

"Enchanting boy, It is You, decorated with many flowers, that fill the gopis with passionate desires. How can I stop them?"

Text 32 (m)

kåñëaù: (smitvä) ayi bäläkä-valakña-keçi. kathopakramäd vakram eva panthänam adhiruòhäsi. yad aparädhikäsv api ballaviñu pakña-pätaà na muïcasi.

smitvä-smiling; ayi-O; baläkä-of cranes; valakña-white; keçi-hairs; kathä-of speech; upakramät-from the activity; vakram-crooked; eva-certainly; panthänam-path; adhiruòhä-ascended; asi-you are; yat-because; aparädhikäsu-offenders; api-although; ballaviçu-gopis; pakña-pätam-adherence; na-not; muïcasi-you abandon.

Kåñëa: O lady with hair white like crane feathers, with these words you walk a crooked path. You will not renounce your allegiance to these offender-gopis.

Text 32 (n)

paurëamäsi: sundara, samprati sarädhikäù khalu ballavyaù katham aparädhikäù santu. tena te priyasya punnägasyäpi sumanasteyaà haöhena kariñyanti.

sundara-O beautiful boy; samprati-at the present time; sa-accompanied by; rädhikäù-Srimati Rädhäräëi; khalu-indeed; ballavyaù-gopis; katham-how?; aparadhikäù-offenders; santu-have become; tena-by that; te-of You; priyasya-dear; punnägasya-of the punnäga tree; api-even; sumana-flower; steyam-theft; haöhena-by force; kariçyanti-will do.

Paurëamäsi: Handsome boy, why are Rädhä and the gopis now offenders? They will only steal a few flowers from Your favorite punnäga tree.

Note: The ambiguous second sentence may also be translated:

"They will only steal the heart of You, the best of males."

Text 32 (o)

kåñëaù: (svagatam) hanta, kathaà maëohäriëi saiva daivät punar ävartate rädhikä-värtä.

madhumaìgalaù: (svagatam) kahaà räniti ëäma-matta-eëa unmaëä-edi eso. (prakäçam) bho vaassa, mä kkhu imä-e uvari ëibbharaà satiëëo hohi.

svagatam-aside; hanta-O; katham-how?; manohäriëi-enchanting to the mind; sä-she; eva-certainly; daivät-because of fate; punaù-again; ävartate-turns; rädhikä-of Srimati Rädhäräëi; värtä-news; svagatam-aside; kaham-how?; rähiti-Rädhä; näma-the name; matta-eëa-only by; unmanä-edi-is agitated; esaù-He; prakäçam-openly; bhaù-O; vaassa-friend; mä-don't; kkhu-indeed; imä-e-of this; uvari-in regard; ëibbharam-excessively; satiëëaù-full of desire; hohi-become.

Kåñëa: (aside) Ah! Why has destiny again brought Me news of Rädhä, news enchants My heart.

Madhumaìgala: (aside) Why does the name Rädhä excite Him so? (openly) Friend, don't become so thirsty after this.

Text 32 (p)

kåñëaù: (sapraëaya-roñam) dhig väcäla, kuträhaà satåñëaù.

madhumaìgalaù: bho, mä kuppaha. sarasä-e manoharäli-e uvari tti bhaëämi.

sa-with; praëaya-love; roñam-anger; dhik-fie!; väcäla-O talkative one; kutra-from what?; aham-I; sa-tåñëaù-full of desire; bhaù-O; mä-don't; kuppaha-become angry; sarasä-e-beautiful; manoharäli-e-who is attracting the mind; uvari-in relation to; tti-thus; bhaëämi-I am speaking.

Kåñëa: (simultaneosly angry and affectionate) Talkative friend, to hell with you! After what do I thirst?

Madhumaìgala: Oh! Don't be angry! I was talking about these sweet "manohara" candies.

Note: Madhumaìgala's words are ambiguous. They may also mean:

"Oh! Don't be angry! I was talking about the beautiful gopis that have stolen Your heart."

Text 32 (q)

kåñëaù: sakhe, 'smi. nemäni manoharäkhyäni kintu mauktikäkhyäni laòòukäni.

madhumaìgalaù: (vihasya) pi-a-vaassa, ëa kkhu ahaà bhamisile rähä-cakked vaööämi. kudo bhamissam.

sakhe-O friend; bhräntaù-bewildered; asmi-I am; na-not; imäni-these; manohara-manohara; äkhyäni-named; kintu-but; mauktika-mauktika; äkhyäni-named; laòòukäni-laòòu candies; vihasya-laughing; pi-a-dear; vaassa-friend; ëa-not; kkhu-indeed; aham-I; bhami-sile-intent on causing bewilderment; rähä-of Rädhä; cakke-circle; vaööämi-turn; kudaù-from what cause?; bhamissam-I am causing to become bewildered.

Kåñëa: Friend, I misunderstood. But these aren't the laòòu candies that are called "manohara" They are the laòòus called "mauktika".

Madhumaìgala: (laughs) Friend, I would not try to fool You with a pun on the name of the star Rädhä. Why would I try to fool You?

Text 32 S

paurëamäsi: (svagatam) satyaà parihasyate baöunä, yad eña bhävodvåtta-ceto-våttitayä vailakñya-bhäg abhilakñyate tad adya purëa-käàasmi. (prakäçam) sundara, kåtam atrotkaëöhayä. sä viñëu-pada-vithi-saïcäriëi rädhä nå-loke kena labhyatäm.

svagatam-aside; satyam-in truth; parihasyate-joked; baöunä-by this boy; yat-because; eñaù-He; bhäva-by love; udvåtta-expanded; cetaù-heart; våttitayä-by the activity; vailakñya-bhäk-embarrassed; abhilakñyate-appears; tat-therefore; purëa-fulfilled; kämä-desires; asmi-I am; prakäçam-openly; sundara-O beautiful boy; kåtam-performed; atra-here; utkaëöhayä-with longings; sä-she; viñëu-of Lord Viñëu; pada-vithi-the domain (the sky); saïcäriëi-moving; rädhä-Rädhä; nå-of humans; loke-on the sphere; kena-by what?; labhyatäm-can be attained.

Paurëamäsi: (aside) In truth, the brähmaëa boy is teasing Kåñëa. His heart overcome with love, Kåñëa is now embarrassed. Now all my desires are fulfilled. (openly) The star Rädhä moves in the sky, the home of Lord Viñëu. How can anyone in the world of humans attain Her? O handsome boy, what is the use of longing after Her?

Text 33 (s)

kåñëaù: (sasmitam. viñëu-pada-vithim avekñya rämam anusarpan.) ärya, vyatiteyaà madhyähna-maryäda. tataù kälindi-tire. 'vatirya samäpäyantu bhavantaù paçunäm äpäniya-tåñëäm. svadayantu ca sväduni laòòukäni. mayä tu suhåttamäbhyäà çridäma-subaläbhyäà saha muhurtam agrato viçramitavyam. (rämaù sakhibhiù saha niñkrantaù).

sa-with; smitam-a smile; viñëu-pada-vithim-at the sky; avekñya-looking; rämam-to Lord Balaräma; anusarpan-gooing; ärye-O pious Räma; vyatita-passed; madhya-ahna-the middle of the day; maryädä-the limit; tataù-therefore; kälindi-of the Yamunä river; tire-on the shore; avatirya-having gone; samäpayantu-should bring to an end; bhavantaù-You; paçunäm-of the cows; äpäniya-for water; tåñëäm-thirst; svadayantu-may relish; ca-and; sväduni-delicious; laòòukäni-laòòu candies; mayä-by Me; tu-but; suhåttamäbhyäm-with the two dear friends; çridäma-Sridämä; subaläbhyäm-and Subala; saha-along with; muhurtam-a moment; agrataù-in front; viçramitavyam-should rest; rämaù-Balräma; sakhibhiù-by the friends; saha-accompanied; niñkrantaù-exits.

Kåñëa: (Smiling, He glances at the sky. Then He approaches Balaräma). Noble friend, it is already late in the afternoon. Please take the cows to the Yamunä's shore and let them satisfy their thirst. Please enjoy these delicious laòòu candies. I will rest for a moment with my dear friends Sridämä and Subala.

(Balaräma and the cowherd boy friends exit.)

Text 32 (t)

paurëamäsi: (svagatam) mayäpi praticchandasya siddhim avadhärayituà gantavyam. (iti kåñëam abhinandya parikrämati).

svagatam-aside; mayä-by me; api-even; praticchandasya-of a picture; siddhim-perfection; avadhärayitum-to understand; gantavyam-should be gone to; iti-thus; kåñëam-Sri Kåñëa; abhinandya-having greeted; parikrämati-circumambulates.

Paurëamäsi: (aside) I should go and see if the picture of Kåñëa is finished. (She respectfully takes leave of Kåñëa and then departs.)

Text 32 (u)

kåñëaù: (padäntare sthitvä). sakhe çridäman, kià dåñöa-purvä te jagad-apurvä rädhä.

(Sridämä salajja-smitam mukham avaïcayati).

Subalaù: vaassa, diööha-puvvetti kià etti-aà bhaëäsi. ëa imassa vahiëi kkhu esä.

pada-a step; antare-within; sthitvä-having stood; sakhe-O friend; çridäman-Sridämä; kim-have; dåñöa-seen; purvä-before; jagat-in the universe; apurvä-unprecedented; rädhä-Rädhä; çridämä-Sridämä; sa-lajja-embarrassed; smitam-smile; mukham-face; vancayati-lowers; vaassa-O friend; diööha-seen; puvvetti-before; kim-what?; etti-am-in this way; bhaëasi-are You saying; na-indeed; imassa-his; vahiëi-sister; kkhu-certainly; esä-she.

Kåñëa: (takes one step, and then pauses) Friend Sridämä, have you ever seen this Rädhä, the most beautiful girl in the universe?

(Smiling with embarrassment, Sridämä lowers his face.)

Subala: Friend, how can You ask if he has seen her? Rädhä is his sister.

Text 32 (v)

kåñëaù: tad ehi. kñaëam atra kadamba-sambädhe rodhasi niviçya rädhänudhävanäd udvegi ceto vaàçi-vädana-vinodenäyataù kñipämi.

(iti niñkrantäù.)

tat-therefore; ehi-please go; kñaëam-a moment; atra-here; kadamba-of kadamba trees; sambädhe-full; rodhasi-on the shore; niviçya-having stopped; rädhä-Rädhä; anubhävanät-because of anxious thought; udvegi-with the pastimes; anyataù-in some other place; kñipämi-I will throw; iti-thus; niñkrantäù-they exit.

Kåñëa: Come. Let us go under these kadamba trees by the riverbank. Into pastimes of playing the flute I will throw this heart excited with thoughts of Rädhä,

(They exit.)

Text 32 (w)

paurëamäsi: (parikramya puraù paçyanti paçyanti sänandam.) katham ita eva vayasyayä vihasyamäëa vikriòati me vatseyaà rädhikä. (iti latäntare sthitvä).

parikramya-having circumambulated; puraù-before the eyes; paçyanti-seeing; sa-with; änandam-delight; katham-how?; itaù-here; eva-certainly; vayasyayä-with a friend; vihasyamänä-being made to laugh; vikriòati-playing; me-my; vatsä-daughter; iyam-this; rädhikä-Srimati Rädhäräëi; iti-thus; latä-the creeper; antare-within; sthitvä-having stood.

Paurëamäsi: (Walking about, she looks ahead and becomes joyful.) Why is my child Rädhä here, playing and joking with a friend? (She hides behind a flowering-vine.)

Text 33 (x)

baläd akñnor lakñmiù kavalayati navyaà kuvalayaà

mukholläsaù phullaà kamala-vanam ullaìghayati ca

daçäà kañöäm añöä-padam api nayaty äìgika-rucir

vicitraà rädhäyäù kim api kila rupam vilasati

balät-by force; akñnoù-of the two eyes; läkñmiù-the beauty; kavalayati-devours; navyam-newly awakened; kuvalayam-lotus flower; mukha-ulläsaù-the beauty of the face; phullam-fructified; kamala-vanam-a forest of lotus flowers; ullaìghayati-surpasses; ca-also; daçäm-to a situation; kañtäm-painful; añöä-padam-gold; api-even; nayati-brings; äìgika-ruciù-the luster of the body; vicitram-wonderful; rädhäyäù-of Srimati Rädhäräëi; kim api-some; kila-certainly; rupam-the beauty; vilasati-manifests.

The beauty of Srimati Rädhäräëi's eyes forcibly devours the beauty of newly grown blue lotus flowers, and the beauty of Her face surpasses that of an entire forest of fully blossomed lotuses. Her bodily luster seems to place even gold in a painful situation. Thus the wonderful, unprecedented beauty of Srimati Rädhäräëi is awakening in Våndävana.*

Text 32 (y)

tad etayor nirmala-narma-goñöhi-pratibandhaà parihanti virun-niruddhenädhunä viçäkhäà yämi.

(iti niñkrantä.)

tat-therefore; etayoù-of the two; nirmala-pure; narma-joking; goñöhi-conversation; pratibandham-in relation to; parharanti-shunning; virut-by the creepers; niruddhena-hidden; adhunä-now; viçäkhäm-to Viñäkhä-gopi; yämi-I will go; iti-thus; niñkrantä-she exits.

Not staying to joke with these two, I will go, hidden by these flowering vines, to Viçäkhä.

(Paurëamäsi exits.)

Text 33 (a)

(tataù praviçati lalitayänugamyamänä rädhikä.)

rädhikä: halä lalide kià karedi ajji-ä.

lalitä: sahi, tuha surade-assa pu-äkide esä tamäla-tale vedi-aà ëimmädi.

tataù-then; praviçati-enters; lalitayä-by Lalitä; anugamyamämä-followed; rädhikä-Srimati Rädhäräëi; halä-O; lalide-Lalitä; kim-what?; karedi-is doing; ajji-ä-the noble-gopi; sahi-O friend; tuha-your; sura-de-assa-of the sun-god; pu-ä-worship; kide-performed; esä-she; tamäla-of a tamala tree; tale-at the base; vedi-am-altar; ëimmädi-is constructing.

(Followed by Lalitä, Rädhä enters.)

Rädhikä: Lalitä, what is the noble lady doing?

Lalitä: Friend, under that tamäla tree she is making an altar to worship the sun-god.

Text 33 (b)

rädhikä: (puro 'valokya) halä lalide, saìkemi sä cce-a esä vundäòa-i jä-e mähuri tu-e puëo puëo mama vaëëi-adi.

lalitä: halä, sä jjeva esä kaëhassa lilä-rukha-väòi-ä.

puraù-ahead; avalokya-looking; halä-O; lalide-Lalitä; saìkemi-I think; sä-this; cce-a-certainly; esä-this; vundäòa-i-the forest of Våndävana; jä-e-of which; mähuri-beauty; tu-e-by you; puëo puëaù-again and again; mama-of me; vaëëi-adi-is described; halä-O; sä-this; jjeva-certainly; esä-this; kaëhassa-of Kåñëa; lilä-for pastimes; rukkha-tree; väòi-ä-banyan.

Rädhikä: (looking ahead) I think this must be Våndävana Forest, whose sweetness you describe again and again.

Lalitä: Friend, this is the banyan tree where Kåñëa enjoys pastimes.

Text 33 (c)

rädhikä: (sautsukyam ätmagatam) aho mahurattaà doëaà accharäëam. (prakäçam) sahi, kassa tti bhaëäsi.

lalitä: (säkuta-smitam) halä, bhaëämi kaëhassa tti.

sa-with; autsukyam-agitation; ätma-gatam-aside; ahaù-O; mahurattam-sweetness; doëam-of the two; accharäëam-syllables; prakäçam-openly; sahi-O friend; kassa-of whom?; tti-thus; bhaëäsi-are you speaking; sa-with; äkuta-a purpose; smitam-smiled; halä-O; bhaëämi-I say; kaëhassa-of Kåñëa; tti-thus.

Rädhikä: (agitated, she says to herself:) What sweetness is in these two syllables? (openly) Friend, whom did you say?

Lalitä: (intentionally smiling) I said Kåñëa.

Text 33 (d)

rädhikä: (punaù svagatam) hanta jassa ëämävi rämävittaà itthaà mohedi so kkhu kidiso vä ëämi tti. (iti sävahitthaà prakäçam) halä, imä-ià ni-uïjovari puïjidä-ià guïjä-phalä-ià bi-iëissam.

punaù-again; svagatam-aside; hanta-O; jassa-of whom; nämävi-by even the name; rämä-of beautiful women; cittam-the minds; ittham-in this way; mohedi-enchants; saù-He; kkhu-indeed; kidisaù-someone like this; vä-or; nämi-named; tti-thus; iti-thus; sa-with; avahittham-concealment of her actual emotions; prakäçam-openly; halä-O; imä-im-these; ni-uïjovari-in the grove; puïjidä-assembled; guïjä-phalä-im-guïja berries; bi-iëissam-I will collect.

Rädhikä: (again, aside) Ah, this name charms the hearts of beautiful girls. What is the owner of this name like? (concealing her emotions, she speaks openly.) I will go and pick those guïjä berries in the forest.

Text 33 (e)

lalitä: (saparihäsam. sanskåtena.)

dehaà te bhuvanäntaräla-virala-cchäyä-viläsäspadaà

mä kautuhala-cäncaläkñi latikä-jäle praveçaà kröhäù

navyäm aïjana-puïja-maïjula-ruciù kuïje-cari devatä

käntäà käntibhir aìkitäm iha vane niùçaìkam äkarñati

deham-body; te-your; bhuvana-in the universe; antaräla-in the midst; virala-rare; cchäyä-shadow; viläsa-of beauty; äspadam-abode; mä-don't; kautuhala-with curiosity; caïcala-moving; akñi-eyes; latikä-of creerpers; jäle-in the network; praveçam-entrance; kåthän-do; navyäm-young; aïjana-of ointments; puïja-of a great abundance; maïjula-beautiful; ruciù-splendor; kuïje-in this grove; cari-moving; devatä-demigod; käntäm-lover; käntibhiù-with great beauty; aìkitäm-marked; iha-here; vane-in this forest; niùçaìkam-easily; äkarñati-enchants.

Lalitä: (joking, she says in Sanskrit) O girl whose restless eyes are eager to look at everything, O girl whose body is the abode of a splendor and playfulness even the shadow of which cannot be found anywhere in the three worlds, don't enter that trap of flowering-vines. The handsome snd splendid demigod who moves in that forest and who is dark like black mascara will cast a spell on You and make You His newest lover.

Text 34 (a)

rädhikä: (kiïcid bhiteva parävåtya sanarma-smitam) sahi lalide, tä-e de-adä-e ëumaà tumaà ä-aööhidäsi jaà edaà jäëäsi.

lalitä: (vihasya) halä, mäà kisa esä a-aööhadu. ëa kkhu ahaà tumaà vi-a kantihià änkidä.

kiïcit-somewhat; bhitä-afraid; iva-as if; parävåtya-having stopped; sa-narma-joking; smitam-smile; sahi-O friend; lalide-Lalitä; tä-e-by this; de-adä-e-demigod; ëunam-at present; tumam-you; ä-aööhidäsi-are attracted; jam-which; edam-this; jäëäsi-you know; vihasya-laughing; halä-O; mäm-me; kisa-for what reason?; esä-He; ä-aööhadu-may attract; ëa-not; kkhu-indeed; aham-I; tumam-you; vi-a-as it were; kantihim-with great beauty; aìkidä-marked.

Rädhikä: (As if She were afraid, She conceals Her joking smile.) Friend Lalitä, you know that this demigod has you in His spell.

Lalitä: (laughs) Ha! Why would He cast a spell on me? It is You who are drawn to His splendor.

Text 34 (b)

Rädhikä: (niçamya camatkäraà svagatam) ammahe, imassa mohaëattaëaà çaddassa. (iti vaiçyaà näöayati.)

Lalitä: (vilokya svagatam) huà, esä komaläìgi kuraìgi paòhamam ëivaòidä.

niçamya-listening; camatkäram-with amazement; svagatam-aside; ammahe-amazing!; imassa-of this; mohaëattaëam-the enchantiness; çaddassa-of the sound; iti-thus; vaivaçyam-loss of composure; näöayati-represents dramatically; vilokya-seeing; svagatam-aside; hum-O; esä-this; komala-delicate; aìgi-body; kuraìgi-deer; paòhamam-immediately; jäle-into the net; ëivaòiòä-fallen.

(Flute-music comes from offstage.)

Rädhikä: (Listening, She becomes full of wonder. She says to herself:) Wonderful! What an enchanting sound! (She is overcome.)

Lalitä: (looking at Rädhä, she says to herself:) For the first time the doe with delicate limbs falls into the hunter's trap.

Text 34 (c)

rädhikä: (prayatnena dhairyam älambya. svagatam.) avi ëäma ëaà saddämi-apuraà uggirantaà jaëaà pekkhissam.

prayatnena-with great effort; dhairyam-composure; älambya-grasps; svagatam-aside; avi ëäma-I wish; ëam-this; sadda-of sound; ami-a-nectar; puram-overflowing river; pekkhissam-that I will see.

Rädhikä: (with great difficulty She regains composure. Then She says to Herself) I must find the person who made the flood of nectar that is this sound.

Text 34 (d)

lalitä: (upasåtya) halä rähe, atthi maduvari tuha visuddha-buddhi.

rädhikä: halä, kisa evvaà bhaëäsi. tumaà jevva tattha pamäëam.

lalitä: kadhedu pi-asahi kiàti akäëòe vivasä asi tumam.

upasåtya-approaching; halä-O; rähe-Rädhä; atthi-there is; mad-uvari-in relation to me; tuha-your; visuddha-pure; buddhi-intelligence; halä-O; kisa-from what?; evvam-certainly; bhaëäsi-you are saying; tumam-you; jevva-certainly; tattha-there; pamäëam-evidence; kadhedu-may speak; pi-a-dear; sahi-friend; kimti-what; akäëòe-unexpectedly; vivasä-lost all composure; asi-are; tumam-you.

Lalitä: (approaches Rädhä) Rädhä, do You trust me?

Rädhikä: Why do you ask? You can bear witness to that.

Lalitä: Then my dear friend will tell me. Why are You suddenly overwhelmed?

Text 34 (e)

rädhikä: (salajjam, sanskåtena.)

nädaù kadamba-viöapäntarato visarpan

ko näma karëa-padavim aviçan na jähe

hä hä kulina-gåhiëi-gaëa-garhaniyäà

yenädya käm api daçäà sakhi lambhitäsmi

sa-with; lajjam-embarrassment; sanskåtena-in Sanskrit; nädaù-sound; kadamba-kadamba; viöapa-grove; antarataù-from within; visarpan-moving; kaù-what?; näma-indeed; karëa-of the ears; padavim-path; aviçan-entering; na-not; jäne-I understand; hä hä-O! O!; kulina-chaste; gåhiëi-housewives; gaëa-by the community; garhaëiyäm-to be accused; yena-by which; adya-today; käm api-some; daçäm-condition; sakhi-O friend; lambhitä-attained; asmi-I have.

Rädhikä: (embarrassed, says in Sanskrit) What is this sound from the kadamba trees that now walks on the pathway of My ears? Friend, because of this sound I have now entered a state that is despicable for a chaste housewife.

Text 35 (a)

lalitä: halä, eso muralira-o.

rädhikä: (savyatham, sanskåtena.)

ajaòaù kampa-sampädi

sasträd anyo nikåntanaù

täpano 'nuñëatädhäraù

ko 'yaà vä murali-ravaù

halä-O; esaù-this; murali-of the flute; ra-aù-sound; sa-vyatham-agitated; ajaòaù-without snow; kampa-trembling; dampädi-in the good fortune; sasträt-than a weapon; anyaù-other; nikåntanaù-cutting; täpanaù-the hot summer season; anuñëatä-not warm; dharaù-possessing; kaù-what?; ayam-this; vä-or; murali-of the flute; raväh-sound.

Lalitä: Ah, it is the sound of the flute!

Rädhikä: (agitated) What kind of flute-music is this? It brings no snow and cold, but still it makes Me tremble. It is not a weapon, but still it cuts Me. It brings no heart, but still it has set Me on fire.

Text 36 (a)

(ity udvegaà näöayanti.) halä, ëänaà murali-ëä-assa aëahiëëä. tä alaà vippalambheëa. phuòaà eso keëa vi mahä-ëä-areëa kovi mohaëa paòhi-adi.

iti-thus; udvegam-agitation; näöayanti-expression dramatically; halä-O!; ëa-not; aham-I; murali-of the flute; ëä-assa-of the sound; aëahiëëa-unaquainted; tä-that; alam-what is the use?; vippalambheëa-of this deception; phuòam-manifested; esaù-this; keëa vi-by someone; mahä-great; ëä-areëa-by a clever (magician); kovi-some; mohaëa-charming; mantaù-mantra; paòhi-adi-is read.

(agitated) I don't understand this flute-music. Enough with this deception! Some charming mantra has been read by a clever magician!

Text 36 (b)

(praviçya citra-paöa-hastä viçäkhä.)

viçäkhä: (rädhäm avadhärayanti svagatam.) däëià aëëädisi esä lakkhi-adi. tä ëunaà kaëùassa vaàsi-ä-e òaàsidä. hodu. pucchissam.

praviçya-entering; citra-paöa-a picture; hastä-in her hand; viçäkhä-Viçäkhä-gopi; rädhäm-Srimati Rädhäräëi; avadhärayati-noticing; svagatam-aside; däëim-at present; aëëädisi-appearing completely different; esä-she; lakkhi-adi-appears; tä-therefore; ëunam-at present; kaëhassa-bitten; hodu-it may be; pucchissam-I will enquire.

(Viçäkhä enters, carrying a picture in her hand.)

Viçäkhä: (Observes Rädhä, and says to herself:) She is transformed! Perhaps She was bitten by Kåñëa's flute. I will ask her about it.

Text 36 (c)

(ity upasåtya prakäçam. sanskåtena.)

kñoëià paìkilayanti paìkaja-rucor akñëoù payo-bindavaù

çväsäs täëòayanti päëòu-vadane duräd uro-jäàçukam

murtià danturayanti santatam ami romäïca-puïjäç ca te

manye mädhava-mädhuri çravaëayor abhyäçam abhyäyayau

iti-thus; upasåtya-approaching; prakäçam-openly; sankåtena-in Sanskrit; kñoëim-earth; paìkilayanti-turns into mud; paìkaja-lotus; rucoù-splendor; akñëoù-from the eyes; payaù-bindavaù-tears; çväsäù-breath; täëdayanti-dances; päëòu-white; vadane-face; durät-a great distance; uroja-breasts; aàçukam-garment; murtim-form; danturayanti-covered with hairs standing upright; santatam-constantly; ami-these; romaïca-hairs standing upright; puïjäù-multitude; ca-and; te-your; manye-I consider; mädhava-of Lord Mädhava; mädhuri-the sweetness; çravaëayoù-of the ears; abhyäçam-nearness; abhyäyayau-went.

(Approaching, she openly says in Sanskrit) O girl whose face has turned white, the tears from your lotus-eyes muddy the ground, Your sighs make Your bodice dance, and the hairs of Your body stand up. I think the sweetness of Kåñëa's flute must have entered Your ears.

Text 37 (a)

rädhikä: (anäkarëitakenaiva sotkampam.) lalide, puëo eso so jjeva kovi saddo vikkamadi.

anakärëitakena-not hearing; sa-utkampam-trembling; lalide-O Lalitä; puëaù-again; esaù-this; saù-this; jjeva-indeed; kovi-some; saddaù-sound; vikkamadi-moves.

Rädhikä: (not giving ear to these words, Rädhä trembles) Lalitä, it is that sound again.

Text 37 (b)

lalitä: (sanskåtena)

eña sthairya-bhujaìga-saìgha-damanäsaìge vihaìgeçvaro

vriòä-vyädhi-dhurä-vidhunana-vidhau tanvaìgi dhanvantariù

sädhvi-garva-bharämburäçi-culukärambhe tu kumbhodbhavaù

kälindi-taöa-maëòaliñu murali-tuëòäd dhvanir dhävati

sanskåtena-in Sanskrit; eñaù-this; sthairya-composure; bhujaìga-of snakes; saìgha-multitude; damana-defeating; äsaìge-in attachment; vihaìga-of birds; içvaraù-the king (Garuòa); vriòä-of shyness; vidhau-in the activity; tanu-delicate; aìgi-body; dhanvantariù-Lord Dhanvantari; sädhvi-of pious girls; garva-of the pride; bhara-abundance; amburäçi-of the ocean; culuka-of drinking; ärambhe-in the beginning; tu-and; kumbhodbhavaù-Agastya Muni; kälindi-of the Yamunä river; taöa-of the banks; maëòaliçu-in the area; murali-of the flute; tuëòät-from the mouth; dhvaniù-the sound; dhävati-rung.

Lalitä: (in Sanskrit) O girl with the slender limbs, in the circle of the Yamunä's shore, from a flute's beak comes a sound that is a Garuòa that defeats the snakes of the gopis' peace, a Dhanvantari that cures the gopis' shyness, an Agastya Muni that drinks up the ocean of the saintly gopis' pride.

Text 38 (a)

rädhikä: sahi, jädä maha hi-a-e kävi guru-i ve-aëä. tä gadu-a supissam.

viçäkhä: halä, rähe, tuha ve-aëä-viddhaàsaëaà kiàvi edaà osahaà maha hatthe vaööadi. tä sevehi ëam.

sahi-O friend; jädä-produced; maha-my; hi-a-e-in the heart; kävi-some; guru-i-intense; ve-aëä-distress; tä-that; gadu-a-having gone; supisam-I will sleep; halä-O; rähe-Rädhä; tuha-your; ve-aëä-suffering; viddhaàsaëam-elimination; kiàvi-some; edam-this; osaham-medicinal herb; maha-my; hatthe-in the hand; vattadi-is; ta-therefore; sevehi-please take; nam-it.

Rädhikä: Friend, a great suffering has now taken birth in My heart. Only when I leave it behind will I again be able to sleep at night.

Viçäkhä: Rädhä, in my hand is a medicine to cure Your suffering. Take it.

Text 38 9b)

rädhikä: viçäkhe, ehi. aìganovakaëöhe phulla-kaëi-ära- maëòali-cchä-aà ajjhäsi-a pekkhamhe.

(iti niskrantah sarve.)

viçäkhe-O Viçäkhä; ehi-go!; aìgana-courtyard; uvakaëöhe-near; phulla-opened; kaëëi-ara-lotus flowers; maëòali-area; cchä-am-shade; ajjhäsi-a-having entered; pekkhamhe-we shall see; iti-thus; niskrantah-exit; sarve-all.

Rädhikä: Viçäkhä, come. Let us go into the shade of this circle of blossoming karëikära flowers in the courtyard.

(They exit.)

Thus ends Act One.

Act Two

Manmatha-lekhä

The Love-letter

Text i (a)

(tataù praviçati nändimukhi.)

nändimukhi: ädiööhamhi tattahodi-e paurëamäsi-e, jadhä--a-i ëandimuhi, sudaà ma-e nibbharä asuttha-sarirä me vacchä rähi. tä gadu-a jäëini se tattaà tti. tado muharä-gharaà gamissam. (iti parikramya puëah paçyanti.) kahaà idha jjeva kandanti muharä-ä-accha-i.

tataù-then; praviçati-enters; nandimukhi-Nandimukhi; ädiööhamhi-I have been instructed; tattahodi-e-by her ladyship; paurëamäsi-e-by Paurëamäsi; jadhä-in the following way; a-i-O; nandimuhi-Nandimukhi; sudam-heard; ma-e-by me; nibharä-intense; asuttha-illness; särirä-body; me-my; vacchä-child; rähi-Rädhä; tä-therefore; gadu-a-having gone; jäëihi-please learn; se-her; tattam-truth of the situation; tti-thus; tado-therefore; muharä-of Mukharä; gharam-house; gamissam-I am about to go; iti-thus; parikramya-going; punaù-again; paçyati-seeing; kaham-how is it?; idha-here; jjeva-indeed; andanti-crying; muharä-Mukharä; ä-ccha-i-is coming.

(Nändimukhi enters.)

Nändimukhi: Paurëamäsi ordered me: "O Nändimukhi, I heard that my child Rädhä is feeling very ill. Go to hear and learn the truth of Her condition." That is why I am now going to Mukharä's house. (She begins to go, and then see Mukharä.) Why is weeping Mukharä coming here?

Text 1 (b)

Mukharä: haddhi haddhi, hadamhi manda-bhä-iëi.

Nändimukhi: ajje muhare, kisa ro-asi.

Mukharä: (vilokya) vacche, rähi-sandävaëa.

haddhi haddhi-alas! Alas!; hadamhi-I am struck; manda-bhä-iëi-unfortunate; ajje-pious; muhare-O Mukharä; kisa-why?; ro-asi-are you crying; vilokya-glancing; vacche-O child; rähi-Rädhä's; sandävena-because of the suffering.

Mukharä: (enters) Alas! Alas! I am ruined! I am very unfortunate!

Nändimukhi: Pious Mukharä, why do you weep?

Mukharä: (glancing at Nändimukhi) Child, because of Rädhä's suffering.

Text 1 (c)

Nändimukhi: kerimaà ceööha-i rähi.

Mukharä: vacche, vä-ulä bhavi-a kiàvi palava-i.

kerisam-in what manner; ceööha-i-acts; rähi-Rädhä; vacche-O child; vä-ulä-crazy; bhavi-a-having become; kiàvi-something; palava-i-she talks.

Nändimukhi: What does She do?

Mukharä: Child, She talks like a madwoman.

Text 1 (d)

(iti sanskåtena)

kruräëäm alinäà malinayä kåtyaà na me mälayä

bälänaà kim u narmaëas tava padaà duri-bhava präìgaëät

ity ädini durakñaräùi paritaù svapne tathä jägare

jalpanti jalajekñaëä kñapayati kleçena rätrindivam

iti-thus; sanskåtena-in Sanskrit; kruräëäm-cruel; alinäm-of the bees; kulaiù-by the multitudes; malinayä-blackened; kåtyam-proper action; na-not; me-of me; mälayä-by the garland; bälä-a young girl; aham-I; kim u-whether?; narmaëaù-of joking; tava-Your; padam-word; duri-bhava-go far away; präìgaëät-from this courtyard; iti-thus; ädini-beginning with this; durakñaräëi-incoherent words; paritaù-everywhere; svapne-during sleep; tathä-in the same way; jägare-while awake; jalpanti-speaking; jalaja-lotus; ikñaëä-eyes; kñapayati-she passes; kleçena-with great pain; rätrim-the night; divam-and the day.

(in Sanskrit) "Cruel bumblebees should not blacken My flower garland. I am only a girl. Why do you joke like that? Go far away from this courtyard." Awake and asleep talking in that crazy way, the lotus-eyed girl suffers day and night.

Text 2 (a)

Nändimukhi: (svagatam) uvasaggakidä na kkhu erisi paläva-muddä. tä diööhi-ä vikkamidaà ettha kaëha-viläseëa.

Mukharä: vacche, ahaà gadu-a bhaavadià viëëavissam. tumaà vedasi-kuïjaà uvasappi-a rähi-aà peccha.

(iti niñkränte.)

svagatam-aside; uvasagga-a fit of madness; kidä-performed; na-not; kkhu-indeed; erisi-like this; paläva-talking; muddä-sign; tä-that; diööhi-ä-by good fortune; vikkamidam-activity; ettha-here; kaëha-with Kåñëa; viläseëa-by the pastimes; vacche-O child; aham-I; gadu-a-having gone; bhaavädim-to her; viëëavissam-I shall inform; tumam-you; vedasi-of vetasi trees; kuïjam-to the grove; uvasappi-a-having entered; rähi-am-Srimati Rädhäräëi; peccha-please observe; iti-thus; niñkränte-they exit.

Nändimukhi: (aside) That talk is not the mark of madness. It is the mark of good fortune, of being overcome by Lord Kåñëa's pastimes.

Mukharä: Child, I will go to the noble lady and tell her. You go to the vetasi grove and watch Rädhä.

(They exit.)

Text 2 (b)

(tataù praviçati sakhibhyäm upäsyamänä rädhä.)

Radha: (sodvegam svagatam.) hadahi-a-a. jassa paòicchanda-daàsaëamettädo irisi duruha-saìgamä uvatthidä de avasthä ttha vi puëo räm-aà vahasi.

tataù-then; praviçati-enters; sakhibhyäm-by her two close friends (Lalitä and Viçäkhä); upäsyamänä-served; rädhä-Srimati Rädhäräëi; sa-udvegam-agitated; svagatam-aside; hada-wounded; hi-a-a-heart; jassa-of which; paòicchanda-of a picture; daàsaëa-by the seeing; mettado-only; irisi-like this; duruha-difficult to understand; saìgamä-contact; uvatthidä-attained; de-your; avasthä-situation; ttha vi-somewhere; puëo-again; rä-am-love; vahasi-you carry.

(Served by two friends, Lalitä and Viçäkhä, Rädhä enters.)

Rädha: (Agitated, she says to herself) O wounded heart, simply by looking at a picture you have fallen wildly and passionately in love.

Text 2 (c)

Ubhe: halä rähi-e ämayehinto vilakkhaëo de ve-äëaëubandhe lakkhi-adi. tä kisa amhesu tattaà ëa kadhesi.

(rädhikä niùçvasya vaktraà vyävartayati.)

ubhe-both (Lalitä and Viçäkhä; rähi-e-O Rädhä; ämayehinto-because of illness; vilakkhaëo-symptoms; de-your; ve-aëä-to distress; anubandhaù-in relation; lakkhi-adi-is perceived; tä-therefore; kisa-the truth; ëa-not; kadhesi-you tell; rädhikä-Srimati Rädhäräëi; niùçvasya-sighing; vaktram-face; vyäkartayati-turns away.

Lalitä and Viçäkhä: Rädhä, we see how You suffer. Why will You not tell us the truth?

(Rädhä sighs and turns her face away.)

Text 2 (d)

viçäkhä: (puro 'bhigamya. sanskåtena)

cintä-santatir adya kåntati sakhi sväntasya kià te dhåtià

kià vä siïcasi tämram ambaram ati-avedämbhasäà òambaram

kampaç campaka-gauri lumpati vapuù-sthairyaà kathaà vä balät

tathyaà bruhi na maìgalä parijane saìgopanäìgi-kåtiù

puraù-in front; abhimagamya-having gone; sanskåtena-in Sanskrit; cintä-of anxieties; santatiù-a multitude; adya-at present; kåntati-are tearing apart; sakhi-O friend; sväntasya-of the heart and mind; kim-why?; te-your; dhåtim-composure; kim vä-why?; siïcasi-you sprinkle; tämram-reddish; ambaram-garments; ati-sveda-with much perspiration; ambhasäm-of the water; òamraram-abundance; kampaù-trembling; campaka-as a campaka flower; gauri-fair; lumpati-break; vapuù-of your body; sthairyam-steadiness; katham vä-and why is it?; balät-by force; tathyam-truthfully; bruhi-please tell; na-not; mangalä-auspicious; parijane-to your servants; saìgopana-concealment; aìgi-kåtiù-acceptance.

Viçäkhä: (confronting Rädhä, in Sanskrit) O friend, why do these sufferings cut to pieces the peacefulness in Your heart? Why do You sprinkle Your red garments with a flood of perspiration? O girl fair like a yellow campaka flower, why does trembling now break the steadiness of Your body? Please tell the truth. It is not good to hide the truth from Your friends.

Text 3 (a)

rädhikä: (säsuyam) a-i ëiööhure visähe, tumaà evaà pucchanti vi ëa lajjasi.

viçäkhä: (saçaìkam) halä, kahià pi avaraddhamhi tti ëa sumarämi.

sa-with; asuyam-indignation; a-i-O; niööhure-cruel; visähe-Viçäkhä; tumam-you; evam-indeed; pucchanti-enquiring; vi-even; na-not; lajjasi-are ashamed; sa-with; çaìkam-fear; halä-O; kahim pi-at some time; avaraddhamhi-I have become an offender; tti-thus; ëa-not; sumarämi-I remember.

Rädhikä: (indignat) Cruel Viçäkhä, are you not ashamed to question me in this way?

Viçäkhä: (worried) Perhaps I once offended you, but I do remember it.

Text 3 (b)

rädhikä: a-i ëikkive, kisa evvaà bhaëäsi. sumari-a pekkha.

viçäkhä: halä, garu-eëa vi paëihäëeëa ëa me sumaraëaà hodi.

a-i-O; ëikkave-merciless one; kisa-why?; evvam-in this way; bhaëäsi-you are speaking; sumari-a-having remembered; pekkha-please look; halä-O; garu-eëa-intense; vi-even; paëihäëeëa-with endeavor; ëa-not; me-my; sumaraëam-remembrance; hodi-is.

Rädhikä: Merciless girl, why do you talk like that? Remember and look.

Viçäkhä: Even with a great effort, I still do not remember.

Text 3 (c)

rädhikä: ummatte, gahaëe imaàssi accähidäùala-kuëòe tumaà jjeva maha pakkhevaëi.

viçäkhä: kadhaà vi-a.

rädhikä: (serñyam) a-i micchäsarale, älekkhagada-bhu-aìga-saìgiëi, ciööha ciööha.

ummatte-O madwoman; gahaëe-deep; imaàssi-in this; acchähida-very inauspicious; anala-of fife; kuëòe-in the lake; tumamm-you jjeva-indeed; maha-of me; pakkhevaëi-throwing; kahdham vi-a-how did I do that?; sa-with; irñyam-malice and impatience; a-i-O; micchä-asarale-crooked liar; älekkha-gada-in the picture; bhu-aìga-of the serpent; saìgini-O friend; ciööha-stand! Do not move!.

Rädhikä: Crazy girl, you threw Me into the lake of eternal burning fire!

Viçäkhä: How is that?

Rädhikä: (with malice and impatience) Crooked liar, friend of the snake in this picture! Stay! Stay!

Text 3 (d)

(iti savaivaçyaà sanskåtena)

vitanvänas tanvä marakata-rucinäà ruciratäà

paöän niñkåänto 'bhud dhåta-çikhi-çikhaëòo nava-yuvä

(ity ardhoktau väk-stambhaà ëaöayati.)

(sakhyau sabhrubhängam anyo 'nyaà paçyataù.)

iti-thus; sa-with; vaivaçyam-loss of control; sanskåtena-in Sankrit; vitanvänaù-manifesting; tanvä-with His form; marakata-of emeralds; rucinäm-of the splendor; ruciratäm-brilliance; paöät-from the picture; niçkräntaù-come forth; abhut-become; dhåta-held; çikhi-çikhaëòaù-peacock feather; nava-fresh; yuvä-with youthfulness; iti-thus; ardha-half; uktau-in the speech; väk-of the voice; stambham-choking; näöayati-represented dramatically; sakhyau-the two friends (Lalitä and Viçäkhä); sa-with; bhru-bhaìgam-knitting of the eyebrows; anyaù-anyam-mutally; paçyata-look.

(Overcome, Rädhä says in Sanskrit) Splendid like sapphires and decorated with peacock feathers, a teenage boy stepped out of that picture. (In the middle of Her words, Her voice becomes choked. Her two friends look at each other with raised eyebrows.)

Text 3 (e)

bhruvaà tena kñiptvä kim api hasatonmädita-mateù

çaçi våtto vahniù param ahaha vahnir mama çaçi

bhruvam-eyebrows; tena-by Him; kñiptvä-having moved; kim api-some; hasatä-smiling; unmädita-deranged; mateù-mind; çaçi-moon; våttaù-activity; vahniù-fire; param-then; ahaha-alas; vahniù-fire; mama-my; çaçi-moon.

When He smiled and moved His eyebrows, my heart became mad. The fire in My heart shone like the moon. Then the moon of My heart entered the fire.

Text 4 (a)

lalitä: halä, kià eso siviëëassa viläso.

halä-O; kim-what?; eso-this; siviëëassa-of a dream; viläso-pastime.

Lalitä: Did this happen in a dream?

Text 4 (b)

rädhikä: (sanskåtena)

kià svapnasya vilakñaëä gatir iyaà kià jägarasyäthavä

kià rätrer upasattir eva rabhasäd ahnaù kim ahnäya vä

itthaà çyämala-candrikä-paricaya-spandena sandipitair

antaù-kñobha-kulair ahaà parivåtä prajïätum ajïäbhavam

sanskåtena-in Sanskrit; kim-what?; svapnasya-of a dream; vilakñaëä-characteristics; gatiù-motion; iyam-this; jägarasya-of the waking state; athavä-or; kim-what; ratreù-of the night; upasattiù-connection; eva-indeed; rabhasät-agitation; ahnaù-day; kim-what; ahnäya-instantly; vä-or; ittham-in this way; çyämala-dark; candrikä-moonlight; paricaya-accumulation; spandena-by the movement; sandipitaiù-excited; antaù-internal; kñobha-of intense emotions; kulaiù-by the multitudes; ajïä-ignorant; abhavam-I became.

Rädhikä: (in Sanskrit) Was it a dream, or was I awake? Was it night, or was it day? I do not know. The light from the dark moon of that teenage boy filled My heart with flames.

Text 5 (a)

viçäkhä: (säkutam) halä rähe, ëuëaà eso de citta-vibbhamo jevva kkhaëi-o.

rädhikä: (säbhyasuyam) a-i aviçaddhe, viramehi, kisa appaëo dosaà jhampiduà pa-ttäsi.

sa-with; äkutam-an intention; halä-O; rähe-Rädhä; ëuëam-now; eso-this; de-of you; citta-of the mind; vibbhamo-bewilderment; jjeva-certainly; kkhaëi-o-momentary; sa-with; abhyasuyam-indignation; a-i-O; aviçaddhe-untrusting; viramehi-please stop; kisa-why; appaëo-of yourself; dosam-offense; jhampidum-to conceal; pa-uttäsi-you are engaged.

Viçäkhä: (with feeling) O Rädhä, Your heart was bewildered for a moment.

Rädhikä: (indignant) Faithless girl, stop! Why try to cover up your offense?

Text 5 (b)

(iti sanskåtena)

kåtäà bhakti-cohedair ghusåëa-ghana-cardäm adhivahan

punar labdho lubdhaù priyaka-taru-mule caöula-dhiù

lapantyäù säkñepaà nahi nahi naniti smita-mukhe

haöhän me durlilaù sa kila bhuja-valli-dalam adhät

iti-thus; sanskåtena-in Sanskrit; kåtäm-done; bhakti-chedaiù-with decorative marks; ghusåëa-kuìkuma; ghana-intense; carcäm-anointing; adhivahan-carrying; punaù-again; labdhaù-attained; lubdhaù-eager; priyaka-kadamba; taru-tree; mule-at the base; caöula-fickle; dhiù-mind; lapantyäù-speaking; säkñepam-in a teasing manner; nahi nahi nahi-no, no, no!; iti-thus; smita-smiling; mukhaù-mouth; haöhät-violently; me-of me; durlilaù-mischievous; saù-He; kila-indeed; bhuja-arm; valli-of the creeper; dalam-petal; adhät-placed.

(in Sanskrit) Decorated with designs drawn in kuìkuma, that passionate mischievous boy sat under a kadamba tree. Saying No! No! No!", I pushed Him away. Then that rogue forcibly touched Me with a flower petal from the blossoming vine of His arm.

Text 6

tataç ca

daronmilan-nilotpala-dala-rucas tasya nibiòäd

viruòhänäà sadyaù kara-sarasija-sparça-kutukät

vahanti kñobhäëäà nivaham iha näjïäçiñam idaà

kva vähaà cakara kim ahaà väs sakhi tada

tataù-then; ca-and; dara-slight; unmilat-opening; nilotpala-of a blue lotus flower; dala-of the petal; rucaù-luster; tasya-of Him; nibiòät-intense; viruòhänäm-sprouted; sadyaù-immediately; kara-of the hand; sarasija-lotus; sparça-for the touch; kutukät-because of desire; vahanti-carrying; kñobhäëäm-trembling and agitation; nivaham-abundance; iha-here; na-not; ajïäsiñam-I knew; idam-this; kva-where?; vä-or; aham-I; kä-who?; vä-or; aham-I; cakara-I did; kim-what?; aham-I; vä-or; sakhi-O friend; tadä-then.

Longing for the touch of the lotus hand of that boy dark like a blue lotus petal, I trembled. Where was I? Who was I? What was I doing? Friend, I did not know.

Text 7 (a)

(iti vaivaçyaà näöayati svagatam.) a-i duööha-hia-a makkaòa, kaëho vaiëavi-o sämala-kisoro tti tiëesu purisesu rä-aà vahanto vi tumaà ëa lajjasi. tä däëià appäëaà pämaraà tumaà hadäsaà karissam.

iti-thus; vaivaçyam-agitation; näöayati-represents dramatically; svagatam-aside; a-i-O; duööha-wicked; hi-a-a-heart; makkaòa-monkey; kaëho-Kåñëa; vaiëavi-o-the fulte-player; sämala-who has a blackish complexion; kisoro-youth; tti-thus; tiëesu-to three; purisesu-persons; rä-am-love; vahanto-bearing; vi-although; tumam-you; na-not; lajjasi-are ashamed; tä-therefore; däëim-now; appäëam-body; vävädi-a-having destroyed; pämaram-wicked; tumam-you; hadäsam-without hope; karissam-I will destroy.

(Agitated, She says to herself:) Wicked heart! Monkey! Are you not ashamed to love three persons simultaneously? You love Kåñëa, and you also love the flute-player, and now you love this dark teenage boy. O heart, when I kill my body, I will also kill wretched, hopeless you.

Text 7 (b)

lalitä: hanta, hata-mammaha-sacivassa vasantassa vipphujideëa dusidä ede parisarä disanti. tä kià ettha saraëam.

hanta-O; hata-wretched; mammaha-of cupid; sacivassa-of the friend; vasantassa-of spring; vipphujideëa-by the appearance; dusidä-spoiled; ede-these; parisarä-places; disanti-are seen; tä-that; kim-what?; ettha-here; saraëam-refuge.

Lalitä: Look! Springtime, the prime minister of King Kämadeva, has come and polluted everything. Who will save us from him?

Text 7 (c)

rädhikä: (sanskåtena)

vikriòantu paöira-parvata-taöi-saàsargiëo märutäù

khelantäh kalayantu komalataräà puàs-kokiläù käkalim

saàrambheëa çilimukhä dhvani-bhåto vidhyantu man-mänasaà

häsyantyäù sakhi me vyathäà param ami kurvanti sähäyakäm

sanskåtena-in Sanskrit; vikriòantui-let them play; paöira-of sandalwood; parvata-of the hills; taöi-with the slopes; saàsargiëaù-manifested; märutäù-breezes; khelantaù-playing; kalayantu-let them sound; komalataräm-pleasent; puàs-kokiläù-cuckoos; käkalim-warbling; saàrambheëa-with a flurry; çilimukhäù-bees; dhvani-bhåtaù-buzzing; vidhyantu-my pierce; mat-my; mähasam-heart; häsyantyäù-who is about to abandon; sakhi-O friend; me-of me; vyathäm-suffering; param-completely; ami-these; kurvanti-provide; sähäyakam-aid.

Rädhikä: (in Sanksrit) Let the breezes from the sandalwood mountains play. Let the playful cuckoos sweetly sing. Let the buzzing bees attack My heart. Friend, they will help Me end My troubles.

Text 8 a

ubhe: (säsram) halä, edähià ghora-cintähià kisa kilimmasi. amhehià takkidaà adi-metta-dullaho ëa kkhu de hi-a-aööhido attho.

ubhe-both (Lalitä and Viçäkhä); sa-with asram-tears; halä-O; edähim-by these; ghora-terrible; cintähim-sufferings; kisa-why?; kilimmasi-you have become exhausted; amhehim-by us; takkidam-surmised; adi-metta-extremely; dullaho-difficult to attain; ëa-not; kkhu-indeed; de-your; hi-a-a-of the heart; ööhido-situation; attho-aim.

Lalitä and Viçäkhä: (weeping) Why were You attacked by these terrible sufferings? We do not understand the unusual longings in Your heart.

Text 8 (b)

rädhikä (niùçvasya sanskåtena)

iyaà sakhi suduùsädhyä

rädhä hådaya-vedanä

kåtä yatra cikitsäpi

kutsäyäà paryavasyati

niùçvasya-sighing; sanskåtena-in Sanskrit; iyam-this; sakhi-my dear friend; suduùsädhyä-incurable; rädhä-of Srimati Rädhäräëi; hådaya-vedanä-palpitation of the heart; kåtä-done; yatra-in which; cikitsä-treatment; api-although; kutsäyäm-in defamation; paryavasyati-end in.

Rädhikä: (sighs) My dear friend, these palpitations of Srimati Rädhäräëi's heart are extremely difficult to cure. Even if one applied some medical treatment, it would only end in defamaion.*

Text 9 (a)

tä viëëavemi imaàssi osare jadhä sudiòhaà ekkaà ladä-päsaà lahemi tadhä siëehessa ëikkidià karedha.

tä-therefore; viëëavemi-I am intructing; imaàssi-in this; osare-moment; jadhi-just as; sudiòham-very firm; ekkam-one; ladä-of the creeper; päsam-network; lahemi-I may attain; tadhä-in the same way; siëehassa-of love; ëikkidim-cure; karedha-please perform.

I will tell you how to cure Me. If this flowering-vine were wrapped about My neck like a noose, and I were hanged, then you would cure My disease of love.

Text 9 (b)

ubhe: (savyatham) halä, evvaà däruëaà bhaëanti mä kkhu sahiëaà jividaà lumpehi. ëam paccäsaëëä ahitöha-siddhi.

sa-with; vyatham-agitation; halä-O; evvam-in this way; däruëam-terrible; bhaëanti-speaking; mä-don't; kkhu-indeed; sahiëam-of your friends; jividam-life; lumpehi-take away; ëam-at present; paccasäëëä-near at hand; de-your; ahittha-desired; siddhi-goal.

Lalitä and Viçäkhä: (agitated) Don't talk in that horrible way! Don't break your friends' lives! Soon You will attain what You long for.

Text 9 (c)

rädhikä: sahio, ëa jäëidha imä-e hada-rähi-e hi-a-a- duddhataëam, jaà evvaà matedha.

sahio-O friends; ëa-not; jänidha-you understand; imä-e-of her; hada-wounded; rähi-e-of Rädhä; hi-a-a-of the heart; duddhataëam-wickedness; jam-because; evvam-in this way; mantedha-you counsel.

Rädhikä: Friends, you speak this advice only because you do not know the evil in wounded Rädhä's heart.

Text 9 (d)

kadhidaà jevva savvaà pi-a-sahi-e.

rädhikä: ëahu ëahu, guru-i lajjä ëiväredi.

kahiddham-spoken; jevva-certainly; savvam-everything; pi-a-sahi-e-by our dear friend (Srimati Rädhäräëi); ëahu ëahu-no, no; guru-i-intense; lajjä-shame; niväredi-prevents.

Lalitä and Viçäkhä: Our dear friend has told us everything.

Rädhikä: No, no. Her great shame stops Her from revealing it.

Text 9 (e)

sakhyau; halä, appasa-äsädo vi guru-o amhesu tuha siëeho lakkhi-adi. tä bahiraìgä-e lajjä-e ko attha aëuroho.

sakhyau-the two friends (Lalitä and Viçäkhä); apasa-äsädo-from yourself; vi-even; guru-o-intense; mahesu-to us; tuha-your siëeho-love; lakkhi-adi-is perceived; tä-therefore; bahiraìgä-e-external; lajjä-e- ; ko-what?; attha-here; aëuroho-relation.

Lalitä and Viçäkhä: We see Your great love. How can Your shame, standing outside, hide it?

Text 9 (f)

rädhikä: (sanskåtena)

ekasya çrutam eva lumpati matià kåñëeti nämäkñaraà

sändronmäda-paramparäm upanayaty anyasya vaàçi-kalaù

eña snigdha-ghana-dyutir manasi me lagnaù paöe vikñanät

kañöaà dhik puruña-traye ratir abhun manye måtiù çreyasi

sanskåtena-in Sanskrit; ekasya-of one person; çrutam-heard; lumpati-take away; matim-the mind; kåñëa iti-Kåñëa; näma-akñaram-the letters of the name; sändra-unmäda-of intense madness; paramparäm-a shower; upanayati-brings; anyasya-of another; vaàçi-kalaù-the sound vibration of the flute; eñaù-this third one; snigdha-giving love; ghana-dyutiù-lightninglike effulgence; manasi-in the mind; me-My; lagnaù-attachment; paöe-in the picture; vikñanät-by seeing; kañtam dhik-oh, shame upom Me; puruña-traye-to three persons; ratiù-attachment; abhut-has appeared; manye-I think; måtiù-death; çreyasi-better.

Rädhikä: (Sanskrit) Since I have heard the name of a person called Kåñëa, I have practically lost My good sense. Then, there is another person who plays the flute in such a way that after I hear the vibration, intense madness arises in My heart. And again there is still another person to whom My mind becomes attached when I see His beautiful lightning effulgence in His picture. Therefore I think that I am greatly condemmed, for I have become simultaneously attached to tree persons. It would be better for Me to die because of this.*

Text 10 (a)

ubhe: (saharñam) halä, kadhaà tumhädisiëaà go-ula-sundariëaà go-ulinda-ëandaëaà ujjhi-a aparaàssi aëurä-o saàbhavadi. tä suëähi. ekko jjevva eso mahä-ëä-aro kaëho.

ubhe-both (gopis); sa-with; harñam-joy; halä-O; kadham-how?; tumhädisiëam-of those like you; go-ula-in Gokula; sundariëam-of beautiful girls; go-ulinda-of the king of Gokula (Nanda Mahäräja); ëandaëam-the son (Kåñëa); ujjhi-a-having abandoned; aparaàssi-towards someone else; anurä-o-love; saàbhavadi-come into existence; tä-therefore; suëähi-please listen; ekko-one; jjevva-indeed; eso-He; mahä-ëä-aro-very sophisticated; kaëho-Kåñëa.

Lalitä and Viçäkhä: (happily) How can beautiful girls of Gokula like You turn from Kåñëa and fall in love with some other man? Listen. The three persons are one. They are all the hero Kåñëa.

Text 10 (b)

rädhikä: (socchväsam ätmagatam) hi-a-a, samäsassa samäsassa. däëià jädä ji-alo-a-niväsa-lälasä.

sa-with; ucchväsam-a sigh of relief; ätmagatam-aside; hi-a-a-O heart; samäsassa samäsassa-be comforted, be comforted; däëim-now; jädä-is born; tuha-of you; ji-alo-a-in the living entities; niväsa-the person who resides; lälasä-ardent longing.

Rädhika: (breathes a sigh of relief and say to Herself:) Heart, be peaceful. Be peaceful. The man you long to attain is the home of all beings and all worlds.

Text 10 (c)

ubhe: (sanskåtena)

sä saurabhormi-paridigdha-digantaräpi

vandhyaà januù sutanu gandha-phali bibharti

rädhe na vibhrama-bharaù kriyate yad-aìke

kämaà nipita-madhunä madhusudanena

sanskåtena-in Sanskrit; sä-that; saurabha-of sweet fragrance; urmi-with waves; paridigdha-anointed; dig-antarä-all directions; api-although; vandhyam-useless; januù-birth; sutanu-O beautiful one; gandha-phali-campake creeper; bibharti-holds; rädhe-O Rädhä; na-not; vibhrama-of pastimes; bharaù-multitude; krityate-is performed; yat-of whom; aìke-on the lap; kämam-joyfully; nipita-drunk; madhunä-honey; madhusudanena-by the bumble-bee who is Lord Madhusudana (Kåñëa).

Lalitä and Viçäkhä: O beautiful, slender Rädhä, even if it anoints the directions with waves of sweet fragrance, a flowering priyaìgu vine lives in vain if a playful bumblebee does not drink it's honey.

Note: The bumblebee (madhusudana) here is Kåñëa.

Text 11 (a)

nandimukhi: (parikramya) kahaà aggado jevva esä rähi. (ity upasåtya) ja-adu ja-adu pi-asahi.

rädhikä: (sävahittham) sahi, kusalaà bhaavadi-e.

parikramya-walking; kaham-how is it?; aggado-in the presence; jevva-indeed; esä-she; rähi-Rädhä; iti-thus; upasåtya-approaching; ja-adu ja-adu-all glories, all glories; pi-a-dear; sahi-friend; sa-with; avahittham-concealment of her actual thoughts; sahi-O friend; kusalam-auspiciousness; bhaavadi-e-of her ladyship.

Nandimukhi: (walking, enters) Why is Rädhä here? (approaches Rädhä) Glory, glory to my dear friend!

Rädhikä: (concealing her emotions) Friend, I hope you are well.

.fn 1

Text 11 (b)

nandimukhi: tuha ullähattaëe jäde (iti rädhäà nibhälya svagatam.) appekkhi-a cce-a ma-e paòhaà ëiööaìkidam. tadhävi pucchissam.

tuha-your; ullahattane-recovery; jade-produced; iti-thus; radham-at Radha; nibhalya-glancing; svagatam-aside; appekkhi-a-not seen; ma-e-by me; padham-at first; nittankidam-prevented; tadhavi-nevertheless; pucchissam-I shall ask.

Nandimukhi: You are well, I see. (Looking at Rädhä, she says to herself) I do not see anything unusual. Perhaps She hides it. I will ask.

Text 11 (c)

(prakäçam, sanskåtena)

na mugdhe vaidagdhi-garima-paridigdhä tava matir

virämo nedänim api vapuñi bälyasya vayasaù

kam apy antaù-kñobhaà prathayasi tathäpi tvam athavä

sakhi jïätam våndävana-madana-visphurjitam idam

prakäçam-openly; sanskåtena-in Sanskrit; na-not; mugdhe-O bewildered beautiful girl; vaidagdhi-intelligence; garima-with a great quantity; paridigdhä-anointed; tava-your; matiù-mind; virämaù-cessation; na-not; idänim-now; vapuñi-in the body; bälyasya-of youth; vayasaù-of the age; kam api-some; antaù-internal; kñobham-agitation; prathayasi-you are manifesting; tathä api-nevertheless; tvam-you; athavä-or; sakhi-O friend; jïätam-known; våndävana-of Våndävana; madana-of the cupid; visphurjitam-manifested; idam-this.

(Openly) Beautiful, foolish girl, Your heart is not anointed with great intelligence. You have not stopped being a child. Friend, either Your heart trembles in pain, or You gave met the Kämadeva that lives in Våndävana forest.

Text 12 (a)

lalitä: a-i ali-äsaìkiëi, sidala-dakkhiëäëila-hetu-aà kampa-pula-aà pekkhi-a kisa dusahaà parivädaà desi.

a-i-O; ali-pretended; äçaìkiëi-fear; sidala-cool; dakkiëa-southern; anila-wind; hetu-am-cause; kampa-trembling; pula-am-hairs standing upright; pekkhi-a-having seen; kisa-why?; dusaham-unbearable; parivädam-accusation; desi-you give.

Lalitä: Suspicious girl, the trembling and standing up of hairs that you see is caused by the cold southern wind. Why do you make this terrible accusation?

Text 12 (b)

nandimukhi: (sasmitam, sanskåtena)

romäïcaù pariceñyate katham ayaà näsmäbhir utkampaväh

duñkirtià nahi dakñiëäya marute däkñiëya-çunye vada

etan manmatha-koöi-sambhrama-bharair bambhromyate subhruvaù

svänte nägara-cakravarti-nayana-präntasya liläyitam

sa-with; smitam-a smile; sanskåtena-in Sanskrit; roma-aïcaù-hair standing upright; pariceñyate-will be augmented; katham-how is it; ayam-this; na-not; asmäbhiù-by us; utkampavän-trembling; duñkirtim-dishonor; nahi-not; dakñiëäya-to the southern; marute-breeze; däkñiëya-of perception; çunye-O you who are devoid; vada-please say; sambhrama-charm; bharaiù-by the great quantity; bambhramyate-constantly move; subhruvaù-of she who has beautiful eyebrows; svänte-in the heart; nägara-of handsome young men; cakravarti-of the emperor (Kåñëa); nayana-of the eyes; präntasya-of the corner; liläyitam-pastimes.

Nandimukhi: (smiling, says in Sanskrit) If that is why the hairs of Her body stand up, then why do the hairs of our bodies not also stand up? O foolish girl, don't insult the southern wind in this way. The sidelong glance of He who is the king of heroes and whose graceful eyebrows are worshiped by millions of Kämadevas, now plays in this girl's heart.

Text 13 (a)

tä saccaà kahehi. kadä edä-e paccakkhi-kido go-uläëando.

viçäkhä: evaà ëedam.

tä-therefore; saccam-the truth; kahehi-please tell; kadä-when?; edä-e-by her; paccakkhi-kido-was seen; go-ula-of Gokula; äëando-bliss (Sri Kåñëa); evam-in this way; ëedam-this.

Twll the truth. When did She see Kåñëa, the bliss of Gokula?

Viçäkhä: It is true.

Text 13 (b)

nandimukhi: (sanskåtena)

dara-vicalita-bälyä vallabhä bändhavänäà

viharasi bhuvane tvaà patyur ämoda-pätri

ahaha paçupa-rämä kämino mohanatvaà

tvam api yad amunäntar bäòham unmäditäsi

sanskåtena-in Sanskrit; dara-slight; vicalita-moved; bälyä-from childhood; vallabhä-dear; bändhavänäm-of her relatives; viharasi-you perform pastimes; bhuvane-in the house; tvam-you; patyuù-of the husband; ämoda-of delight; pätri-the object; ahaha-O; paçupa-of the cowherd men; rämä-of the beautiful wives; käminaù-of the lover; mohanatvam-the enchantment; tvam-you; api-even; yat-which; amunä-by this; antaù-within; bäòham-exceedingly; unmäditä-maddened; asi-you are.

Nandimukhi: (in Sanskrit) A little past childhood, dear to Your kin, and a delight to Your husband, You enjoy pastimes in this world. Aha! Now You have fallen under the spell of a rake who enjoys with the gopas' wives. Now Your heart is wild with passionate love for Him.

Text 14 (a)

tä ahaà bhaavadià tuvareduà gamissam. (iti niñkräntä).

tä-therefore; aham-I; bhaavadim-to the exalted Paurëamäsi; tuvaredum-to quickly bring; gamissam-I shall go; iti-thus; niñkräntä-she exits.

I will go and quickly bring noble Paurëamäsi. (She exits.)

Text 14 (b)

rädhikä: (vimåçya. sanskåtena)

sä kalyäëi kula-yuvatibhiù çilitä dharma-çaili

gräg asmäbhiù katham avinayotphullam ullaìghaniyä

(ity ardhokte. punaù sotkaëöham.)

hä dåg-bhaìgi-parimala-kalä-karmaöho 'yaà kathaà vä

hätuà çakyaù paçupa-nagari-nägari-nägarendraù

vimåçya-reflecting for a moment; sanskåtena-in Sanskrit; sä-she; kalyäëi-auspicious; kula-pious and chaste; yuvatibhiù-by the young girls; çilitä-performed; dharma-pious; çaili-activities; dräk-quickly; asmäbhiù-by us; katham-how is it?; avinaya-immodesty; phullam-blossomed; ullaìghaniyä-about to be transgressed; iti-thus; ardha-half; ukte-in the speech; punaù-again; sa-with; utkaëöham-longing; hä-O; dåk-bhaìgi-of the sidelong glance; parimala-manifestations; kalä-at the art; karmaöhaù-very expert; ayam-He; katham vä-how is it possible?; hätum-to neglect; çakyaù-able; paçupa-of the cowherd men; nagari-of the town of Gokula; nägari-of the charming gopis; ëagara-and the handsome cowherd men; indraù-the king.

Rädhikä: (She reflects for a moment, and then says in Sanskrit) Why do we pious girls disobey the auspicious rules of religion? (She stops in the middle, and then again speaks, this time filled with longing.) Ah! How can I renounce the regal hero of the girls in this twon of gopas, a hero learned in the arts of crooked glances?

Text 15 (a)

(tataù praviçati nandimukhi-mukharäbhyäm anugamyamänä paurëamäsi.)

Paurëamäsi: mukhare, kim aduùsädha-bädhä tarkitä tvayä rädhä

Mukharä: bhaavadi, suëähi.

tataù-then; praviçati-enters; nandimukhi-by Nandimukhi; mukharäbhyäm-and Mukharä; anugamyamänä-followed; paurëamäsi-Paurëamäsi; mukhare-O Mukharä; kim-why?; aduùsädha-incurable; bädhä-disease; tarkitä-is thought; tvayä-by you; rädhä-Rädhä; bhaavadi-O noble gopi; suëähi-please listen.

(Followed by Nandimukhi and Mukharä, Paurëamäsi enters.)

Paurëamäsi: Mukharä, why do you think Rädhä suffers from an incurable illness?

Mukharä: Noble lady, listen.

Text 15 (b)

agre vikñya çikhaëòa aciräd utkampam älambate

guïjänäà ca vilokanän muhur asau parikroçati

no jäne janayann apurva-naöana-kridä-camatkäritäà

bäläyäù kila citta-bhumim aviçat ko 'yaà navina-grahaù

agre-in front; vikñya-seeing; çikhaëòa-khaëòam-some peacock feathers; acirät-all of a sudden; utkampam-trembling of the heart and body; älambate-takes to; guïjänäm-of a garland of gunjä (small conchshells); ca-also; vilokanät-by seeing; muhuù-constantly; asau-She; sa-asram-with tears; parikroçati-goes around crying; no-not; jäne-I know; janayan-awakening; apurva-naöana-like unheard of dramatic dancing; kriòä-of activities; camatkäritäm-the madness; bäläyäù-of this poor girl; kila-certainly; citta-bhumim-within the heart; aviçat-has entered; kaù-what; ayam-this; navina-grahaù-new ecstatic influence.

Upon seeing peacock feathers in front of Her, this girl suddenly begins trembling. When She sometimes sees a necklace of gunjä (small conchshells), She sheds tears and cries loudly. I do not know what kind of new ecstatic influence has entered her heart of this poor girl. It has imbued Her with the dancing attitude of a player creating wonderful, unprecedented dances on a stage.*

Text 16 (a)

Paurëamäsi: (svagatam) so 'yam uddaëòasya navänuräga-räçeù ko 'pi caëòimä. (prakäçam) mukhare, sädhu vijïätam. yad atra dänava-kulävataàsäù kaàsädayo rädhäm anviñyanti tena ko 'py ayam aìganä-graho bäläm äviveça.

svagatam-aside; saù-it; ayam-this; uddaëòasya-powerful; nava-new; anuräga-of love; räçeù-of a great quantity; koù api-some; caëòimä-violent passion; prakäçam-openly; mukhare-O Mukharä; sädhu-properly; vijïätam-understood; yat-which; atra-here; dänava-of the demons; kula-of the dynasties; avataàsäù-crowns; kaàsa-Kaàsa; ädayaù-headed by; rädhäm-Rädhä; anviçyanti-search; tena-because of this; kaù api-some; ayam-this; aìganä-woman; grahaù-seizure; bäläm-the girl; äviveça-entered.

Paurëamäsi: (aside) This is the passion of intense new love. (Openly) Mukharä, I understand this very well. Kaàsa and the other crowns of the demons are searching for Rädhä. They made a ghost enter this girl.

Text 16 (b)

Mukharä: bhaavadi, ko ettha paòi-äro.

Paurëamäsi: api dänavärer dåñöir eva.

bhaavadi-O noble gopi; ko-what?; ettha-here; paòi-äro-is the remedy; api-even; dänava-of the demons; areù-of the enemy (Kåñëa); eva-indeed.

Mukharä: Noble lady, what is the remedy?

Paurëamäsi: The remedy is a glimpse Kåñëa, the sworn enemy of the demons.

Text 16 (c)

Mukharä: bhaavadi, kuòilä kkhu jaòilä edaà ëäniëandissadi.

Paurëamäsi: mukhare, sa khalu mad-girä sandiçyatäm--"jaöile, mä çaìkiñöhäù. kåñëam ätmavidyayaiva saìghatyiñyämi" iti.

(Mukharä namaskåtya niñkräntä.)

bhaavadi-O noble gopi; kuòilä-crooked; kkhu-indeed; jaòilä-Jaöilä; edam-this; ëa-not; ahiëandissadi-wil become pleased; mukhare-O Mukharä; sä-she; khalu-indeed; mad-my; girä-by speech; sandiçyatäm-may be told; jaöile-O Jaöilä; mä-do not; çaìkiñöhäù-be afraid; kåñëam-Kåñëa; ätma-vidyayä-by mystic power; saìghatayiçyämi-I shall bring; iti-thus; mukharä-Mukharä; namaskåtya-offering obeisances; niçkräntä-exits.

Mukharä: Noble lady, this will not please crooked Jaöilä.

Paurëamäsi: Mukharä, I will tell her, "Jaöilä, don't worry. With my mystic power I will bring Kåñëa. (But this is not the Kåñëa who is the son of Nanda Mahäräja)."

(Mukharä offers obeisances and exits.)

Text 16 (d)

paurëamäsi: (upasåtya) vatse, nijäbhiñöa-läbhena kåtärthi-bhuyäù.

(rädhä sävahitthaà praëamati.)

upasåtya-approaching; vatse-O child; nija-own; abhiñöa-of the desire; läbhena-by the attainment; kåta-arthi-contented; bhuyäù-greatly; rädhä-Rädhä; sa-with; avahittham-concealment of her actual emotions; praëamati-offers obeisances.

Paurëamäsi: (approaches Rädhä) Child, now my desires are fulfilled.

(Concealing her emotions, Rädhä offers obeisances.)

Text 16 (e)

paurëamäsi: (svagatam)

bhajantyäù savriòaà katham api tad-äòambara-ghaöäm

apahnotuà yatnäd abhinava-madämoda-madhurä

adhirä kälindi-pulina-kalabhendrasya vijayaà

sarojakñyäù säkñäd vadati hådi kuïje tanuvani

svagatam-aside; bhajantyäù-who is acting; sa-with; vriòam-embarrassment; katham api-by some means; tat-of Him; äòambara-of passion; ghaöäm-abundance; apahnotum-to conceal; yathät-with great effort; abhinava-fresh; sadä-of intoxication; ämoda-of the delight; madhurä-sweetned; adhirä-untamed; kälindi-of the Yamunä river; pulina-on the bank; kalabha-of the young elephants; indrasya-of the king (Kåñëa); vijayam-victorious stregnth; saroja-lotus; akñyäù-eyes; säkñät-directly; vadati-showing; hådi-in the heart; kuïje-in the grove; tanu-form; vani-small forest.

Paurëamäsi: (aside) Tasting the sweetness of new love, She shyly hides Her passion. The passionate lotus-eyed girl is conquered by the regal elephant that plays in the garden of Her heart.

Text 17 (a)

(punar nirupya janäntikam.) hanta nändimukhi, nirbhara-gabhira-premormi-nirmita-manaù-kñobhä kim apy eñä viceñöate. tad iyam avadhäryatäm anuräga-virasya käpi durvibodha-gabhira-vikrama-vaicitri. tathä hi.

punaù-again; nirupya-describing; janäntikam-whispering (to Nändimukhi); hanta-O; nändimukhi-Nändimukhi; nirbhara-powerful; gabhira-deep; prema-of love; urmi-by waves; nirmita-produced; manaù-of the heart; kñobhä-agitation; kim api-indescribeable; eñä-she; viceñöate-acts; tat-that; iyam-this; avadhäryatäm-should be considered; anuräga-of love; virasya-of the hero (Kåñëa); kä api-something; durvibodha-difficult to understand; gabhira-great; vikrama-prowess; vaicitri-wonder;

tathä hi-for this reason it has been said.

Paurëamäsi: (whispers to Nändimukhi) Nändimukhi, Her heart is tossed by waves of deep love. Know that this is caused by the wonderful and inconceivable power of He who is the hero of love.

Text 17 (b)

pratyähåtya muniù kñaëaà viñayato yasmin mano dhitsate

bäläsau viñayeñu dhitsati tataù pratyäharanti manaù

yasya sphurti-laväya hanta hådaye yogi samutkaëöhate

mugdheyaà bata paçya tasya hådayäh niñkräntim äkäìkñati

pratyähåtya-having withdrawn; muniù-a sage; kñaëam-for a moment; viñayataù-from the objects of the senses; yasmin-in whom; manaù-mind; dhitsate-is placed; bälä-girl; asau-this; viñayeñu-in the sense-objects; dhitsati-places; tataù-from that; pratyäharanti-withdrawing; manaù-the mind; yasya-of whom; sphurti-of manifestation; laväya-for a tiny particle; hanta-O; hådaye-in the heart; yogi-a yogi; samutkaëöhate-aspires; mugdhä-bewildered; iyam-this; bata-alas; pañya-just look; tasya-of Him; hådayät-from the heart; niskräntim-the exit; äkäìkñati-desires.

Just see how wonderful it is! Great sages meditate upon Kåñëa after being relieved of all material transactions, and with great difficulty they try to situate Kåñëa in their hearts. And opposed to this, this young girl is trying to withdraw Her mind form Kåñëa so She can apply it to the material activities of sense gratification. What a regrettable thing it is that this girl is trying to drive away from Her heart the same Kåñëa who is sought after by great sages through severe austerities and perseverance.*

Text 18 (a)

nändimukhi: bhaavadi, irisassa bhä-assa viëëäne muòhamhi.

paurëamäsi: vatse satyam ättha. durgamo 'yam gäòhänuräga-vivartaù. çruyatäm.

bhaavadi-O noble lady; irisassa-like this; bhä-assa-of love; viëëäne-in knowledge; muòhamhi-I am bewildered; vatse-child; satyam-truth; ättha.-you say; durgamaù-difficult to attain; ayam-this; gäòha-deep; anuräga-love; vivartaù-ecstasy; çruyatäm-please hear.

Nändimukhi: Noble lady, love like this bewilders me.

Paurëamäsi: Child, what you say is true. This deep and ecstatic love is very rare and difficult to attain. Listen.

Text 18 (b)

piòäbhir nava-käla-kuöa-kaöutä-garvasya nirväsano

nisyandena mudäm sudhä-madhurimähaìkära-saìkocanaù

premä sundari nanda-nandana-paro jägarti yasyäntare

jïäyante sphutam asya vakra-madhuräs tenaiva vikräntayaù

piòäbhir-by the sufferings; nava-fresh; käla-kuta-of poison; kaöutä-of the severity; garvasya-of pride; nirväsanaù-banishment; nisyandena-by pouring down; mudäm-happiness; sudhä-of nectar; madhurimä-of the sweetness; ahaìkära-the pride; saìkocanaù-minimizing; premä-love; sundari-beautiful friend; nanda-nandana-paraù-fixed upon the son of Mahäräja Nanda; jägarti-develops; yasya-of whom; antare-in the heart; jïäyante-are perceived; sphutam-explicity; asya-of that; vakra-crooked; madhuräù-and sweet; tena-by him; eva-alone; vikräntayaù-the influences.

My dear beautiful friend, if one develops love of Godhead, love of Kåñëa, the son of Nanda Mahäräja, all the bitter and sweet influences of this love will manifests in one's heart. Such love of Godhead acts in two ways. The poisonous effects of love of Godhead defeat the severe and fresh poison of the serpent. Yet there is simultaneosly transcendental bliss, which pours down and defeats the poisonous effects of a snake, as well as the happiness derived from pouring nectar on one's head. It is perceived as doubly effective, simultaneously poisonous and nectarean.*

Text 19 (a)

tad ehi, bhävam asyäù parikñevahi. (ity upasåtya) vatse kim api prañöavyäsi.

tat-to that; ehi-please do; bhävam-the love; asyäù-of her (Rädhä); parikñevahi-let us observe; iti-thus; upasåtya-approaching (Rädhä); vatse-O child; kim api-a little; prañöavyä-to be questioned; asi-you are.

Come, let us test Her love. (They approach Rädhä) Child, we would like to ask some questions.

Text 19 (b)

yatiù premodättaù sucarita-kathä gokula-pure

prasiddhä te çuddhe janir api ca lakñmivati kule

apurvä kurväëä matim iha mahä-sähasamayià

suhådbhyas tvaà lajjäm api kim iva rädhe na bhajasi

(rädhikä kätaryam abhiniya salajjaà lalitä-karëa-mule lagati.)

yatiù-self-control; prema-with love; udattaù-blossomed; sucarita-of pious conduct; kathä-the account; gokula-of Gokula; pure-in the town; prasiddhä-famous; te-your; çuddhe-pure; janiù-birth; api-even; ca-and; lakñmivati-prosperous; kule-in a family; apurvä-unprecedented; kurväëä-performing; matim-mind; iha-here; mahä-great; sähasa-of cruelty; mayim-consisting; suhåbhyaù-to friends; tvam-you; lajjäm-embarrassment; api-even; kim iva-why?; rädhe-O Rädhä; na-not; bhajasi-you do; rädhikä-Rädhä; kätaryam-discouraged and alarmed; abhiniya-having become; sa-lajjam-embarrassed; lalitä-of Lalitä; karëa-mule-the ear; lagati-approaches.

Your self-control, love, pious deeds, and birth in a prosperous and pious family are all famous in the town of Gokula. O Rädhä, are You not ashamed to be so cruel to Your friends?

(Distressed and embarrassed, Rädhä whispers in Lalitä's ear.)

Text 20

lalitä: ajje, viëëavedi rähi. (iti sanskåtena.)

doñodgäraà tvam api kuruñe hä mayi vyäkuläyäà

pädebhyas te bhagavati çape näparädhyämi sädhvi

parëaiù karnotpala-valayibhis täòyamäno 'pi dhurto

na çyämätmä mama tanu-pariñvaìga-raìgaà jahäti

ajje-O noble gopi; viëëavedi-should explain; rähi-Rädhä; iti-thus; sanskåtena-in Sanskrit; doña-of faults; udgäram-spitting out; tvam-you; api-even; kuruñe-perform; hä-O; mayi-to me; vyäkuläyäm-perplexed; pädebhyaù-to the feet; te-Your; bhagavati-to the Supreme Personality of Godhead; çape-I swear; na-not; aparädhyämi-I offend; sädhvi-O saintly gopi; parëaiù-with leaves; karëa-on the ear; utpala-blue lotus flowers; valayibhiù-circled by; täòyamänaù-beaten; api-even; dhurtaù-rascal; na-not; çyäma-dark complexioned; ätmä-person; mama-my; tanu-body; pariñvaìga-of embracing; raìgam-pleasure; jahäti-abandons.

Lalitä: Noble lady, Rädhä should explain Herself. Rädhä says: (in Sanskrit) "O noble lady, I take an oath upon your feet, that I have not done anything wrong. Even though again and again I struck Him with a garland of lotus flowers, that dark rake would not give up the pleasure of embracing my body".

Text 21 (a)

paurëamäsi: (serñyam ivälokya) mugdhe, kim anyäà prauòha-mudräà noddaëòayasi.

sa-with; irñyam-malice; iva-as if; älokya-glancing; mugdhe-O bewildered beautiful girl; kim-what?; anyäm-further; prauòha-arrogant; mudräm-sign; na-not; uddaëòayasi-you violently strike.

Paurëamäsi: (Angrily looking at Rädhä) Beautiful bewildered girl, why did You not do something more ferocious to stop Him?

Text 21 (b)

rädhikä: (saroñam. sanskåtena)

kroçantyäà kara-pallavena balavän sadyaù pidhatte mukhaà

dhävantyäà bhaya-bhäji viståta-bhujo rundhe puraù paddhatim

pädänte viluöhaty asau mayi muhur dañöädharäyäà ruñä

mätaç caëòi mayä çikhaëòa-mukuöäd ätmäbhirarakñyah katham

sa-with; roñam-anger; sanskåtena-in Sanskrit; kroñantyäm-when crying; kara-hand; pallavena-with the sprout; balavän-strong; sadyaù-immediately; pidhatte-covers; mukham-the mouth; dhävantyäm-while running away; bhaya-bhäji-frightened; viståta-spread; bhujaù-arms; rudhe-obstructs; puraù-in the front; padhatim-the path; päda-of the feet; ante-at the end; viluöhati-when I fall down; asau-this; mayi-I; muhuù-in a moment; dañöa-adharäyäm-bitten face; ruñä-with anger; mätaù-O mother; caëòi-angry; mayä-by me; çikhaëòa-mukuöät-from Kåñëa who wears a peacock feather on His head; ätma-self; abhirakñyaù-protection; katham-how may it be?

Rädhikä: (angrily, in Sanskrit) My dear mother, what can I say to you? Kåñëa is so cruel that He often attacks me on the street, and if I want to cry out very loudly, this boy with a peacock feather on His head immediately covers My face so that I cannot cry. And if I want to go away from the scene because I am afraid of Him, He will immediately spread His arms to block My path. If I piteously fall down at His feet, then this enemy of the Madhu demon, in an angry mood, bites my face! Mother, just try to understand my situation, and don't be unnecessarily angry with Me. Instead, please tell me how I can save myself from these terrible attacks of Kåñëa!*

Text 22 (a)

paurëamäsi: (svagatam) niñkampatayä baddha-mulo 'yaà prema-paläçi.

svagatam-aside; niñkampatayä-by not shaking; baddha-bound; mulaù-root; ayam-this; prema-of love; paläçi-tree.

Paurëamäsi: (aside) Her tree of love does not shake at its roots.

Text 22 (b)

(prakäçam)

tvayä nito vämaù phalaka-milad-aìgo madhu-ripuù

sukhäçäbhiù kriòä-kutukini kuto netra-padavim

kukulägni-jvälä-paöala-kaöu-kelir yad adhunä

daçeyaà danta tväà jvalayati himäniva nalinim

prakäçam-openly; tvayä-by you; nitaù-brought; vämaù-inimical; phalaka-picture; milat-meeting; aìgaù-body; madhu-ripuù-Kåñëa, the enemy of the Madhu demon; sukha-of happiness; äçäbhiù-with hopes; kriòä-pastimes; kutukini-O you who are eager to perform; kutaù-from what cause?; netra-of the eyes; padavim-to the path; kukula-agni-entire body set on fire; jvälä-burning; paöala-abundance; kaöu-bitter; keliù-pastimes; yat-which; adhunä-now; daçä-condition; iyam-this; tväm-you; jvalayati-burns; himäni-snows; iva-like; nalinim-lotus flower.

(openly) O playful girl, how, simply by desiring Him, will You make this rascal Kåñëa enter the pathway of Your eyes? For now Your only pastimes are in the middle of glistening flames that burn You as snow burns the lotus flowers.

Text 23

rädhä: (kåñëam uddiçya sopälambham ätmagatam)

çiçiraya dåñövä divyaà kiçoram itikñtaù

parijana-giräà visarmbhät tvaà viläsa-phaläìkitaù

çiva çiva kathaà jänimas tväm avakra-dhiyo vayaà

nibiòa-vaòavä-vahni-jvälä-kaläpa-vikäsinam

kåñëam-Kåñëa; uddisya-noting; sa-with; upälambham-recognition; ätma-gatam-aside; çiçiraya-please cool; dåçau-eyes; dåñövä-having seen; divyam-transcendental; kiçoram-youth; iti-thus; ikñitaù-seen; parijana-of the associates; giräm-of the words; viçrambhät-because of confidence; tvam-you; çiva çiva-alas! alas!; katham-why?; jänimaù-we understand; tväm-you; avakra-honest; dhiyaù-minds; vayam-we; nibida-intense; vaòavä-vahni-of the underwater volcano fire found at the south pole; jvälä-of flames; kaläpa-multitude; vikäsinam-expanded.

Rädhä: (Thinking of Kåñëa, She says to Herself) Alas! Alas! Why do We crooked-hearted girls think You are a volcano burning with great flames? Please honor the words of Our friends, become marked with playfulness, allow Me to see Your splendid, youthful form, and cool the fire that now burns in My eyes.

Text 24 (a)

paurëamäsi: (sasneham älokya.) vatse, kñaëam ekänte niviçya puñpeñu lekho nirmiyatäm. yathäà kåñëäya svasakhibhyäà samarpyate.

(rädhä sakhibhyäà saha niñkraëtä.)

sa-with; sneham-affection; älokya-seeing; vatse-O child; kñaëam-for a moment; ekänte-in a private place; niviçya-having entered; puñpeñu-among flowers; lekhaù-a letter; nirmiyatäm-may be written; yathä-just as; ayam-this; kåñëäya-to Kåñëa; sva-your own; sakhibhyäm-by the two friends (Lalitä and Viñäkhä); samarpyate-may be presented; rädhä-Rädhä; sakhibhyäm-with two friends; saha-with; niñkräntä-exits.

Paurëamäsi: (affectionately glancing at Rädhä) Child, come for a moment in this solitary garden of flowers and write a letter. Your two friends will carry it to Kåñëa. (Accompanied by Lalitä and Viçäkhä, Rädhä exits.)

Text 24 (b)

paurëamäsi: (parikramya) nändimukhi. kåñëo 'pi nätidure bhaviñyati, yad atra dakñiëato naiciki-nikurambasya hambäraväòambaro 'yam ambaram äkrämati. tad ahaà snähärtaà vrajämi.

(iti niñkränte.)

parikramya-beginning to walk; nändimukhi-O Nändimukhi; kåñëaù-Kåñëa; api-certainly; na-not; ati-very; dure-far away; bhaviñyati-will be; yat-because; atra-here; dakñiëataù-from the south; naiciki-of transcendental surabhi cows; nikurambasya-of the herd; hambä-rava-of the lowing sound; äòambaraù-the loud sound; ayam-this; ambaram-to the sky; äkrämati-goes; tat-therefore; aham-I; sëana-of taking bath; artham-for the purpose; vrajämi-I shall go.

Paurëamäsi: (walking) Nändimukhi, Kåñëa is not far away. The mooing of His cows fills the southern sky. I will go for my bath.

(Paurëamäsi and Nändimukhi exit.)

Text 24 (c)

(tataù praviçati kåñëaù)

kåñëaù: (sodvegam)

yadavadhi tad akasmäd eva vismäyitäkñaà

nava-taòid-abhirämaà dhäma säkñäd babhuva

tadavadhi cira-cintä-cakra-saktä viraktià

mama matir upabhoge yoginiva prayäti

yadavadhi-since that time; tat-that; akasmät-suddenly; eva-indeed; vismäyita-astonished; akñam-eyes; nava-new; taòit-lightning; abhirämam-splendid; dhäma-abode; säkñat-directly; babhuva-became; tadavadhi-from that time; cira-for a long time; cintä-anxious thought; cakra-in the circle; saktä-fixed; viraktim-indifference; mama-my; matiù-mind; upabhoge-in the objects of enjoyment; yogini-a yogini; iva-as; prayäti-attains.

(Kåñëa enters)

Kåñëa: (anxious) From the moment that abode splendid like new lightning suddenly filled by eyes with wonder, My heart fell into a whirlpool of rapt meditation. Now My heart, like a yogini, has renounced all other happiness.

Text 25 (a)

(puro 'nusåtya) hanta, raìgaëa-mälyam upanetuà prasthito vayasyaù kathaà vilambate.

(praviçya mälya-hastaù.)

madhumaìgalaù: kadhaà ajja dummaëä-edi pi-a-vasso. hodu. pasaìgado jänissam.

puraù-ahead; anusrtya-moving; hanta-O; raìgaëa-delightful; mälyam-garland; upanetum-to bring; prasthitaù-appointed; vayasyaù-companion; katham-why; vilambate-tarries; praviçya-enters; mälya-with a garland; hastaù-in his hand; kadham-why?; ajja-now; dummaëä-edi-is troubled; pi-a-dear; vaasso-friend; hodu-may it be; pasaìgado-when the occasion presents itself; jäùissam-I will understand.

(going ahead) I sent my friend to bring a guïjä-necklcae. Why does he delay?

(Carrying a necklace in his hand, Madhumaìgala enters.)

Madhumaìgala: Why is my dear friend unhappy? So be it. In time I will know why.

Text 25 (b)

(iti parikramya kåñëam paçyan. svagatam, sanskåtena)

phulla-prasuna-paöalais tapaniya-varëäm

älokya campaka-latäà kila kampate 'sau

çaìke niraìka-nava-kuìkuma-paìka-gauri

rädhäsya citta-phalake tilaki-babhuva

iti-thus; parikramya-walking; kåñëam-Kåñëa; paçyan-seeing; svagatam-aside; sanskåtena-in Sanskrit; phulla-blossomed; prasuna-of flowers; paöalaiù-with multitudes; tapaniya-of gold; varëäm-color; älokya-having seeing; campaka-campaka; latäm-creeper; kila-indeed; kampate-trembles; asau-He; çaìke-I think; niraìka-pure; nava-fresh; kuìkuma-by kuìkuma powder; gauri-golden; rädhä-Rädhä; asya-His; citta-of the mind; phalake-on the drawing-paper; tilaki-tilaka marking; babhuva-has become.

(Walking, Madhumaìgala sees Kåñëa and says to himself)

Looking at a vine blooming with many golden campaka flowers, Kåñëa trembles. It think fair Rädhä decorated with new kuìkuma is now pictured on the drawing-paper of Kåñëa's mind.

Text 26

(ity upasåtya) bho geëha (iti mälyaà nivedayati) Kåñëa: (anäkarëitakenaiva)

kanakädri-niketa-ketaki

kalikä-kalpä-kalevara-dyutiù

hådi sä mudiräli-medure

capalä mäà kim alaìkariñyati

iti-thus; upasåtya-approaching; bho-O; geëha-please take; iti-thus; mälyan-the garland; nivedayati-offers; anäkarëitakena-as if He had not heard; eva-certainly; kanaka-of gold; adri-mountain; niketa-residence; ketaki-ketaki tree; kalikä-unblossomed flowers; kalpa-equal; kalevara-of the body; dyutiù-splendor; hådi-on the chest; sä-she; mudira-of clouds; äli-of a multitude; medure-smooth; capalä-lightning; mäm-me; kim-whether?; alaìkariñyati-will ornament.

(Madhumaìgala approaches Kåñëa). Please take. (He offers the garland to Kåñëa).

Kåñëa: (as if He had not heard) Her body is splendid like a budding ketaki tree on a golden mountain. When will She become a lightning flash decorating the splendid monsoon-cloud of My chest?

Text 27 (a)

madhumaìgalaù: (svagatam) phalidaà me takkeëa. (prakñäm uccaiù) bho pi-a-vaassa. samuhe vikkosandaà vi kisa maà ëa pecchasi.

svagatam-aside; phalidam-fruitful; me-my; takkeëa-by logic; prakäçam-openly; uccaiù-with a loud voice; bho-O; pi-a-dear; vaassa-friend; sammuhe-in Your presence; vikkosandam-crying; vi-although; kisa-for what reason?; mam-me; ëa-not pecchasi-you see.

Madhumaìgala: (aside) My guesses and speculations have now borne their fruit. (openly, with a loud voice) Dear friend, why do You see me, even when I stand before You and call out to You?

Text 27 (b)

kåñëaù: (sävahittham) sakhe, campaka-latäyä lävaëyäkåñöena mayä nopadåñöo 'si.

madhumaìgalaù: saccaà cce-a bhaëäsi, kià tu saàcäriëi-e campa-a-ladä-e.

sa-avahittham-concealing His emotions; sakhe-O friend; campaka-latäyaù-of the campaka creeper; lävaëya-by the beauty; äkåñöena-attracted; mayä-by me; na-not; upadåñöaù-perceived; asi-you are; saccam-the truth; cce-a-indeed; bhaëäsi-you are speaking; kim tu-but; saàcäriëi-e-of the winding; campa-a-campaka; ladä-e-creeper.

Kåñëa: (concealing His emotions) Friend, entranced by the beauty of this flowering campaka-vine, I did not notice you.

Madhumaìgala: You speak the truth. Why were You looking at that winding campaka-vine?

Text 27 (c)

kåñëaù: sakhe, kämam asambhävyaç campaka-latäyäù saïcäraù.

madhumaìgalaù: vaassa, kkhaëaà viramedu vaìkattaëam. ujju-aà kahehi kahaà suëëa-hi-a-osi tti.

kåñëaù: (sasmitam) sakhe, mäläà vinä.

madhumaìgalaù: bälaà tti bhaëa.

kåñëaù: mudheyaà te viçaìkä.

sakhe-O friend; kämam-according to it's own desire; asambhävyaù-not understandable; campaka-campaka; latäyäù-of the creeper; saïcäraù-the movement; vaassa-O friend; kkhaëam-for a moment; viramedu-may be stopped; vaìkattaëam-cunning evasiveness; ujju-am-in a straightforward truthful manner; kahehi-please speak; kaham-how is it?; suëëa-empty; hi-a-osi-your heart; tti-thus; sa-with; smitam-a smile; sakhe-O friend; mäläm-the garland; vinä-without; bälam-the girl; tti-thus; bhaëa-You should say; mudhä-uselessly; te-your; viçaìkä-suspicion.

Kåñëa: Friend, I cannot find where this winding vine starts.

Madhumaìgala: Friend, for a moment please stop this crookedness. Speak plainly. Why is Your heart now desolate like a desert? Kåñëa: (smiles) Friend, I have no garland.

Madhumaìgala: You should say girl, not garland.

Kåñëa: That is a foolish suspicion.

Text 27 (d)

kåñëaù: (sanskåtena äçritya)

na jäniñe murdhnaç cyutam api çikhaëòam yad akhilaà

na kaëöhe yan-mälyaà kalayasi purastät kåtam api

tad unnitaà våndävana-kuhara-lilä-kalabha he

sphuöaà rädhä-netra-bhramara-vara-viryonnatir iyam

sanskåtena-speaking in Sanskrit na-not; jäniñe-you understand; murdhnaù-for the head; cyutam-fallen; api-and; çikhaëòam-peacock feather; yat-which; akhilam-all; na-not; kaëöhe-on the neck; yat-which; mälyam-garland; kalayasi-you observe; purastät-before the eyes; kåtam-done; api-even; tat-that; unnitam-lifted; våndävana-in Våndävana; kuhara-in the groves; lilä-who performs pastimes; kalabha-young elephant; he-O; sphuöam-manifested; rädhä-of Rädhä; netra-of the eyes; bhramara-bumble-bees; vara-excellent; virya-splendor; unnatiù-rising; iyam-this.

Madhumaìgala: (in Sanskrit) You do not know that the peacock feather has fallen from Your head. You do not see that the garland has fallen from Your neck. O youthful elephant playing in the groves of Våndävana forest, these events are caused by the great power of two bumblebee eyes that have seen Rädhä.

Text 28 (a)

kåñëaù: (svagatam) kathaà nikhilam eva tarkitaà dhurtena, tad alam pratarya. (prakäçam) sakhe, yathärtham attha. tad akarnyatam.

svagatam-aside; katham-how?; nikhilam-everything; eva-indeed; tarkitam-has been deduced; dhurtena-by this rascal; tat-that; alam-greatly; pratarya-having misled; prakasam-openly; sakhe-O friend; yatha-artham-as it is proper; attha-you have spoken; tat-this; akarnyatam-should be heard.

Kåñëa: (aside) How did this rascal understand everything? Why try to fool him? (openly) What you say is true.

Text 28 (b)

mama rädhä nisargasthaà

pratipam anayan manaù

mahä-jyaiñöhiva sahasä

praväham saura-saindhavam

mama-my; rädhä-Rädhä; nisarga-stham-situated in it's own nature; pratipam-in the opposite manner; anayan-leads; manaù-mind; mahä-great; jyaiñöhi-the full moon in the month of May-June; iva-just like; sahasä-violently; praväham-current; saura-saidhavam-of the Ganges river.

As the full moon in the month of Jyaiñöha fills the Gaìgä with violent waves, so Rädhä has transformed My heart.

Text 29 (a)

madhumaìgalaù: ëuëaà acchiëaà de paccakkhi-bhudä esä.

kåñëaù: atha kim. subalataù sä paricikye ca. (ity autsukyam abhiniya)

ëuëam-at present; acchinam-of the eyes; de-Your; paccakkhi-manifested; bhudä-has become; esä-she; atha kim-indeed; subalataù-because of Subala; sa-she; paricikye-has arrived; ca-and; iti-thus; autkukyam abhiniya-eager and anxious.

Madhumaìgala: This girl now stands before Your eyes.

Kåñëa: Indeed, it is true. She has come because of Subala. (Kåñëa becomes eager and anxious.)

Text 29 (b)

bhramad-bhru-vallikaiù pratidiçam apäìgasya valanaiù

kuraìgibhyo bhaìgi-bharam upadiçantim iva dåçoù

tatas täà bimbauñöhià kalayati mayi krodha-vikaöo

mano-janmä pauñpaà dhanur anupamaà sajjam akarot

bhramat-moving; bhru-eyebrows; vallikaiù-with the creepers; pratidiçam-in all directions; apäìgasya-of the corners of the eyes; valanaiù-moving; kurangibhyaù-deer; bhaìgi-bharam-very curved; upadiçantim-instructing; iva-as if; dåçoù-of the eyes; tataù-then; täm-her; bimba-like the bimba fruit; oñöhim-lips; kalayati-sees; mayi-in Me; krodha-anger; vikaöah-terrible; mano-janmä-cupid; pauñpam-made of flowers; dhanuù-bow; anupamam-incomparable; sajjam-ready; akarot-made.

Whenever I look at that girl with bimba-fruit lips, that girl who the restless flowering-vines of Her eyebrows and with many restless sidelong glances in every direction teaches the graceful does the art of casting waves of crooked glances, cruel and angry Kämadeva aims at Me his peerless bow of flowers.

Text 30

madhumaìgala: avi ëäma saàvuttaà aëëoëëa-daàsaëam

kåñëaù: nahi nahi

tasyäh sakhe mukha-tuñära-mayukha-bimbe

durän mamäkñi-padavim adhiruòha-mätre

nirbandhataù çapatha-koöibhir ambayähaà

nitaù kñaëaò ahaha sadmani bhojanäya

avi ëäma-perhaps?; saàvuttam-occurred; aëëoëëa-mutual; daàsaëam-sight; nahi nahi-no! No!; tasyäù-of her; sakhe-O friend; mukha-of the face; tuñära-cooling; mayukah-effulgence; bimbe-the moon's disk; durät-from a distance; mama-my; akñi-of the eyes; padavim-path; adhirudha-risen; mätre-only; nirbandhataù-persistently; çapatha-of curses; koöibhiù-with millions; ambayä-by mother; aham-I; nitaù-am led; kñaëät-in a moment; ahaha-alas; sadmani-home; bhojanäya-for supper.

Madhumaìgala: Perhaps You two have seen each other before?

Kåñëa: No! No! Friend, whenever the cooling and splendid moon of Her face begins to walk on the pathway of My eyes, my mother, speaking millions of curses, stubbornly brings Me home for supper.

Text 31 (a)

madhumaìgalaù: vaassa, ciööhanti bahulä-o ballava-sundari-o, tadavi kisa ekä-e rähi-e nibharaà aëurajjasi.

kåñëaù: sakhe, rädhäyäm asädhäraëi käpi mädhuri. tathä hi.

vaassa-O friend; ciööhanti-there are; bahulä-many; ballava-sundari-o-beautiful gopis; tadavi-nevertheless; kisa-why?; tumam-You; ekä-e-to only one; rähi-e-to Rädhä; nibharam-greatly; anurajjasi-you love; sakhe-O friend; rädhäyäm-in Rädhä; asädhäraëi-extraordinary; kä api-some; mädhuri-sweetness; tathä hi-therefore I say.

Madhumaìgala: Friend, there are many beautiful gopis. Why do You love only Rädhä with such fervor?

Kåñëa: Friend, uncommon sweetness resides within Rädhä.

Text 31 (b)

tasyäù känti-dyutini vadane maïjule cäkñi-yugme

taträmäkaà yadavadhi sakhe dåñöir eñä niviñöä

satyaà brumas tadavadhi bhaved indum indivaraà vä

smäraà smäraà mukha-kuöilatä-käriëi yaà håëiyä

tasyäù-her; känti-beautiful; dyutini-splendid; vadane-face; maïjule-charming; cäkñi-yugme-eyes; tatra-there; asmäkam-of us; yadavadhi-since that time; sakhe-O friend; dåñöiù-sight; esa-this; niviñöä-entered; satyam-truthfully; brumaù-we speak; tadavadhi-from that time; bhavet-may be; indum-the moon; indivaram-lotus flower; vä-or; smäram smäram-continually remembering; mukha-of the mouth; kuöilatä-crookedness; käriëim-doing; yam-which; håëiyä-bashfulness.

My dear friend, what a wonderful thing it is that since I have seen the beautiful lotus eyes of Srimati Rädhäräëi, I have developed a tendency to spit on the moon and the lotus flower.*

Text 32 (a)

madhumaìgalaù: daàsaëado paòhaà jjeva tattha tujjha rä-o ma-e takkido tthi. tä kià tti lävaëëovähi-o tti bhaëasi.

daàsaëado-from the sight; paòham-at the beginning; jjeva-certainly; tattha-there; tujjha-Your; rä-o-love; ma-e-by me; takkido-surmised; tthi-is; tä-therefore; kim-what?; tti-thus; lävaëëovähi-extreme beauty; tti-thus; bhaëasi-You say.

Madhumaìgala: When i first saw You, I could guess that You had fallen in love. Why do You say Rädhä is so beautiful?

Text 32 (b)

kåñëaù: sakhe satyam ättha. sva-cittäbhiniveçäd eva tasyäà ko 'pi mahimonnähaù pratiyate. tathä hi.

sakhe-O friend; satyam-the truth; ättha-You speak; sva-own; citta-of the mind; abhiniveçat-because of the application; eva-indeed; tasyäm-to her; kaù api-someone; mahimä-glory; unnähaù-abundance; pratiyate-is perceived; tathä hi-therefore I say.

Kåñëa: Friend, what you say is true. If you think about Her, you will know something of Her great glory.

Text 32 (c)

yatra prakåtyä ratir uttamähäà

tatränumeyaù paramo 'nubhävaù

naisargiki kåñëa-mrgänuvåttir

deçasya hi jïäpayati praçastim

yatra-where; prakåtyäù-of her own nature; ratiù-delight; uttamänäm-of the best; tatra-there; anumeyaù-immeasurable; paramaù-supreme; anubhävaù-love; naisargiki-natural; kåñëa-for Kåñëa; måga-searching; anuvåttiù-engaged in the activity; deçasya-of the place; hi-indeed; jïäpayati-instructs; praçastim-glorification.

If great souls love a person, you should know that person is very glorious. The presence of black deer glorifies the place where they stay.

Text 33 (a)

(nepathye)

sahi säri-e, diööho tu-e ettha ballavinda-àandaëo.

kåñëaù: sakhe, nediyan ayam sukumäri-kaëöha-dhvanir udaïcati. tad atra tuñëim äsvahe.

nepathye-from off-stage; sahi-O friend; säri-e-O dear friend; diööho-seen; tu-e-by you; ettha-here; ballavinda-of the king of the cowherd men; ëandaëo-the son (Kåñëa); sakhe-O friend; nediyäh-very near; ayam-this; sukumäri-of a young girl; kaëöha-of the voice; dhvaniù-sound; udaïcati-arises; tat-then; atra-here; tuñëim-silence; äsvahe-let us go to.

Lalitä: (off-stage) Friend, friend, do you see the prince of the gopas?

Kåñëa: Friend, that's a girl's voice. Let's be quiet.

Text 33 (b)

(tataù praviçato lalitä-viçäkhä)

lalitä: pekkha eso diööhi-ä purado kaëho. tä upasappamhe. (ity ubhe tathä kåtvä.) jaadu jaadu go-uläëando.

tataù-then; praviçataù-enter; lalitä-Lalitä; viçäkhe-and Viçäkhä; pekkha-just see; eso-He; diööhi-ä-by good fortune; purado-in our presence; kaëho-Kåñëa; tä-therefore; upasappamhe-let us approach Him; iti-thus; ubhe-the two of them; tathä-in that way; kåtvä-having done; jaadu jaadu-all glories, all glories; go-ula-of Gokula; äëando-the bliss.

(Lalitä and Viçäkhä enter.)

Lalitä: Look! By divine arrangement Kåñëa stands before us. Let us go to Him. (They approach Kåñëa.) Glory, glory to the bliss of Gokula!

Text 33 (c)

kåñëaù: sakhi lalite. çaìke manohäri-kusuma-patram ädätum adya våndäöavi-madhye avatirëäsi.

sakhi-O friend; lalite-O Lalitä; çaìke-I think; manohäri-beautiful; kusuma-flowers; patram-petals; ädätum-to collect; adya-now; våndä-äöavi-of the forest of Våndävana; madhye-in the midst; avatirëä-you have come.

Kåñëa: Friend Lalitä, I think you must have come to Våndävana Forest to pick many beautiful flower petals.

Text 33 (d)

lalitä: viëëädaà vi ëuëaà ä-äreëa saàgovesi jaà däduàti ëa bhaëäsi. tä geëha ëaà kaëëi-ära-kora-a-pattam. (ity anaìga-lekhaà kåñëa-kare 'rpayati.)

viëëädam-known; vi-although; ëuëam-at present; ä-ärena-with the letter ä; saàgovesi-You conceal; jam-what; dädum-to give; ti-thus; ëa-not; bhaëäsi-You say; tä-that; geëha-please take; ëam-this; kaëëi-ära-of a lotus flower; kora-a-of a bud; pattam-petal; iti-thus; anaìga-lekham-love-letter; kåñëa-of Kåñëa; kare-in the hand; arpayati-places.

Lalitä: By saying "pick" instead of "give", You hide the truth You certainly already know. Please take this lotus petal. (She places the love-letter in Kåñëa's hand.)

Text 33 (e)

kåñëaù: (svagatam) cetaù, samäçvasihi samäçvasihi. tvad-abhiñöa-bijasyäìkuro 'yam iti çaìke.

svagatam-aside; cetaù-O heart; samäçvasihi samäçvasihi-be encouraged, be encouraged; tvat-your; abhiñöa-of the desire; bijasya-of the seed; aìkuraù-sprout; ayam-this; iti-thus; çaìke-I think.

Kåñëa: (aside) Heart, be peaceful. Be happy. I think this flower petal grew from the seed of your desire.

Text 33 (f)

madhumaìgalaù: bhodi lalide, kià imiëä akkharäëäà patteëa sakkaräëäà pattaà samappehi.

kåñëaù: sakhe, vädaya patram. kadäcid etan naù karëa-rasäyanasya pätri-bhavati.

bhodi-you; lalide-O Lalitä; kim-what is the use?; imiëä-with this; akkharäëäm-of letters; pattena-with this petal; sakkaräëäm-of sugar candy; pattam-leaf; samappehi-please give; sakhe-O friend; vädaya-please read; patram-the petal; kadäcit-sometimes; etat-this; naù-our; karëa-of the ears; rasäyanasya-of the palatable nectar; pätri-a drinking vessel; bhavati-may become.

Madhumaìgala: Lalitä, what is the use of this leaf, simply full of letters? Better You give us a leaf with sugar candy on it!

Kåñëa: Friend, please read the letter. This letter is a cup full of nectar for Our ears.

Text 33 (g)

madhumaìgalaù: bho vaassa, diööhä tumha go-äla-jädi-e vadäëëadä. ëaà amha amhaëa-jädià jevva gaura-eëa vandämi, jaà tahià di-ahe jaëëi-abamhaëihià ca-uviheëa aëëena bho-ida mha. (iti lekhaà väcayati.)

bho-O; vaassa-friend; diööhä-seen; tumha-Your; go-äla-of cowherd men; jädi-e-of one who is born; vadäëëadä-generosity; ëam-is it not so?; amha-of us; amhaëa-of brähmaëas; jädim-birth; jevva-certainly; gaura-eëa-with respect; vandämi-I offer obeisances; jam-because; tahim-in this; di-ahe-day; jaëëi-a-engaged in performing austerities; bamhaëihim-by the wives of the brähmaëas; ca-u-four; vihena-types; aëëena-with foodstuff; bho-ida-fed; mha-we were; iti-thus; lekham-the letter; väcayati-reads.

Madhumaìgala: Friend, we have all seen the generosity of you cowherd men. However, because we were sumptuously fed by the wives of the yajïika-brähmaëas, I will begin by offering respectful obeisances to the brähmaëas.

(Madhumaìgala reads the letter.)

Text 33 (h)

dhari-a paòicchanda-guëaà

sundara maha mandire tumaà vasasi

taha taha rundhasi bali-aà

jaha jaha ca-idä paläemhi

dhari-a-capturing; paòicchanda-guëam-the quality of an artistic picture; sundara-O most beautiful one; maha-my; mandire-within the heart; tumam-You; vasasi-reside; taha taha-that much; rundhasi-You block; bali-am-by force; jaha jaha-as much as; ca-idä-being disturbed; paläemhi-I try to escape.

"O dearly beautiful, the artistic loveliness of Your picture is now impressed within My mind. Since You are now living within My mind, wherever I wish to run because I am agitated by impressions of You, I find that You, O My friend, are blocking My way."*

Text 34 (a)

kåñëaù: sakhe, duradhigamärthä tävad iyaà gäthä. tena punar bhaëyatäm.

(madhumaìgalas tathä karoti.)

kåñëaù: (sänandam svagatam). kula-striyo hi dharma-bhiravo bhavanti. tad-upekñayä bhäva-niñöhäà niñöaìkayämi. (iti saàrambham abhiniya prakäçam.) haàho. paçyata paçyata.

sakhe-O friend; duradhigama-difficult to understand; arthä-meaning; tävat-to that extent; gäthä-verse; tena-by that; punaù-again; bhaëyatäm-it should be spoken; madhumaìgalaù-Madhumaìgala; tathä-in that way; karoti-acts; sa-with; änandam-bliss; svagatam-speaking to Himself; kula-striyaù-pious girls; hi-indeed; dharma-bhiravaù-afraid to transgress the rules of morality; bhavanti-are; tat-of them; upekñaya-because of the disregard; bhäva-niñöhäm-full of intense love; niñöaìkayämi-I consider; iti-thus; saàrambham abhiniya-becoming excited; prakäçam-openly; haàho-O; paçyata paçyata-look! Look!

Kåñëa: Friend, this verse is very difficult to understand. Please read it again. (Madhumaìgala reads the letter again).

Kåñëa: (becomes blissful and says to Himself:) Saintly girls are afraid to break the rules of morality. I think Her love must be very great. (Excited, Kåñëa openly says:) Look, look!

Text 34 (b)

snigdhair ebhiù sakhibhir akhilair dhenu-våndänusäri

näri-värtä-vimukha-hådayaù känanänte carämi

mä svairiëyas tad pi yad imä duñayanti prakämaà

tad-vijïäptià drutam iha jarad-gopa-goñöyäà kariñye

(iti kåtrimämarñeëa drutaà parikrämati.)

snigdhaiù-affectionately; ebhiù-with these; sakhibhiù-friends; akhilaiù-all; dhenu-of cows; vånda-of the multitude; anusäri-a follower; näri-of women; värtä-news; vimukha-averse; hådayaù-in the heart; känana-of the forest; ante-on the edge; carämi-I wander; mä-don't; svairiëyaù-unrestrained girls; tat-that; api-even; yat-which; imäù-these; duñayanti-pollute; prakämam-greatly; iha-here; jarat-elderly; gopa-of cowherd men; goñöyäm-in the assembly; kariñye-I shall do; iti-thus; kåtrima-artificial; amarñeëa-with indignation; drutam-quickly; parikrämati-walks about.

Accompanied by all My loving friends, following the cows, and averse to hearing about women, I wander in the forest. These loose girls should not be allowed to pollute Us. Quickly I will go and complain to the gopa elders.

(With feigned indignation, Kåñëa quickly struts about.)

Text 35 (a)

madhumaìgalaù: (smitam ävåtya) bho bamha-äri-sihä-maëe, kkhaëaà ëivaööi-a imä-o dummuha-go-iä-o paccuttareëa ëijjitti-a viòòävehi. aham kkhu edaà saccaà dhiööhäëaà vuttantaà go-ulesari-e viëëavissam. (iti päùau dhåtvä vyävartayati.)

(iti parasparam avekñya vailakñyaà näöayataù).

smitam-smile; ävåta-concealing; bho-O; bamha-äri-of brahmacäris (celibates); sihä-crest; maëe-jewel; kkhaëam-a moment; nivaööi-a-having withdrawn; imä-o-these; dummuha-who speak horrible words; go-i-ä-o-gopis; paccuttareëa-with a reply; ëijjitti-a-having defeated; viòòävehi-you should cause to flee; aham-I; kkhu-indeed; edam-this; saccam-everything; dhiööhäëam-of these impudent gopis; vuttantam-description of the activities; go-ula-of Gokula; isari-to the queen (Yaçodä); viëëavissam-I will inform; iti-thus; panau-on the hand; dhrtva-having held; vyavartayati-retreats; iti-thus; parasparam-mutually; aveksya-looking; vailakñyam-bewilderment and amazement; näöayataù-they represent dramatically.

Madhumaìgala: (concealing a smile) O crest jewel of the brahmacäris, think for a moment and defeat these foul-mouthed gopis with Your words. Chase them away. I myself will tell Gokula's queen everything about these shameless girls. (Madhumaìgala touches Kåñëa's hand for a moment.) (Surprised and bewildered, Lalitä and Viçäkhä exchange glances.)

Text 35 (b)

kåñëaù: sakhi viçäkhe, cäturakñikaà prekñaëam api nästi. kutas tävat parito rodhanam. tad anuyämi. kenäpy apareëa nägareëa tasyäù sväntam uccälitam.

sakhi-O friend; viçäkhe-O Viçäkhä; cäturakñikam-four eyes; prekñaëam-sight; api-although; na-not; asti-is; kutaù-from what?; tävat-to such an extent; paritaù-everywhere; rodhanam-impediment; tat-therefore; anuyämi-I will follow; kena api-by some; apareëa-by another; nägareëa-lover; tasyaù-her; sväntam-heart; uccälitam-moved.

Kåñëa: Friend Viçäkhä, Rädhä has never seen Me with Her two eyes, and I have never seen Her with My two eyes. What obstacle stands between Us? I will follow you. But I think is must be some other boy that has captured Her heart.

Text 35 (c)

viçäkhä: (sanskåtena äçritya).

kas tädåg vraja-maëòale 'tha valate çakyo gariyän asau

yenoccälayituà balät kulavati-ceto-giri-grämaëiù

ity asmäbhir avakra-vikrama-laväd utkñipta-govardhano

hetus tvaà kila paìkajäkña yadubhis taträsti niñöaìkitaù

sanskåtena äçritya- speaking in Sanskrit; kaù-who?; tädåk-like Him; vraja-of Vraja; maëòale-in the area; atha-therefore; valate-performs pastimes; çakyaù-competent; gariyän-more significant; asau-he; yena-by whom; uccälayitum-to agitate; balät-forcibly; kulavati-the pious girls; cetaù-of the hearts; giri-mountains; grämaëiù-prominent; iti-therefore; asmäbhiù-by us; avakra-genuine; vikrama-of stregnth; lavät-with a small fragment; utkñipta-lifted; govardhanaù-Govardhana hill; hetuù-cause; tvam-You; kila-indeed; paìkaja-lotus; akña-eyes; yadubhiù tatra-there; asti-is; niñöaìkitaù-described.

Viçäkhä: (in Sanskrit) In the circle of Vraja who is great and powerful like You? With a small particle of Your inconceivable power You lifted Govardhana Hill. Then You lifted the great mountains that are the saintly gopis' hearts. O boy with the lotus eyes, You are the person in this letter.

Text 36 (a)

madhumaìgalaù: a-i vä-äli-e, ciööha ciööha. diööho ma-e ukkhitta-daëòa-maëòalehià govehià govaòòhaëo dharido. tumaà kisa ekkam jjeva pi-a-vaassaà saàbhävesi.

a-i-O; svä-äli-e-talkative; ciööha-stand, stand; diööho-seen; ma-e-by me; ukkhitta-held up; daëòa-of staffs; maëòalehim-by the multitude; govehim-by the cowherd men; govaòòhaëo-Govardhana hill; dharido-held; tumam-You; kisa-why?; ekkam-one; jjeva-indeed; pi-a-dear; vaassam-friend; saàbhavesi-praise.

Madhumaìgala: Talkative girl, stop! Stop! I myself saw how the cowherd men, with their upraised sticks, held up Govardhana Hill. Why do you praise my dear friend Kåñëa in this way? He did not hold up the hill alone.

Text 36 (b)

kåñëaù: lalite, alam ati-prasaìgena. tan nivartasva.

lalitä: sundara, savva-go-ula-suha-käriëo vi tu-atto kadhaà sä ekä jjevva dukkhaà arihadi vari-asi.

lalite-O Lalitä; alam-enough; ati-great; prasaìgena-with this topic of conversation; tat-from that; nivartasya-please refrain; sundara-O beautiful Kåñëa; savva-all; go-ula-in Gokula; suha-käriëo-making happy; vi-although; tu-atto-from You; kadham-how is it?; sä-she; ekä-alone; jjevva-indeed; dukkham-distress; arihadi-deserves; vari-asi-greatly.

Kåñëa: Lalitä, this is too muck talking. Please stop.

Lalitä: Handsome one, You delight everyone in Gokula. Why must this one girl suffer because of You?

Text 36 (c)

saìgi me madhumaìgalo na sahate dharmädhvano vicyutià

çridämä parimärgayan mama nahi cchidräëi nidräyati

kaàsaù çästi khalaù kñitià katham ato mugdhe vidheyaà mayä

niùçaìkaà kula-sundari-paribhavaj-jvälä-mahä-sähasam

saìgi-companion; me-My; madhumaìgalaù-Madhumaìgala; na-does not; sahate-tolerate; dharma-of piety; adhvanaù-from the path; vicyutim-fall; çridämä-Sridämä; parimärgayan-searching; mama-My; nahi-does not; chidräëi-faults; nidräyati-sleep; kaàsaù-Kamsa; çästi-afflicts; khalaù-wicked; kñitim-the earth; katham-how is it?; ataù-from this; mugdhe-O bewildered girl; vidheyam-may be given; mayä-by Me; niùçaìkam-fearlessly; kula-pious; sundari-of the beautiful girl; paribhavat-surrounding; jvälä-flames; mahä-great; sähasam-violence.

Kåñëa: My companion Madhumaìgala does not tolerate any deviation from the path of piety, and Sridämä, busily searching for my faults, does not even sleep. Cruel Kaàsa harshly rules this country. O bewildered girl, in these

circumstances how is it possible for Me to fearlessly make a pious and beautiful girl burn in flames of anguish?

Text 37

lalitä: (samärñam. sanskåtena).

antaù-kleça-kalaìkitaù kila vayaà yämo 'dya yämyaà purià

näyaà väncana-saïcaya-praëayinaà häsaà tathäpy ujjhati

asmin sampuöite gabhira-kapaöair äbhira-palli-viöe

hä medhävini rädhike tava kathaà premä gariyän abhut

(iti roditi)

sa-with; amarsam-indignation; sanskåtena-in Sanskrit; antaù-kleça-kalaìkitäù-polluted by inner miserable conditions that continue even after death; kila-certainly; vayam-all of us; yämaù-are going; adya-now; yämyäm-of Yamaräja; purim-to the abode; na-not; ayam-this; vaïcana-saïcaya-cheating activities; praëayinam-aiming at; häsam-smiling; tathäpi-still; ujjhati-gives up; asmin-in this; sampuöite-filled; gabhira-deep; kapaöaiù-will deceit; äbhira-palli-from the village of the cowherd men; viöe-in a debauchee; hä-alas; medhävani-O intelligent one; rädhike-Srimati Rädhäräëi; tava-Your; katham-how; premä-love; gariyan-so great; abhut-became; iti-thus; roditi-she cries.

Lalitä (indignant, in Sanskrit) Our hearts are so polluted by miserable condition that we are certainly going to Pluto's kingdom. Nevertheless, Kåñëa does not give up His beautiful loving smiling, which is full of cheating tricks. O Srimati Rädhäräëi, You are very intelligent. How could You have developed such great loving affection for this deceitful debauchee from the neighborhood of the cowherds?*

(Lalitä cries)

Text 38 (a)

madhumaìgalaù: a-i muddhe, sa-ala-sattha-visära-o jassa amhäriso amacco ho-i sovi kià edaà dhammaà adikkamissa-i. tä alaà vaëa-rudideëa.

a-i-O; muddhe-bewildered girl; sa-ala-all; sattha-scriptures; visära-o-expert; jassa-of whom; amhäriso-like us; amacco-an intimate relative; ho-i-is; sovi-someone; kim-how?; edam-this; dhammam-piety; adikkamissa-i-will transgress; ta-therefore; alam-what is the use?; vaëa-in the forest; rudideëa-with this lamenting.

Madhumaìgala: Bewildered beautiful girl, Kåñëa is learned in all the scriptures. He is our friend and counselor. Why would He disobey the rules of morality? What is the use of all your words, words that are like crying in the forest?

Text 38 (b)

viçäkhä: (svagatam) ëaàrähi-e guïjä-ali-aà kaëhassa denti haà iìgidaà lakkhemi.

svagatam-aside; ëam-at present; rähi-e-of Srimati Rädhäräëi; gunjä-of gunjä; ali-am-necklace; kaëhassa-to Kåñëa; denti-giving; ham-I; iìgidam-symptoms of Kåñëa's actual emotions; lakkhemi-I shall observe.

Viçäkhä: (aside) This garland of gunjä was worn by Rädhä. Now I will give it to Kåñëa. By observing His response, I will know His actual feelings toward Rädhä.

Text 38 (c)

(prakäçam, sanskåtena)

udirëa-rägeëa karambitäntarä

parisphurat-kåñëa-mukhi guëäïcitä

guïjävali maïjutarävalambatäà

särädhikeyaà tava kaëöha-saìgamam

(iti kaëöhe svayam arpayati.)

prakasam-openly; sanskåtena-in Sanskit; udirna-arisen; rägeëa-with redness or love; karambita-mixed; antarä-within (or in the heart); parisphurat-manifesting; kåñëa-black (or the name Kåñëa); mukhi-in the middle (or mouth); guëa-with excellent transcendental qualities; aïcitä-invested; guïjä-of gunjä; ävali-garland; maïjutarä-very beautiful; avalambatäm-may it cling; sära-essence; ädhikä-increased, (or sä rädhikeyam-from Rädhikä); iyam-this; tava-Your; kaëöha-of the neck; saìgamam-contact.

(Openly, in Sanskrit) May this very beautiful red and black guïjä-necklace gracefully hang upon Your neck.

(She places the necklace on Kåñëa's neck.)

Note: If the word "särädhikeyam" is divided sä rädhikeyam, this ambiguous verse may also be translated:

"May virtuous Rädhä, whose mouth chants the name Kåñëa, and whose heart passionately loves You, hang around Your neck like a guïjä-necklace."

Text 39

kåñëaù: (smitvä sakapaöerñyam).

rägiëam api sukaöhoraà

suvåttam api muhur udirëa-mälinyam

yuvatinäm iva bhävaà

nahi guïjä-häram icchämi

(ity ajänan iva kaëöhäd avatärya raìgaëa-mälikäm arpayati.)

smitvä-having smiled; sa-with; kapaöa-feigned; irñyam-anger; rägiëam-red (or affectionate); api-although; sukaöhoram-very hard (or harsh); suvåttam-nicely round (or cleverly presented); api-although; muhuù-at every moment; udirëa-arisen (communication); mälinyam-crookedness (ambiguity); yuvatinäm-of young girls; iva-like; bhävam-state (or love); nahi-not; guïjä-of guïjä; häram-necklace; icchämi-I desire; iti-thus; ajänan-not knowing; iva-as if; kanthät-from the neck; avatärya-falling; raìgaëa-delightful; mäkikäm-garland; arpayati-offers.

Kåñëa: (smiling, He pretends to be angry.) Although these gunjä berries are very red, hard, and gracefully round, they are both crooked and unripe. I do not wish such a necklace.

(As if bewildered, Kåñëa removes the guïjä-necklace from His neck and offers it back to Lalitä.)

Note: This ambiguous verse may also be translated:

"This garland is an ambiguous love-message from some young girl. Although great love is intented, the words are harsh, and although they are very clever, the words are also crooked. I do not wish to accept such a message-necklace."

Text 40 (a)

viçäkhä: (svagatam) imassa bhamo vi amhäëaà maìgalo saàvutto. (iti vastreëa samvåëoti.)

svagatam-aside; imassa-His; bhamo-bewilderment; vi-indeed; amhäëam-our; mangalo-auspicious good fortune; saàvutto-arrived; iti-thus; vastreëa-with the garment; samvåëoti-conceals.

Viçäkhä: (aside) Kåñëa's bewilderment is our good fortune. (She covers the necklace with a cloth.)

Text 40 (b)

lalitä: halä, govi-ä-koòi-bhu-aìgassa imassa akkhalidaà accari-am bamhacari-aà diööhi-ä paaòi-bhumam. tä mahevi gadu-a taà amhevi gadu-a taà atthäëänurä-iëià rähi-aà nivaööävemha.

viçäkhä: sahi, juttaà mantesi.

(ity ubhe parikrämataù.)

halä-O; govi-ä-of gopis; koòi-of millions; bhu-aìgassa-of the lover; imassa-of Him; akkhalidam-unyielding; accari-am-wonderful; bamhacari-am-vow of celibacy; diööhi-ä-by good fortune; paaòi-bhuòam-manifested; tä-that; amhevi-we two gopis; gadu-a-having gone; tam-to her; aööhäëäëurä-who has fallen in love with an unsuitable person; rähi-am-Rädhä; nivaööävemha-we should check; sahi-O friend; juttam-appropriate; mantesi-you advice; iti-thus; ubhe-the two gopis; parikramataù-begin to walk.

Lalitä: Destiny has shown us the unflinching celibacy of a snake who loves millions of gopis. We should both go and stop Rädhä, who has fallen in love with a very unsuitable boy.

Viçäkhä: Friend, what you say is right.

Text 40 (c)

lalitä: viçähe, tumaà gadu-a imä-e raìgaëa-mäli-ä-e pi-a-sahià äsäsehi. ahaà kkhu edaà vuttantaà bhaavadi-e viëivedissam.

(iti niñkränte.)

viçähe-O Viçäkhä; tumaà-you; gadu-a-having gone; imä-e-with this; raìgaëa-delightful; mäli-ä-e-garland; pi-a-dear; sahim-friend; äsäsehi-console; aham-I; kkhu-indeed; edam-this; vuttantam-incident; bhaavadi-e-to the pious Paurëamäsi; viëivedissam-I shall inform; iti-thus; niçkränte-they exit.

Lalitä: Viçäkhä, take this guïjä-necklace to our dear friend and comfort Her. I will explain everything to Paurëamäsi.

(Lalitä and Viçäkhä exit.)

Text 40 (d)

madhumaìgalaù: bho, ädarijjantaà appäëaà kisa ädarävesi idaà kkhu paccädäva-pavvatähirohaëassa ahirohiëi-ëimamäëaà däva.

kåñëaù: sakhe satyaà braviñi. sähasikyaà hasitenaivänuñöhitam.

bho-O; ädarijjantam-being worshiped; vi-although; appäëam-Yourself; kisa-why indeed; ädarävesi-do You cause to worship; idam-this; kkhu-indeed; pacca-däva-of remorse; pavvata-mountain; ahiroëassa-of the scent; ahirohiëi-staircase; nimäëam-consisting of; däva-to that extent; sakhe-O friend; satyam-truthfully; braviñi-you speak; sähasikyam-rashness; hasitena-with laughter; eva-indeed; anuñöhitam-performed.

Madhumaìgala: This girl adores You. Why don't You also adore Her? You are building a staircase that leads up a mountain of regret.

Kåñëa: Friend, what you say is true. It was not right to mock that girl.

.fn 1

Text 40 (e)

madhumaìgalaù: pekkha go-i-ju-alam nettapaham adikkamidam.

pekkha-look; go-i-of gopis; ju-alam-a pair; netta-of the eyes; paham-to the path; adikkamidam-arrived.

Madhumaìgala: Look, two gopis walk on the pathway of Our eyes.

Text 40 (f)

çrutvä niñöhuratäm mamendu-vadanä premäkuraà bhindati

svänte çänti-dhuräm vidhäya vidhure präyaù paräïciñyati

kiàvä pämara-käma-kärmuka-paritrastä vimokñyaty asun

hä maugdhyät phalini manoratha-latä mådvi mayonmulitä

çrutvä-by hearing; niñöhuratäm-cruelty; mama-My; indu-vadanä-moon-faced; prema-aìkuram-the seed of love; bhindati-spliting; sva-ante-within Her heart; çänti-dhuräà-great toleration; vidhäya-taking; vidhure-aggrieved; präyaù-almost; paräciñyati-may turn against; kiàvä-or; pämara-most formidable; käma-of lusty desires or Cupid; kärmuka-of the bow; paritrastä-frightened; vimokñyati-will give up; asun-life; hä-alas; maughdyät-on account of bewilderment; phalini-almost fruitful; manaù-rathä-latä-the creeper of growing love; mådi-very soft; mayä-by Me; unmulita-uprooted.

Kåñëa: (with regret) Upon hearing of My cruelty, moon-faced Rädhä may establish soem kind of tolearance in Her aggrieved heart. But then She might turn against Me. Or, indeed, being fearful of the lusty desires invoked by the bow of formidable Cupid, She might even give up Her life. Alas! I have foolishly uprooted the soft creeper of Her desire just when it was ready to bear fruit.*

Text 41 (a)

madhumaìgalaù: däëià kià ettha saraëam.

kåñëaù: sakhe, pratyanaìga-lekhaà vinä nänyat paçyämi çaraëam.

däëim-at present; kim-what?; ettha-here; saraëam-shelter; sakhe-O friend; prati-in return; anaìga-lekham-love-letter; vinä-with; na-not; anyat-another; paçyämi-I see; çaraëam-recourse.

Madhumaìgala: Now what will be out shelter?

Kåñëa: Friend, I do not see any shelter but writing an answer to that letter.

Text 41 (b)

madhumaìgalaù: kià ettha leha-sähaëam.

kåñëaù: vaçikära-kriyä-praçasto rägavän javä-niryäsaù.

madhumaìgalaù: ehi, uòòa-mahäòa-i-maëòidaà ëädure pakkandaëa-titthaà gacchemha.

(iti niñkräntau.)

kim-how; ettha-here; leha-of the letter; sähaëam-completion; vaçi-kära-enchanting and bringing under control; kriyä-in the activities; praçastaù-celebrated; rägavän-full of love; javä-of roses; niryäsaù-extracted perfume; ehi-come near; uòòa-of roses; mahä-aòa-i-with a great forest; maëòidam-decorated; ëa-not; adi-very; dure-far away; pakkandaëa-Praskandana; tittha-the holy place; gacchemha-let us go; iti-thus; niçkräntau-exit.

Madhumaìgala: What will We use to write Our letter?

Kåñëa: A letter scented with roses would bring Her under My spell.

Madhumaìgala: Let us go to nearby Praskandana-tirtha, which is decorated with a great forest of roses.

(Kåñëa and Madhumaìgala exit.)

Text 41 (c)

(tataù praviçati viçäkhayä prabodhyamänä rädhä.)

rädhä: (sakkhedam. sanskåtena)

yasyotsaìga-sukhäçayä çithilitä gurvi gurubhyas trapa

präëebhyo 'pi suhåt-tamäù sakhi tathä yuyaà parikleçitäù

dharmaù so 'pi mahän mayä na gaëitaù sädhvibhir adhyäsito

dhig dhairyaà tad-upekñitäpi yad ahaà jivämi päpiyasi

sa-with; khedam-unhappiness; sanskåtena-in Sanskrit; yasya-of whom; utsaìga-sukha-äçaya-by the desire for the happiness of the association; çithilitä-slackened; gurvi-very great; gurubhyaù-unto the superiors; trapä-bashfulness; präëebhyaù-than My life; api-although; suhåt-tamäh-more dear; sakhi-O My dear friend; tathä-similarly; yuyam-you; parikleçitäù-so much troubled; dharmaù-duties to My husband; saù-that; api-also; mahän-very great; mayä-by Me; na-not; gaëitaù-cared for; sädhvibhiù-by the most chaste women; adhyäsitaù-practiced; dhik dhairyam-to hell with patiente; tat-by Him; upekñitä-neglected; api-although; yat-which; aham-I; jivämi-am living; päpiyasi-the most sinful.

(Accompanied vy Viçäkhä, who is explaining everything, Rädhä enters.)

Rädhä: (unhappy, in Sanskrit) Desiring the happiness of His association and embraces, My dear friend, I disregarded even My superiors and relaxed My shyness and gravity before them. Furthermore, although you are My best friend, more dear to Me than My own life, I have given you so much trouble. Indeed, I even put aside the vow of dedication to My husband, a vow kept by the most elevated women. Oh, alas! Although He is now neglecting Me, I am so sinful that I am still living. Therefore I must condemm My so-called patience.*

Text 42 (a)

viçäkhä: (sasambhramam) sahi, samässasa samässasa. (iti raìgaëa-mäläà ghräëe 'rpayati.)

rädhikä: (samjïäm labdhvä.) halä, kià edam accari-aà jaà saàmohaëaà vi pavohedi.

sa-with; sambhramam-respect; sahi-O friend; samässasa samässasa-do not lament, do not lament; iti-thus; raìgaëa-delightful; mälam-garland; ghräëe-on the nose; arpayati-places; samëäm-consciousness; labdhvä-having gained; halä-O; kim-what?; edam-this; accari-am-wonderful; jam-which; saàmohaëam-fainting; vi-although; pavohedi-revives.

Viçäkhä: (respectfully) Friend, please be comforted. Be comforted. (She places the guïjä-necklace to Rädhä's nose.)

Rädhikä: (with understanding) Ah! In the beginning it made Me almost fall unconscious. Why does this wonderful necklace now revive Me from that unconsciousness?

Text 42 (b)

viçäkhä: (mälyaà nivedya. sanskåtena)

aìgottirëa-vilapanaà sakhi samäkåñöi-kriyäyäà maëir

mantro hanta muhur vaçi-kåti-vidhau nämäsya vaàçi-pateù

nirmälya iyaà mahauñadhir iha aväntasya sammochane

näsäà kastisåëäà gåëäti paramäcintyäà prabhävävalim

aìga-of limbs; uttirëa-topmost (head); vilepanam-ointment; sakhi-O friend; samäkåñöi-of attracting; kriyäyäm-in the activity; maëiù-jewel; mantraù-mantra; hanta-O; muhuù-at every moment; vaçi-kåti-bringing under control; vidhau-in the activity; näma-name; asya-of Him; vaàçi-pateù-playing the flute; nirmälya-rejected; srak-garland; iyam-this; mahä-great; oçadhiù-medicinal herb; iha-here; sväntasya-of the heart; sammohane-in the fainting; na-not; äsäm-of us; kaù-what?; tisåëäm-of the three; gåëäti-proclaims; parama-supreme; acintyam-inconceivable; prabhäva-stregnth; ävalim-abundance.

Viçäkhä: (gives the garland to Rädhä.) Friend, the sandal paste from the flutist Kåñëa's forehead is a mystic jewel that draws people to it. Kåñëa's name is a mantra that brings people under its control. Kåñëa's flower-garland is a potion that charms people's hearts. Who does not know the inconceivable power of these three things?

Text 43 (a)

rädhikä: (svagatam) evaà-guëeëa imiëä uvekkhidaà vi ëaà hada-sariraà kadhaà ajjavi ëillajjänaà dhäremi. tä käli-a-hada-pavesovä-am aëusarissam. (prakäçam) visähe, viëëavehi guru-aëaà jaà bärahä-icca-titthaà gadu-a suraà accidukämamhi.

svagatam-aside; evam-like this; guëeëa-with qualities; imiëä-with this; uvekkhidam-neglected; vi-although; ëam-this; hada-wounded; mariram-body; kadham-how is it?; ajja-today; vi-even; ëillajjäham-I am shameless; dhäremi-I maintain; tä-therefore; käli-a-Käliya; hada-in the lake; pavesa-of entering; uvä-am-by the remedial measure; aëusarissam-I shall adopt; prakäçam-openly; visähe-O Viçäkhä; viëëavehi-please tell; guru-superior; aëam-personalities; jam-which; bärahä-icca-tittham-the holy place named Dvädaçä-ditya-tirtha; gadu-a-having gone; suram-the sun god; accidukäm-desiring to worship; amhi-I am.

Rädhikä: (aside) Kåñëa, who has all these glorious virtues, neglects this body of Mine, a body that is better off dead. Why do I shamelessly keep this body alive? I will drown it the waters of Käliya Lake. (openly) Viçäkhä, please tell My supreriors that, desiring to worship the sun-god, I went to Dvädaçäditya-tirtha.

Text 43 (b)

viçäkhä: sähu sumarä-idaà pi-a-sahi-e jaà ajjä-e jaòilä-e vi idaà jjevva däëià ädiööhamhi. tä ehi.

(ity ubhe parikrämataù.)

sähu-well; sumarä-idam-caused to remeber; pi-a-dear; sahi-e-by the friend; jam-which; ajjä-e-by the pious gopi; jaòilä-e-by Jaöilä; vi-although; idam-this; jjevva-certainly; däëim-at present; ädiööhamhi-I am instructed; tä-therefore; ehi-come with me.

Viçäkhä: My dear friend well remembers saintly Jaöilä's order, an order I now accept from You. Come. Let us go.

(They begin to walk.)

Text 43 (c)

rädhikä: (savyämocham)

maà parihara-i mu-undo tahavi duräsä virohiëi òaha-i

maha sahi gahira-ëirä saraëaà bahiëi kidantassa

mam-me; parihara-neglects; mu-undo-Lord Mukunda; tahavi-nevertheless; duräsä-unattainable aspiration; virohiëi-inimical; daha-i-burns; maha-my; sahi-O friend; gahira-deep; nirä-water; saraëam-recourse; bahiëi-sister; kidantassa-of the god of death (Yamaräja).

Rädhikä: (perplexed) Although Kåñëa neglects me, the hostile and unfulfillable hope to attain Him burns in Me still. Friend, the deep waters of the Yamunä, who is the sister of the king of death, is My only shelter.

Text 44 (a)

viçäkhä: halä, pekkha patthäëe maìgala-su-nëä-ià sa-uëä-ià. tä evaà mä bhaëa.

rädhikä: (puro dåñövä) balä, katham esä puvva-disä-muhe ä-äli-ä saàjhä disa-i.

halä-O; pekkha-look; patthäëe-in the walking; maìgala-auspicious; su-uëä-im-signs; sa-uëä-im-favorable omens; tä-therefore; evam-indeed; mä-don't; bhaëa-talk; puraù-ahead; dåñövä-looking; halä-O; katham-how is it?; esä-it; puvva-front; disä-in the direction; muhe-in the face; ä-äli-ä-not happening at the proper time; saàjhä-sunset; disa-i-is seen.

Viçäkhä: Look at the auspicious signs appearing on our path. Don't say anything more.

Rädhikä: (looking ahead) Why did the sun suddenly set in the east before it is time?

Text 44 (b)

viçäkhä: ëa kkhu saàjhä. pekkha pakkandaëe surassa ballahä pariphullidä uòurä-i rehadi. tä imassa agghaà käduà ëaà avaciëamha.

(ity ubhe kurutaù).

ëa-not; kkhu-indeed; saàjhä-sunset; pekkha-look; pakkandaëe-at Praskändana tirtha; surassa-of the sun-god; ballahä-dear; pariphullidä-blossomed; uòu-of roses; rä-i-series; rehadi-shines; tä-therefore; imassa-of that; aggham-scented water; kädum-to make; ëam-this; avaciëamha-let us collect; iti-thus; ubhe-the two gopis; kurutaù-act.

Viçäkhä: The sun didn't set. Look! The beautiful roses in Praskanda-tirtha, roeses dear to the sun-god, are splendidly in bloom. Let's pick some to make rose water.

Text 44 (c)

(tataù praviçati baöunä saha kåñëaù.)

kåñëaù: sakhe, seyaà rädhädhara-känti-taskari javä-räjiù.

madhumaìgalaù: ado ëaà ëippiòi-a nimmähi paccaëaìga-leham.

tataù-then; praviçati-enters; baöunä-boy; saha-with; kåñëaù-Sri Kåñëa; sakhe-O friend; sä-this; iyam-this; rädhä-of Rädhä; adhara-of the lips; känti-the beauty; taskari-thief; javä-of roses; räjiù-series; ado-therefore; ëam-this; nippiòi-a-having pressed; ëimmähi-please write; paccanaìga-leham-the reply to the love-letter.

(Kåñëa and Madhumaìgala enter.)

Kåñëa: Friend, these roses are thieves who have stolen their beauty from Rädhä's lips.

Madhumaìgala: Press the juice from these roses, and write a reply to Rädhä's love-letter.

Text 44 (d)

kåñëaù: (parikampya savismayam.)

eñä näntika-vartini sura-girer ailävåti hanta bhur

agre kià kalayämi käïcana-rucäm udgära-gaurir diçaù

äà jïätaà maëi-nupura-dhvani-bharäd äli-janälaìkåtä

käntinäà kula-devatä vilasituà våndäöavià vindati

parikampya-trembling; sa-with; vismayam-wonder; eñä-this; nä-not; kantika-near; vartini-situated; sura-of the demigods; gireù-of the mountain (Mount Sumeru); ailävåti-of Ilävåta-varça; hanta-O; bhuù-land; agre-in the presence; kim-what?; kalayämi-do I perceive; käïcana-of gold; rucäm-splendor; udgära-emanating; gauriù-a golden effulgence; diçaù-in all directions; äm-yes; jïätam-known; maëi-jewels; nupura-of the ankle-bells; dhvani-sound; alaìkåtä-decorated; käntinäm-of beauty; kula-devatä-the presideing deity; vilasitum-to perform pastimes; våndä-aöavim-the forest of Våndävana; vindati-enters.

Kåñëa: (trembling with wonder) This is not the valley of Mount Sumeru. Why do I see a golden splendor in every direction? Ah! The sound of many jeweled anklets makes Me know.that the goddess of beauty must have entered Våndävana Forest to enjoy many pastimes.

Text 45 (a)

madhumaìgalaù: hanta bho, maggijjnatammi vä-uräsähaëe kuraìgi sa-aà hatthaà gadä.

kåñëaù: (sänandam) sakhe, sadhu vijïätam. tad atra våkñäntaritau çåëuvaù kim asau prastauti. (iti tathä sthitau.)

hanta-O; bho-my dear sir; maggijjantammi-being sought; vä-urä-to the trap; sähaëe-leading; kuraìgi-deer; sa-am-own; hattham-hand; gadä-gone; sa-with; änandam-bliss; sakhe-O friend; sadhu-nicely; vijïätam-understood; tat-therefore; atra-here; våksä-by the tree; antaritau-hidden; çåëuvaù-let us hear; kim-what; asau-these two gopis; prastauti-say.

Madhumaìgala: Ah, now the dee places her foot in the trap.

Kåñëa: (blissful) O friend, you understand this very well. Let us hide behind this tree and hear what they say.

(They stand behind the tree.)

Text 45 (b)

rädhikä: (viçäkhä älambya säsram). halä, eso jaëo kadhäpasaìge sa-aà sumaridavvo.

viçäkhä: (sabañpam) sahi, acchiëa-dhirattanädi-guëa bhanijjasi. ta kiàti evvaà uvviggäsi.

viçäkhä-Viçäkhä; älämbya-resting; sa-with; asram-tears; halä-O; eso-this; jaëo-person; kadhä-of the description; pasaìge-in relation; sa-am-Himself; sumaridavvo-may remembered; sa-with; bañpam-tears; sahi-O friend; acchiëa-unfalling; dhirattana-gravity and patience; ädi-and other; guëa-noble qualities; bhaëijjasi-are spoken; ta-therefore; kiàti-why?; evvam-thus; uviggäsi-have you become so agitated.

Rädhikä: (weeping, she rests her hand on Viçäkhä's shoulder) When you talk, you should remember this person.

Viçäkhä: (also weeping) Friend, everyone says You are grave, and patient, and full of all other virtues. Why are You so upset?

Text 45 (c)

rädhikä: sahi, ëigguëi-kidamhi teëa dhutteëa. (iti sanskåtena)

tasyoras-taöa-maëòalaà dhåti-nadi-rodha-kriyä-paëòitaà

vaktrenduù kula-dharma-paìkaja-vani-saìkoca-dikñä-vrati

dor-yupau nitaräm udaïcita-cira-vriòäbhidärädhvarau

hä kañöaà nikhilaì-gilä sakhi dåçor bhaìgi-bhujaìgi tu sä

sahi-O friend; nigguëi-kidambi-I have become devoid of all good qualities; teëa-because of Him; dhutteëa-rascal; iti-thus; sanskåtena-in Sanskrit; tasya-His; uraù-of the chest; taöa-of the surface; maëòalam-area; dhåti-of patience; nadi-of the river; rodha-of checking; kriyä-in the activities; paëòitam-expert; vaktra-face; induù-moon; kula-dharma-of the rules of proper conduct; paìkaja-of lotus flowers; vani-of the forest; saìkoca-shrinking away; dikñä-initiated; vrati-who has taken a vow; doù-of the arms; yupau-the two pillars; nitaräm-completely; udaïcita-elevated; cira-for a long time; vridä-shyness; abhidära-to exercise; adhvarau-sacrifice; hä-O; kañöam-alas; nikhilam-everything; gilä-swallowing; sakhi-O friend; dåçoù-of the eyes; bhaìgi-of the movements; bhujaìgi-the serpent; tu-and; sä-she.

Rädhikä: Friend, this rogue has robbed all My virtues.(in Sanskrit) His chest is a dam that stops the river of my patience. His face is a moon that withers the lotus flowers of My pious deeds. His arms are pillars in a yajïa to drive away My perpetual shyness. Alas! Friend, the crooked snake of His glance devours everything.

Text 46 (a)

kåñëaù: priye, tvan-mädhuryeëa mädhavaç ca jaòi-kåtya nirguëäm avasthäà nito 'yam.

priye-O beloved; tvat-your; mädhuryeëa-by the charm; mädhavaù-Lord Mädhava; ca-and; jaòi-kåtya-become stunned; nirguëäm-devoid of good qualities; avasthäm-state of being; nitaù-brought; ayam-He.

Kåñëa: Beloved, stunned by your sweetness, Kåñëa has also lost all His virtues.

Text 46 (b)

rädhikä: (äkäçe aïjalià baddhvä. sanskåtena) hanta bho baki-hantaù.

grhäntaù-khelantyo nija-sahaja-bälyasya balanäd

abhadraà bhadraà vä kim api hi na jänimahi manäk

vayaà netuà yuktäù katham açaraëäà käm api daçäà

kathaà vä nyäyyä te prathayitum udäsina-padavi

äkäçe-in the sky; aïjalim baddhvä-folding hands; sanskåtena-in Sanskrit; hanta-O; bhoù-You; baki-of Putana, the sister of Baka; hantaù-O killer; grha-antaù-khelantyaù-who were engaged in childish play within the house; nija-one's own; sahaja-simple; bälyasya-good; vä-or; kim api-what; hi-certainly; na-not; jänimahi-we did know; manäk-even slightly; vayam-we; netum-to lead; yuktäù-suitable; katham-how; açaraëäm-without surrender; käm api-such as this; daçäm-to the condition; katham-how; vä-or; nyäyyä-correct; te-of You; prathayitum-to manifest; udäsina-of carelessness; padavi-the position.

Rädhikä: (folds her hands in the direction of the sky) O Kåñëa, O killer of Putanä, I was engaged in My own playful activities in My home, and because of My childish innocence I did not know right from wrong. Therefore, is it good for You to have forced Us into being so much attracted to You and then to have neglected Us? Now You are indifferent to Us. Do You think that is right?*

Text 47 (b)

kåñëaù: priye, kaù khalu jijiviñur jivätu-bhutäyäà siddhauñadhi-latäyäm udäste.

priye-O beloved; kaù-who?; jijiviñuù-desiring to live; jivätu-of life; bhutäyäm-become; siddha-perfect; auñadhi-medicinal herb; latäyäm-creeper; udäste-remains unconcerned.

Kåñëa: Beloved, who, desiring to remain alive, will ignore the medicinal vine that will cure his ilness?

Text 47 (b)

rädhikä: (niùçvasya) halä, esä piä me ekä-ali tu-e appaëo kaëöhe dhäraëijjä. (iti kaëöhäd ekävalim uttäyati.)

niùçvasya-sighing; halä-O; esä-this; pi-ä-dear; me-to me; ekä-ali-necklace; tu-e-by you; appaëo-your; kaëöhe-on the neck; dhäraëijjä-should be worn; iti-thus; kaëöhät-from the neck; eka-ävalim-necklace; uttärayati-removes.

Rädhikä: (sighs) Friend, please wear my favorite necklace. (Rädhä removes the necklace from Her neck.)

Text 47 (c)

viçäkhä: (haöhän nivärya) halä, evvaà aëucciööhanti kiàti maà dahasi jaà lalidaà paòikkhi-a nirujjamamhi. (iti roditi).

haöhät-forcefully; nivärya-checking; halä-O; evvam-in this manner; aëuciööhanti-staying; kiàti-why?; mäm-me; dahasi-do you burn; jam-which; lalidam-Lalitä-gopi; paòikkhi-a-waiting; nirujjamamhi-I am inactive.

Viçäkhä: (forcibly stops Rädhä.) Ah! Why do you set me on fire in this way? I am only waiting for Lalitä. (Viçäkhä cries).

Text 47 (d)

rädhikä: (sanskåtena)

akäruëyaù kåñëo yadi mayi tavägaù katham idaà

mudhä mä rodir me kuru param imäm uttara-kåtim

tamälasya skandhe viihita-bhuja-vallarir iyaà

yathä våndäraëye ciram avicalä tiñöhati tanuù

akäruëyaù-very cruel; kåñëaù-Lord Kåñëa; yadi-if; mayi-unto Me; tava-your; ägaù-offense; katham-how; idam-this; mudhä-uselessly; mä rodiù-do not cry; me-for Me; kuru-do; param-but afterwards; imäm-this; uttara-kåtim-final act; tamälasya-of a tamäla tree; skandhe-the trunk; vinhita-fixed upon; bhuja-vallariù-arms like creepers; iyam-this; yathä-as far as possible; våndä-araëye-in the forest of Våndävana; ciram-forever; avicalä-without being disturbed; tiñöhati-remains; tanuù-the body.

Rädhikä: (in Sanskrit) My dear friend, if Kåñëa is unkind to Me, there will be no need for you to cry, for it will not be due to any fault of yours. I shall then have to die, but afterwards please do one thing for Me; to observe My funeral ceremony, place My body with its arms embracing a tamäla tree like creepers so that I may remain forever in Våndävana undisturbed. That is My request.*

Text 48 (a)

kåñëaù: (säsram) sakhe, dåñöänurägasya sädhiñöhatä.

sa-with; asram-tears; sakhe-O friend; dåñöä-seen; anurägasya-of the love; sädhiñöhatä-the great appropriateness.

Kåñëa: (weeping) Friend, see how great Her love is!

Text 48 (b)

rädhikä: (svagatam) tuvarävedi maà kävi ghaëukkaëöhä. (prakäçam) halä. suram acci-a kià pi abbhatthidukämämhi. tä jäva siëäëaà kadu-a ëivuttä bhave tumaà ettha pupphaà avaciëehi. (iti tirthäbhimukhaà dviträëi padähi gatvä punar ätmagatam.) hanta, so tilloka-mohaëo muha-cando puëo ma-e na diööho. (iti sotkaëöhaà nivåtya prakäçam.) halä, pasida pasida. daàsehi taà paòicchanda-am.

svagatam-aside; tuvarävedi-impells; mam-me; kävi-some; ghanutkaëöhä-intense longing; prakäçam-openly; halä-O; suram-the sun-god (Vivasvän); acci-a-having worshiped; kim pi-somewhat; abbhatthidukämämhi-I desire to request; tä-therefore; jäva-to what extent; siëäëam-bath; kadu-a-having performed; ëivuttä-dead; bhave-I may become; täva-to that extent; tumam-you; ettha-here; puppham-flowers; avaciëehi-gather; iti-thus; tirtha-the holy place; abhimukham-in the direction; dvi-träëi-two or three; padäni-steps; gatvä-having gone; punaù-again; ätma-gatam-say to herself; hanta-O; so-He; tilloka-the three worlds; mohaëo-enchanting; muha-face; cando-moon; puëo-again; ma-e-by me; ëa-not; diööho-seen; iti-thus; sa-with; utkaëöham-longing; nivåtya-having returned; prakäçam-she openly says; halä-O; pasida pasida-be merciful, be merciful; daàsehi-please show; tam-that; paòicchanda-am-picture.

Rädhikä: (aside) Passionate longings make Me go quickly. (openly) After worshiping the sun-god, there is one more thing I wish to ask: After I have gone, please pick a flower for each time I have bathed here. (She takes two or thre steps in the direction of the holy tirtha, and again speaks to Herself.) Alas, never again will I see Kåñëa, whose face is like the moon and who enchants the three worlds. (Full of longing, she returns and openly says:) Be kind. Be kind. Show Me His picture.

Text 48 (b)

viçäkhä: sahi, ëatthi attha citta-phala-am.

rädhikä: (savyatham) tado paëinäëeëa ëaà paccakhi-karissam. (iti dhyänaà naöayati).

sahi-O friend; ëatthi-it is not; ettha-here; citta-for a picture; phala-am-paper; sa-with; vyatham-alarm; tado-then; paëihäëeëa-by meditation; ëam-Him; paccakkhi-visible; karissam-I shall cause to become; iti-thus; dhyänam-meditation; naöayati-she represents dramatically.

Viçäkhä: Friend, there is no paper here to draw a picture.

Rädhikä: (anxious) Then I will make Him appear in My meditation. (Rädhä becomes rapt in meditation.)

Text 48 (c)

kåñëaù: sakhe, pitam apita-purvamaunmädakaà çrotra-mädhvikam. tad agrato gacchävaù.

(iti ubhau tatha kurutah.)

viçäkhä: (vilokya sänanddam sasambhramama.) diööhi-ä tujjha suha-jjhäëeëa phalidam. tä jhatti ugghäòehi lo-aëam.

(rädhikä dåçaà daronmilya camatkäraà naöayati.)

sakhe-O friend; pitam-drunk; apita-not drunk; purvam-before; unmädakam-intoxication; çrotra-for the ears; mädhvikam-nectar; tat-therefore; agrataù-in the presence; gacchävaù-we have come; iti-thus; ubhau-the two gopas (Kåñëa and Madhumaìgala); tathä-in that way; kurutaù-act; vilokya-having seen; sahi-O friend; diööhi-ä-by good fortune; tujjha-your; suha-pleasent; jjhänena-by the meditation; phalidam-becomes successful; ta-therefore; jhatti-immediately; udghäòehi-open; lo-aëam-eyes; rädhikä-Rädhä; dåçam-eyes; dara-slightly; unmilya-opens; camatkäram-amazement; ëaöayati-represents dramatically.

Kåñëa: Friend, My ears have just drunk a sweet nectar they have never drunk before. Let Us go before them. (They both do that.)

Viçäkhä: (Seeing Kåñëa and Madhumaìgala, she becomes joyful and says with great respect:) Friend, by destiny Your happy meditation has borne its fruit. Open your eyes at once!

(Rädhä slightly opens her eyes and becomes filled with wonder.)

Text 48 (d)

viçäkhä: (sanskåtena)

yad-arthaà saìkirëe patasi hata-kandarpa-kadane

måduà vä durväre jvalayasi tanuà prema-dahane

akhaëòenäpiòaà sakhi nava-çikhaëòena kalayan

viläsi so 'yaà te sphurati purato jivita-patiù

sanskåtena-in Sanskrit: yat-of whom; artham-for the benefit; saìkirne-extended; patasi-you are falling; hata-struck; kandarpa-of cupid; kadane-destruction; mådum-delicate; vä-or; durväre-unbearable; jvalayasi-you cause to burn; tanum-body; prema-of pure love of God; dahane-in the fire; akhaëòena-unbroken; äpiòam-decoration for the top of the head; sakhi-O friend; nava-fresh; çikhaëòena-with a peacock feather; kalayan-wearing; viläsi-playful (or splendid); saù ayam-this person; te-your; sphurati-is manifested; purataù-in the presence; jivita-of the life; patiù-the Lord.

Viçäkhä: The boy for whose sake You fell into the devastation of love and for whose sake You made Your delicate body burm in the flames of love, the boy who wears a new-peacock feather crown, the playful boy who is the master of Your life, now stands before You.

Text 49 (a)

rädhikä: ammahe siviëassa mähuri.

viçäkhä: avisaddhe, eso de apuvvo siviëo jo ëiddä-e viëä vi ëippaëo.

ammahe-O; siëivassa-of the dream; mähuri-the sweetness; avisaddhe-untrusting; esoh-He; de-your; apuvvo-unprecedented; siviëo-dream; jo-who; niddä-e-sleep; viëä-without; vi-even; ëippaëëo-appeared.

Rädhikä: Ah, how sweet this dream is.

Viçäkhä: O unbeliever, without sleeping You never dreamed like this before.

Text 49 (b)

kåñëaù:

asau dåg-bhaìgibhiù kusuma-çaram ängi-kåta-çaraà

såjanti dantindra-kramaëa-kamaniyälasa-gatiù

adure rambhorur iha vadana-bimbasya suñamä

samärambhäd ambhoruha-madhurimäëaà damayati

asau-this person; dåk-of the eyes; bhaìgibhiù-with the movements; kusuma-of flowers; çaram-arrow; aìgi-kåta-accepted; çaram-arrow; såjanti-causing to flee; danti-of elephants; indra-king; kramaëa-steps; kamaniya-graceful; älasa-slow; gatiù-gait; adure-not far away; rambha-uruù-beautiful gopi; iha-here; vadana-of the lips; bimbasya-of the bimba fruit; suçamä-great beauty; samärambhät-from the beginning; ambhoruha-of the lotus flowers; madhurimäëam-the charming beauty; damayati-conquers.

Kåñëa: Her eyes shooting flower-arrows glances, Her graceful motions like a graceful regal elephant's, Her bimba-fruit lips beautiful, and Her thighs banana trees, this girl defeats the sweetness of the lotus flowers.

Text 50 (a)

rädhikä: (kåñëe dåg-antaà nartayanti svagatam). sähu re hi-a-a, sädhu diööhi-ä muhuttaà vilambidam.

kåñëaù: (smitvä) dhurte viçäkhe, samantäh mågyamäëä diñöyä tvam atra dåñöäsi. yad adya bhavatyä rupa-sädåçyäd apäkima-guïjä-häreëa mäà pratärya durlabhä me raìgaëa-mälikäpanitä.

kåñëe-on Kåñëa; dåk-of the eyes; antam-corners; nartayanti-causing to dance; svagatam-speaking to herself; sähu-excellent; re-O; hi-a-a-O heart; sädhu-excellent; diööhi-ä-by good fortune; muhuttam-for a moment; vilambidam-delayed; smitvä-smiling; dhurte-O rascal; viçäkhike-O Viçäkhä; samantät-completely; mågyamäëä-sought; diñöyä-by good fortune; tvam-you; atra-here; dåñöä-seen; asi-are; yat-because; adya-today; bhavatyä-by you; rupa-of the form; sädåçyät-because of similarity; apäkima-unripe; guïjä-of guïjä; häreëa-with the garland; mäm-me; pratärya-having misled; dulabha-rare; me-my; raìgaëa-delightful; mälikä-garland; apanitä-taken away.

Rädhikä: (Her eyes dance on the form of Kåñëa, and she says to herself:) O My heart, excellent! Excellent! By good fortune this moment has come.

Kåñëa: (smiles) Rascal Viçäkhä, I looked everywhere for you. Now by good fortune I see you. A girl who looks like you bewildered Me and robbed Me of my rare raìgaëa garland and unripe guïjä-necklace.

Text 50 (b)

madhumaìgalaù: bho ëaà rähi-e kaëöhädo disantià appaëo raìgaëa-mäli-aà sa-aà jebba ä-aòi-a geëha.

kåñëaù: sakhe, jänatäpi bhavatä kim idam anyäyyam upanyastam. na khalu svapne 'pi mayä kämini-sparçaù smaryate.

bho-O; ëam-this; rähi-a-of Rädhä; kaëöhädo-from the neck; disantim-seen; appaëo-Your; raìgaëa-delightful; mäli-am-garland; sa-am-personally; jebba-certainly; ä-aòi-a-pulling; geëha-please take; sakhe-O friend; jänatä-knowing; api-although; bhavatä-by you; kim-what?: idam-this; anyäyyam-improper; uupanyastam-mentioned; na-not; khalu-indeed; svapne-in a dream; api-even; mayä-by me; kämini-of this beautiful and affectionate gopi; sparçaù-the touch; smaryate-is remembered.

Madhumaìgala: Ah! Take Your raìgaëa garland from Rädhä's neck. I see it there.

Kåñëa: Friend, you know all about this. Still, that was not very good advice. Even in a dream I cannot remember the touch of such a beautiful girl.

Text 50 (c)

rädhikä: (svagatam) imassa parihäso vi eso saàkidä-e mama sacco paòibhädi.

viçäkhä: (vihasya) ayi varäìgaëä-taraìgiëinäà mahä-sä-ara, ciööha ciööha. däëià vi imä-ià disanti tujjha aìgesu täëaà ciëhä-ià.

svagatam-aside; imassa-His; parihäso-jesting; vi-although; eso-this; sämkidä-e-suspicious; mama-of me; sacco-honest; padibhadi-is manifested; vihasya-laughing; ayi-O; vara-beautiful; aìgaëä-girls; taraìgiëinäm-rivers; mahä-great; sa-ara-O ocean; cittha cittha-stand, stand; däëim-now; vi-even; ima-im-these; disanti-are seen; tujjha-Your; aìgesu-on the limbs; täëam-their; ciëhä-im-marks.

Rädhikä: (aside) Although Kåñëa is jesting, I am fear He tells the truth about me.

Viçäkhä: (laughing) O O great ocean into which the rivers of many beautiful girls flow, stop! Stop! Even now I see the marks they left on Your body.

.fn 1

Text 50 (d)

äkåñöäni kaöäkña-bhaìgibhir alaà gopäìganänäà tvayä

raktäny atra manäàsi yähi nimiñonmuktäni neträëy api

täny etäni bhavän naväïjana-tano guïjävalinäà chalät

picchänäà ca sadä prasädhana-dhiyä sandhärayan nandasi

äkåñöani-attracted; katäkña-bhaìgibhiù-by roving sidelong glances; alam-greatly; gopa-aìgaëänäm-of the gopis; tvayä-by You; raktäni-affectionate; atra-here; manäàsi-minds; yäni-which; nimiça-from blinking; unmuktäni-refrained; neträòi-eyes; api-even; täni-they; etäni-these; bhavän-You; nava-fresh; aïjana-ointment; tano-body; guïjä-of guïjä; ävalinäm-of necklaces; chalät-on the pretext; picchänäm-of peacock feathers; ca-and; sadä-always; prasädhana-for decoration; dhiyä-with a mind; sandhärayan-holding; nandasi-You enjoy pastimes.

With waves of sidelong glances You attract the gopis' passionate hearts and unblinking eyes. O boy anointed with sandal paste, on the pretext of decorating Your body with peacock feathers and guïjä-necklaces, You attract the gopis and enjoy with them.

Text 51

kåñëaù: (saharñam ätmagatam)

pramada-rasa-taraìga-smera-gaëda-sthaläyäù

smara-dhanur anubandhi-bhru-latä-läsya-bhäjaù

mada-kala-cala-bhåìgi-bhränti-bhaìgià dadhäno

hådayam idam adäìkñit pakñmaläkñyäù kaöäkñaù

sa-with; harñam-joy; ätmagatam-to Himself; pramada-of joy; rasa-taraìga-by the continuos waves of the mellow; smera-mildly smiling; gaëòa-sthaläyäù-whose cheeks; smara-dhanuù-the bow of Cupid; anubandhi-related with; bhru-latä-of the arched eyebrows; läsya-dancing; bhäjaù-of one who has; mada-kala-intoxicated; cala-unsteady; bhåìgi-bhränti-the moving to and fro of bees; bhaìgim-the semblance of ; dadhänaù-giving; hådayam idam-this heart; adäìkñit-has bitten; pakñmala-possessing exquisite eyelashes; akñyäù-of whose two eyes; kaöa-akñaù-the glance.

Kåñëa: (Joyful, to Himself) When Srimati Rädhäräëi smiles, waves of joy overtake Her cheeks, and Her arched eyebrows dance like the bow of Cupid. Her glance is so enchanting that it is like a dancing bumblebee, moving unsteadily due to intoxication. That bee has bitten the whorl of My heart.*

Text 52 (a)

(nepathye)

ëattiëi visähe.

kåñëaù: katham akhäëòe jarä-päëòureyaà jaöilä.

(praviçya)

jaöilä: (puro dåñövä svagatam) kahaà ettha kaëho. (prakäçam) visähe, kiàti imä-ià dhu-a-gandha-ratta-candanä-im tu-e visumaridä-ià.

nepathye-offstage; ëattiëi-O granddaughter; visähe-O Viçäkhä; katham-why?; akhäëòe-unexpectedly; jarä-old; paëòurä-white; iyam-this; jaöilä-Jaöilä; praviçya-enters; puraù-ahead; dåñövä-having glanced; svagatam-speaking to herself; kaham-why?; ettha-here; kanho-Kåñëa; prakäçam-openly; visähe-O Viçäkhä; kiàti-why?; gandha-with the aroma; ratta-enhanced; candanä-im-sandalwood paste; tu-e-by you; visumaridä-im-forgotten.

Jaöilä: (offstage) Granddaughter Viçäkhä!

Kåñëa: Why has Jaöilä, pake with age, come so unexpectedly?

(Jaöilä enters).

Jaöilä: (looking ahead, she says to herself:) Why is Kåñëa here? (openly) Viçäkhä, why did you forget the incense, sandal paste, and fragrances?

Text 52 (b)

kåñëaù: (svagatam)

candrikäà candra-lekhäyäç

cakore pätum udyate

pidhänaà vidadhe hanta

çarad-ambhodarävali

(prakäçam) mätur mätuläëi, praëamämi.

svagatam-aside; candrikäm-moonlight; candra-lekhäyaù-of teh cresent moon; cakore-cakora bird; pätum-to drink; udyate-arisen; pidhänam-a covering; vidadhe-accepted; hanta-O; çarat-autumn; ambhodhara-of clouds; ävali-series; matuù-of the mother; mätuläëi-O maternal aunt; pranämämi-I offer respects.

Kåñëa: (aside) Just as the cakora bird is about to drink the moonlight, a mass of clouds covers the crescent moon. (openly) O wife of My mother's maternal uncle, I offer respects to you.

Text 53 (a)

jaöilä: mohaëa, valla-a-kiçori-ule avaìka-diööhi hohi.

madhumaìgalaù: (vihasya) bho dadhici-haòòa-kakkase, eso savvado udära-diööhi cce-a majjha pi-a-vaasso. tumaà kkhu ke-aracchi. tävappäëam äsaàsehi.

mohaëa-O enchanting boy; valla-a-of the cowherds; kiçori-of the young girls; ule-in the community; avaìka-uncrooked; diööhi-with a glance; hohi-please become; vihasya-laughing; bho-O; dadhici-of the sage Dadhici; haòòa-of the bones; kakkase-hard; eso-this; savvado-always; udära-noble; diööhi-glance; cce-a-indeed; majjha-my; pi-a-dear; vaasso-friend; tumam-you; kkhu-indeed; ke-aracchi-squinting eyes; tä-therefore; äppaëam-self; äsaàsehi-please bestow a benediction.

Jaöilä: Charming boy, don't look at the young gopis with such crooked eyes.

Madhumaìgala: (laughs) O lady hard like Indra's thunderbolt, my dear friend's glance is always kind and gentle. It is you whose eyes are squinting. Therefore you should grant a benediction to yourself, that your eyes may no longer squint.

Text 53 (b)

jaöilä: bho kiçori-bhu-aìga, kisa tumaà ä-adosi.

kåñëaù: ärye, lokottaränuräga-camatkäriëiyam sujavä-lakñmiù kaà vä näkarñati.

bho-O; kiçori-if the young girls; bhu-aìga-O lover; kisa-why?; tumam-you; a-adosi-have you arrived; arye-O noble gopi; lokottara-extraordinary; anuraga-redness (or lover); camatkarini-causing astonishment; iyam-she; sujavä-of beautiful roses; lakñmiù-splendor; kam-whom?; vä-or; na-not; akarñati-attracts.

Jaöilä: O snake chasing young girls, why have You come here?

Kåñëa: O noble lady, who would not be attracted by the wonderful beauty of these red roses?

Note: These ambiguous words may also be translated:

"O noble lady, who would not be attracted by Rädhä, who is beautiful like a rose, and whose love is very wonderful?"

Text 53 (c)

jaöilä: (svagatam) ëuëaà bhaavadi-e vijjä-pahäva-saàbhävidä imassa ettha uvasatti. (prakäçam) mohaëa, jhatti ido gacchehi.

kåñëaù: ayi jalpäki våddhe. kim ity äkuläsi. svacchandato gaccheyam.

svagatam-aside; ëuëam-at present; bhaavadi-e-by Mukharä; vijjä-of knowledge; panäva-by the stregnth; saàbhävidä-connected; imassa-of Him; ettha-here; uvasatti-contact; prakäçam-openly; mohaëa-O charming boy; jhatti-immediately; ido-from here; gacchehi-go; ayi-O; jalpäki-talkative; våddhe-O elderly gopi; kim iti-why; äkulä-agitated; äsi-you are; svacchandataù-independently; gaccheyam-I shall go.

Jaöilä: (aside) Noble Mukharä told me Kåñëa was here. (openly) Charming boy, please leave at once.

Kåñëa: O talkative old lady, why are you so agitated? I will go when I wish.

Text 53 (d)

jaöilä: (kuöilaà vilokya. sanskåtena)

nirdhautänäà nikhila-dharaëi-mädhuriëäà dhuriëä

kalyäëi me nivasati vadhuù paçya pärçve navoòhä

antar goñöhe caöula naöayann atra netra-tri-bhägaà

niùçaìkas tvaà bhramasi bhavitä näkulatvaà kuto me

kuöilam-crooked; vilokya-seeing; sanskåtena-in Sanskrit; nirdhautänäm-washed; nikhila-entire; dharaëi-of the earth; mädhuriëäm-of the sweetness; dhuriëä-carrying the burden; kalyäëi-auspicious; me-of me; nivasati-dwells; vadhuù-bride; paçya-look; pärçve-near; navoòhä-newly married; antaù-causing to dance; atra-here; netra-eyes; tri-three; bhägam-parts; niùçaìkaù-fearless; tvam-You; bhramasi-wander; bhavitä-caused to be; na-not; äkulatvam-anxiety; me-my; kutäh-why?; me-of me.

Jaöilä: (looks at Kåñëa with crooked eyes) Look, here, filled with all the charm and sweetness in the world, is my beautiful young daughter-in-law, and there, O mischievous boy with dancing eyes, are You by Her side. Why should I not be anxious?

Text 54 (a)

kåñëaù: måñäçaìkini våddhe, mä praläpaà kåthäù. yävad etäà te vadhum äkarëayaà tävan mänyäà bhävayämi.

jaöilä: visähe, kiàti etti-a vilambidäsi.

viçäkhä: (smitvä) ajje, ëaà dullalidaà kuraìgaà pekkhanti vimhidamhi.

måñä-äçaìkini-suspicious; våddhe-old gopi; mä-don't; praläpam-gossip; kåthäù-perform; yävat-to what extent; etäm-this; te-your; vadhum-sister-in-law; äkarëayam-have heard; tävat-to that extent; mänyäm-respectable; bhävayämi-I cause to become; visähe-O Viçäkhä; kiàti-why?; etti-a-in this way; vilambidäsi-are you loitering about; smitvä-smiling; ajje-O pious gopi; ëam-this; dullalidam-wayward; kuraìgam-I became amazed.

Kåñëa: Needlessly suspicious old lady, don't talk like that. By listening to your daughter-in-law, I have only made her more and more respectable.

Jaöilä: Viçäkhä, why are you here?

Viçäkhä: Noble lady, I saw a mischievous deer and became filled with wonder.

Note: Here the word "kuraìga" may mean either deer" or "rake". Viçäkhä's words may therefore also be translated:

"I saw a mischievous rake and became filled with wonder."

Text 54 (b)

(iti sadåñöi-kñepam).

akaruëa mukki-a caìgaà kuraìga pemmeëa saìgadaà hariëim

vihalaà kuddaëa-caòulo tumaà baëädo baëaà bhamasi

iti-thus; sa-with; dåñöi-of glance; ksepam-throwing; akaruëa-without mercy; mukki-a-having abandoned; caìgam-beautiful; kuraìga-O deer; pemmeëa-with love; saìgadam-suitable; hariëim-female deer; vihalam-useless; kuddaëa-in playfully leaping; caòulo-expert; tumam-you; baëädo-from forest; baëam-to forest; bhamasi-wander.

(Glances at a deer) O merciless deer, abandoning your beautiful mate, who loved you and stayed by your side, you now aimlessly wonder, leaping and playing, from forest to forest.

Note: These ambiguous words may also be translated:

"O merciless rake, abandoning your beautiful mate, who loved you and stayed by your side, you now aimlessly wonder, leaping and playing, from forest to forest."

Text 55 (a)

jaöilä: a-i atthäëa-duggahe, muïca kuraìga-koduhalam.

madhumaìgalaù: pi-a-vaassa, pekkha. eso satiëëo vi kiraju-äëo ëaà mahuraà däòimià ëa paòipajja-i.

a-i-O; atthäëa-innapropriate; duggahe-whim; muïca-abandon; kuraìga-deer; koduhalam-infatuation; pi-a-dear; vaassa-O friend; pekkha-look; eso-he; satiëëo-thirsty; vi-although; kira-parrot; ju-äëo-young; ëaà-this; mahuram-sweet; däòimim-pomegranate; na-not; paòipajja-i-accepts.

Jaöilä: Foolish whimsical girl, give up this infatuation with a deer.

Madhumaìgala: Dear friend, look! A thirsty young parrot will not touch that sweet pomegranate fruit.

Text 55 (b)

kåñëaù: (smitvä)

hådi täòito 'pi däòimi

sumanorägeëa te rucià vahatä

paktrima-rasäsi kià vä

neti çukaù çaìkayodäste

smitvä-having smiled; hådi-in the heart; täòitaù-struck; api-although; däòimi-O pomegranate; su-manorägeëa-with great love; te-your; rucim-beauty; vahatä-carrying; paktrima-matured; rasä-nectar (or love; asi-you are; kim vä-whether?; na-not; iti-thus; çukaù-parrot; çaìkayä-with apprehension; udäste-remains indifferent and aloof.

Kåñëa: (smiling) O pomegranate fruit, this parrot, his heart struck by your beautiful redness, wonders, "Is this fruit ripe, or not?" That is why he stands aloof.

Note: In his commentary, Srila Viçvanätha Cakravarti explains that Kåñëa here compares Himself to the parrot and Rädhä to the pomegranate. Kåñëa wonders whether Sri Rädhä's ecstatic love is now ripe.

Text 56 (a)

(viçäkhä sadåg-bhaìgaà rädhikäm avalokate.)

rädhikä: (svagatam) hi-a-a, samassasa samassasa. (iti sakhedam apavärya. sanskåtena.)

pitaà na väg-amåtam atra harer açaìkaà

nyastaà mayäsya vadane na dåg-aïcalaà ca

ramye ciräd avasare sakhi labdha-mätre

hä durvidhir virurudhe jarati-cchalena

viçäkhä-Viçäkhä; sa-with; dåk-of the eyes; bhaìgam-movement; rädhikäm-Rädhä; avalokate-glances; svagatam-aside; hi-a-a-O heart; samassasa samassasa-be comforted, be comforted; iti-thus; sa-with; khedam-distress; apavärya-withdrawing; sanskåtena-in Sanskrit; pitam-drunk; na-not; väk-of the words; amåtam-nectar; atra-here; hareù-of the Supreme Personality of Godhead; açaìkam-without doubt; nyastam-placed; mayä-by me; asya-His; vadane-on the face; na-not; dåk-of the eyes; aïcalam-corner; ca-and; ramye-delightful; cirät-for a long time; avasare-opportunity; sakhi-O friend; labdha-attained; mätre-only; hä-O; durvidhiù-wicked fate; virurudhe-opposed; jarati-of the old woman; chalena-by the pretext.

(Viçäkhä casts a crooked glance at Rädhä.)

Rädhä: (aside) O heart, be still. Be still. (She secretly laments in Sanskrit) I have not yet drunk the nectar of Kåñëa's words, and I have not yet glanced at His face from the corners of My eyes. O My friend, after a long time I finally have this chance to enjoy pastimes with Kåñëa. But now, alas, wicked fate, using this old lady as its tool, stands in My way.

Text 56 (b)

jaöilä: (svagatam) amhahe kaëha-diööhiëo mähambhaà. jaà vahu-e so uvasaggo taha ëatthi. (prakäçam) visähe pekkha. adikkamadi majjhaëho. tä turidaà sura-maëòavaà pavissamha.

svagatam-aside; amhahe-O; kaëha-of Kåñëa; diööhiëo-of the sight; mähambham-glorification; jam-because; vahu-e-of the bride; so-He; uvasaggo-calamity; taha-in this way; ëatthi-is not; prakäçam-openly; visähe-O Viçäkhä; pekkha-look; adikkamadi-passes away; majjhanho-mid-day; ta-therefore; turidam-quickly; sura-of the sun-god; maëòavam-the temple; pavisamha-let us enter; iti-thus; tisraù-the three gopis; niçkräntäù-exit.

Jaöilä: (aside) How glorious is the sight of Kåñëa! It is not a calamity that my daughter-in-law is in Kåñëa's company. (openly) Viçäkhä, look! The afternoon is ending. Let us hurry to the sun-god's temple.

(The three gopis exit.)

Text 56 (c)

kåñëaù: sakhe, kaumudiyaà paurëamäsim anuvartate. tad ehi täm eva pratipadyevahi.

(iti niñkräntau.)

sakhe-O friend; kaumudi-moonlight; iyam-this; paurëamäsim-the full moon (Paurëamäsi); anuvarta-follows; tat-therefore; ehi-come here; täm-to her (Paurëamäsi): eva-indeed; pratipadyevahi-let us go; iti-thus; niñkräntau-They exit.

Kåñëa: Friend, this girl is like moonlight that follows the full moon of Paurëamäsi. Let us go to Paurëamäsi.

(Kåñëa and Madhumaìgala exit).

Thus ends Act Two.

# Sri Vidagdha-Madhava

Clever Krsna #

Act Three

Rädhä-saìga

The Meeting With Rädhä

Text 1 (a)

(tataù praviçati lalitayänugamyamänä paurëamäsi).

Paurëamäsi: vatse, nunaà mattas trapamäëo näbhinandati nanda-kumäras te sakhi-saìgamam.

Lalitä: bha-avadi, dubbohaà kkhu lo-ottaräëäà cittaà ëa jhatti vi-asadi.

Paurëamäsi: (puro 'valokya) vatse, paçya kadamba-väöikäyäà madhumaìgalena särdhaà samaìgalaà vardhate madhu-mardhanaù.

tataù-then; praviçati-enters; lalitayä-by Lalitä; anugamyamähä-followed; paurëamäsi-Paurëamäsi; vatse-O child; nunam-now; mattaù-because of me; trapamänaù-embarrassed; na-not; abhinandati-approves; nanda-of Nanda Mahäräja; kumäraù-the son (Kåñëa); te-your; sakhi-of the friend (Rädhä); saìgamam-meeting; bhaavadi-O noble gopi; dubboham-difficult to understand; kkhu-indeed; lo-ottaräëäm-of those who are very exalted; cittam-the mind; ëa-not; jatti-immediately; vi-asadi-is manifested; puraù-ahead; avalokya-looking; vatse-O child; paçya-look; kadamba-of kadamba trees; väöikäyäm-in this garden; madhumaìgalena-with Madhumaìgala; särdham-increases; madhu-of the Madhu demon; mardhanaù-the crusher (Sri Kåñëa).

(Followed by Lalitä, Paurëamäsi enters).

Paurëamäsi: Child, it is because of me that embarrassed Kåñëa does not welcome your friend's company.

Lalitä: Noble lady, the inscrutable hearts of great souls are not at once revealed.

Paurëamäsi: (looking ahead) Child, look. There in that kadamba grove Kåñëa is very happy with Madhumaìgala.

Text 1 (b)

(punar nirupya).

paräàåñöäìguñöha-trayam asita-ratnair ubhayato

vahanti saìkirëau maëibhir arunais tat parisarau

tayor madhye hirojjvala-vimala-jämbunada-mayi

kare kalyäëiyaà viharati hareù keli-murali

punaù-again; nirupya-glancing; parämåñöä-measured; anguñöha-trayam-a length of three fingers; asita-ratnaiù-with valuable indra-nila jewels; ubhayätaù-from both ends; vahanti-having; saìkirnau-bedecked; manibhiù-by gems; aruëaih-rubies; tat-parisarau-the two ends of the flute; tayoù madhye-betweeen them; hira-with diamonds; ujjvala-blazing; vimala-pure; jämbunada-mayi-covered with gold plate; kare-in the hand; kalyäni-very auspicious; iyam-this; viharati-glitters; hareù-of Kåñëa; keli-murali-the pastime flute.

(Looking at Kåñëa again)

The flute of Kåñëa's pastimes measures three fingers in length, and it is bedecked with indra-nila gems. At the ends of the flute are aruëa gems (rubies), glitering beautifully, and in between the flute is plated with gold, set ablaze by diamonds. This auspicious flute, pleasing to Kåñëa, is glittering in His hand with transcendental brilliance.*

Text 2

(tataù praviçati yathä-nirdiñöaù kåñëaù).

kåñëaù: (sänutäpam)

trapayä nitaräà paräù-mukhi

sahasä smera-sakhi-dhåtäïcalä

gamitädya haöena rädhikä

na kathaà hanta mayä bhujäntaram

tataù-then; praviçati-enters; yathä-nirdiñöaù-as indicated; kåñëaù-Kåñëa; sa-with; anutäpam-regret; trapayä-with embarrassment; nitaräm-completely; paräk-turned away; mukhi-face; sahasä-suddenly; smera-smiling; sakhi-by the friend; dhåta-held; aïcalä-corner of the garment; gamitä-attained; adya-today; haöena-by force; rädhikä-Rädhä; na-not; katham-how is it?; hanta-O; mayä-by me; bhuja-the arms; antaram-between.

(As described, Kåñëa enters.)

Kåñëa: (regretful) The edge of Her garment held by a smiling friend, embarrassed Rädhä is now averse to Me. Alas, will Rädhä never be tightly held in My arms?

Text 3 (a)

(niùçvasya) sakhe madhumaìgala, khaïjariöa-dåñäù sä viläsa-maïjari corayati me citta-caïcarikam.

niùçvasya-sighs; sakhe-O friend; madhumaìgala-O Madhumaëala; khaïjariöa-like the khaïjariöa bird; dåñäù-eyes; sä-she; viläsa-of pastimes; maïjari-blossom; corayati-steals away; me-my; citta-of the heart (or mind); caïcarikam-bumble-bee.

(sighs) Friend Madhumaìgala, the blossoming flower of khaïjana-eyed Rädhä's pastimes has kidnapped the bumblebee of My heart.

Text 3 (b)

(ity autsukyaà näöayan).

chinnaù priyo maëi-saraù sakhi mauktikäni

våttäny ahaà vicinuyäm iti kaitavena

mugdhäà vivåtya mayi hanta dåg-anta-bhaìgià

rädhä guror api puraù praëayäd vyatänit

iti-thus; autsukyam-longing; näöayan-represents dramatically; chinnaù-broken; priyaù-dear; maëi-saraù-necklace of jewels; sakhi-O friend; mauktikäni-pearls; våttäni-round; aham-I; vicinuyäm-I should search for; iti-thus; kaitavena-by the trick; mugdhäm-charming; vivåtya-having revealed; mayi-to Me; hanta-O; dåk-of the eyes; anta-of the corners; bhaìgim-movement; rädhä-Rädhä; guroù-of her superiors; api-even; puraù-in the presence; praëayät-because of love; vyatänit-manifested.

(With longing) Rädhä once said the following words: "O friend, my favorite pearl necklace has broken, and now I must search for the scattered pearls". Using this trick, she affectionately glanced at Me from the corner of her charmingly bewildered beautiful eyes, even in the presence of her elders.

Text 4

Paurëamäsi: (durata eva kåñëaà nirvarëya. säçankam).

akñëor dvandvaà prasarati darodghurëa-täraà muräreù

çväsäù kÿptäà kila vicakilair mälikäà mläpayanti

keyaà dhanyä vasati ramaëi gokule kñipram etäà

nitas tivräm ayam api yayä käm api dhyäna-niñöhäm

durataù-from a distance; eva-indeed; kåñëam-Kåñëa; nirvarëya-describes and looks; sa-with; äçäìkam-apprehension; akñëoù-of the eyes; dvandvam-pair; prasarati-move; dara-slight; udghurëa-moving about; täram-radiant; muräreù-of Kåñëa, (the enemy of the Mura demon); çväsäù-sights; klptäm-fashioned; kila-indeed; vicakilaiù-with vicakila flowers; mälikäm-garland; mläpayanti-causes to wither; kä-who?; iyam-this; dhanyä-fortunate; vasati-resides; ramaëi-beautiful girl; gokule-in Gokula; kñipram-quickly; etäm-to her; nitaù-brought; tivram-intense; ayam-this; api-even; yayä-by whom; käm api-to someone; dhyäna-to meditation; niñöhäm-devoted.

Paurëamäsi: (Sees Kåñëa from a distance, and says apprehensively) Kåñëa's agitated eyes move to an fro, and His sighs wilt His jasmine garland. Who is the fortunate beautiful girl that makes Him always think of Her?

Text 5 (a)

athavä kåtäm sandehena. vatsäù rädhikaiva khalv atra käraëam

Kåñëaù: (Paurëamäsi paçyann upasåtya.) bhagavati, praëamämi.

Paurëamäsi: nägara, gopi-stana-taöiñv alampaöi-bhava.

athavä-perhaps; kåtam-performed; sandehena-with doubt; vatsäù-O children; rädhikä-Rädhä; khalu-certainly; atra-here; käraëam-is the cause; paurëamäsi-Paurëamäsi; paçyan-seeing; upasåtya-approaching; bhagavati-O respected woman; praëamämi-I offer obeisances; nägara-O handsome boy; gopi-of the gopis; stana-of the breasts; taöiñu-on the surface; alampaöi-bhava-please become pure at heart.

How can there be any doubt? Children, Rädhä is the cause of this.

Kåñëa: (seeing Paurëamäsi, He approaches.) Noble lady, I offer respects to you.

Paurëamäsi: Lover, I bless You that You will not lust after the gopis' breasts.

Note: If Paurëamäsi's ambiguous statment alampaöi-bhava" is divided "alaà paöi-bhava", it means "I bless You that You will become like a bodice tightly embracing the gopis' breasts".

Text 5 (b)

Kåñëaù: (kiïcid vihasya) kåtaà piñöa-peñiëibhir äçirbhir yad aham eva gopiti prasiddhäà çyämäà vallim api na pähi-pallavena spåçämi.

Madhumaìgala: (vihasya) bhoù, kià amhäëaà säma-e, guari jjevva maggijja-i.

kiïcit-somewhat; vihasya-laughing; kåtam-enought; piñöa-peñiëibhiù-fruitless; äçirbhiù-with benedictions; yat-what; aham-I; eva-indeed; gopi-gopi; iti-thus; prasiddhäm-celebrated; çyämäm-dark coloured; vallim-creeper; api-even; na-not; päëi-of the hand; pallavena-with the blossom; spåçämi-I touch; vihasya-laughing; bhoù-O; kim-what is the use?; amhäëam-for us; säma-e-with this dark colored creeper; gauri-golden; jjevva-indeed; maggijja-i-is sought.

Kåñëa: (slightly laughing) Please don't give Me these useless benedictions. With the budding twig of My hand I have not even so much as touched the dark vine that is this famous gopi.

Madhumaìgala: (laughing) Master, we are looking for a golden vine. What is a dark vine to Us?

Text 5 (c)

Paurëamäsi: (sa-narma-smitam)

gopeçvarasya tanayo 'si nayopapannaù

khyätas tathä vraja-kule bhujayor balena

lilä-çatais tad api kià kulayoñitas tvam

unmädam udvahasi mädhava rädhikäyäù

sa-with; narma-joking; smitam-smile; gopa-of the cowherd men; içvarasya-of the king; tanayaù-the son; asi-You are; naya-good behaviour; upapannaù-attained; khyätaù-in the community; bhujayoù-of the two arms; balena-by the strength; lilä-of pastimes; çataiù-by hundreds; tad api-nevertheless; kim-why?; kula-pious; yoñitaù-of the girl; tvam-You; unmädam-greatly agitated condition; udvahasi-You bring; mädhava-O Mädhava; rädhikäyäù-of Rädhä.

Paurëamäsi: (with a playful, joking smile) Kåñëa, You are the saintly son of the gopas' king, and Your hundreds of pastimes and the power of Your arms are all well known in Vraja. Why do You trouble this saintly girl Rädhä?

Text 6

Madhumaìgalaù: a-i vivarida-vädiëi buòòhi-e, ciööha ciööha.

tujjha rähi-ä-e jjebba eso amha pi-a-vaasso ummädi-o

jaà sehara-siìga-vettä-i däëià kahià vibhaööä-ià ti ëa jäëädi

a-i-O; vivarida-harsh; vädiëi-speaking words; buòòhi-e-O old woman; ciööha ciööha-wait, wait; tujjha-your; rähi-ä-e-by Rädhä; jjebba-indeed; esaù-He; amha-our; pi-a-dear; vaassaù-friend; ummädi-aù-is agitated; jam-because of which; sehara-crown; siìga-buffalo horn bugle; vettä-i-and stick; däëim-at present; kahim-where?; vibhaööä-im-fallen; ti-thus; ëa-not; jäëädi-He knows.

Madhumaìgala: Contrary old lady, stop! Stop! It is my dear friend is troubled by your Rädhä, so troubled that He does not know where He lost His crown, buffalo horn, stick, and other things.

Text 7 (a)

Kåñëaù: (salajjam) ärye, väcäöo 'yaà baöur måñä jalpati. kintu niçcitaà te vyäharämi. na täsu mac-citta-rägas tvad-gopiñu. tad atra tattvataù påccyataà ayam.

sa-with; lajjam-embarrassment; ärye-O pious woman; väcäöaù-talkative; ayam-this; baöuù-boy; måñä-falsely; jalpati-speaks; kintu-but; niçcitam-conclusion; te-your; vyäharämi-I describe; na-not; täsu-towards them; mat-My; citta-mind; rägaù-love; tvat-your; gopiñu-gopis; tat-that; atra-here; tattvataù-in truth; påccyatäm-should be asked; ayam-this.

Kåñëa: (embarrassed) Noble lady, this talkative boy is lying. I will tell you the truth. My heart does not love your gopis. Ask Madhumaìgala.

Text 7 (b)

Madhumaìgalaù: ajje saccaà saccam. amha-p-ia-vaassa-hi-a-assa ajjavi rä-o tumha-go-i-äëaà aìgesu ëa ma-e diööhotthi. patthuda täëaà aìgarä-o jjebba imassa hi-aye disa-i.

ajje-O pious Paurëamäsi; saccam saccam-this is true, this is true; amha-our; pi-a-dear; vaassa-of the friend; hi-a-assa-of the heart; ajjavi-even now; rä-aù-love; tumha-your; go-i-ä-ëam-of the gopis; aìgesu-for the forms; na-not; ma-e-on the contrary; täëam-of them; aìgarä-aù-cosmetics; jjebba-certainly; jjebba-certainly; imassa-His; hi-aye-in the heart; disa-i-is seen.

Madhumaìgala: Noble lady, it's true! It's true! I never saw Your gopis' limbs anointed with kuìkuma from over My dear friend's heart. On the contrary, it is the gopis' kuìkuma that is placed over His heart.

Note: Here Kåñëa says, "The love (räga) of My heart (citta) does not rest in the gopis". Interpreting the word räga" to mean "kuìkuma", Madhumaìgala affirms that the kuìkuma (räga) from over Kåñëa's heart never rests on the gopis' bodies.

Text 7 (c)

Kåñëaù: (sa-praëaya-roñam) dhië murkha, viçrabhäd ädåto 'pi jimhatäà na jahäsi.

sa-with; praëaya-affection; roñam-anger; dhik-fie; murkha-because of intimacy; ädåtaù-worshiped; api-although; jimhatäm-dishonestly; na-not; jahäsi-you abandon.

Kåñëa: (affectionately angry) Fool, you are pathetic! Though you are My close friend, you will not stop lying.

Text 7 (d)

Paurëamäsi: satyam äha baöuù. tathä hi.

kämaà sad-guëa-maëòaläçrayatayä tanavan mahiñöhäà rucià

vaicitri-bhara-bhäk sadä çubha-daçä-çreëi-çriyäm äspadam

vaàçi-huìkåti-lilayä çithilatäm eëi dåçäà niyate

väsaù kaàsa-niñudanädya bhavatä deheñu geheñv api

satyam-the truth; äha-spoke; baöuù-the boy; tathä hi-for thus it has been said; kämam-voluntarily; sat-transcendental; guëa-qualities; maëòala-of the multitude; açrayatayä-by the state of being the reservoir; tanvan-extending; mahiñöhäm-of the abundance; bhäk-possessing; sadä-always; çubha-of the beauty; äspadam-abode; vaàçi-of the flute; huìkåti-of the sound; liläyä-by the pastime; çithilatäm-the state of being loose; eëi-deer; dåçäm-eyes; niyate-led to; väsaù-garment; kaàsa-of Kaàsa; nisudana-O killer; adya-now; bhavatä-by You; deheçu-on the bodies; geheçu-in the homes; api-even.

Paurëamäsi: The boy tells the truth. You are full of splendor and greatness. You are the resting place of the circle of spiritual virtues. You are full of all wonders. You are the home of all auspiciousness and all splendid handsomeness. O Kåñëa, when You play the flute, Your music loosens the garments of the doe-eyed gopis, even while they stay in their homes.

Text 8 (a)

Madhumaìgalaù: ajje kià vi jäëäsi jaà vaàsi-huàkidi-lilä-etti bhaëäsi. diööham tahià di-ahe kaëëa-änaà tiraöhöhi-dä-ià mabarä-ià appaëo hattheëa ukkhivi-a imiëä kkhandhe ëikkhittä-ià.

ajje-O pious woman; kim vi-much more; jäëäsi-you know; jam-which; vaàsi-of the flute; huàkidi-of the sound; lilä-pastimes; etti-thus; bhaëasi-you describe; diööham-seen; tahim-in this; di-ahe-day; kaëëa-äëam-of the young girls; tira-on the shore; öhöhi-dä-im-situated; ambarä-im-garments; appaëaù-of the self; hattheëa-with the hand; ukkhivi-a-having thrown; imiëä-by this; kkhande-on the shoulders; ëikkhittä-im-placed.

Madhumaìgala: Noble lady, you have only told af His flute-playing pastimes. He did many other things you don't know. This very day I saw Him take from the Yamunä's shore and with His own hand throw over His shoulder the garments of many girls.

Text 8 (b)

Kåñëaù: (sa-bhru-bhaìgam baöum ävärya). ärye, nuìkäräd api tathä-bhäväd bhavad-gopinäm abhivyaktaù sädhvi-bhäva-prabhävaù.

sa-with; bhru-of the eyebrows; bhaìgam-knitting; baöum-the boy (Madhumaìgala); ävärya-warding off; ärye-O pious woman; huìkärät-from the sound; api-even; tathä-bhävät-of this nature; bhavat-your; gopinäm-of the gopis; abhivyaktaù-manifest; sädhvi-pious; bhäva-nature; prabhävaù-glory.

Kåñëa: (Knitting His eyebrows, He checks Madhumaìgala.) Noble lady, even though the sound of My flute is charming like that, your gopis remain gloriously chaste.

Text 8 (c)

Lalitä: (sanskåtena)

kenäpi dhurta-patinä khalu çikñito 'si

mantraà vaçi-karaëa-käraëam auñadhaà vä

puëyojjvaläny akhila-gopa-viläsininäà

yena tvayä gåha-sukhäni viluëöhitäni

sanskåtena-in Sanskrit; kena api-by ; dhurta-of rascals; patinä-the king; khalu-indeed; sikñitaù-instructed; asi-you are; mantram-mantra; vaçi-karaëa-of bewitching; käraëam-the cause; auñadham-herb; vä-or; puëya-pure; ujjvaläni-glorious; akhila-of all; gopa-of the cowherd men; viläsininäm-of the beautiful wives; yena-by which; tvayä-by You; gåha-of the household; sukhäni-happiness; viluëöhitäni-is destroyed.

Lalitä: (in Sanskrit) Some king of rogues must have given You a mantra or a potion that brings others under Your control. That is how You broke into pieces the sacred, splendid household happiness of the gopas' playful wives.

Text 9 (a)

Madhumaìgalaù: saccaà kahedi lalidä. aëëadhä mantädim antareëa pavvaduttuìgä mahä-däëa-ä ëavindivaräd ovi somma-si-ala-pa-idiëa kadhaà imiëä saàharijjanti.

saccam-the truth; kahedi-speaks; lalidä-Lalitä; aëëadha-otherwise; mantädim-of mantras etc.; mantareëa-in relation; pavvaduttuìgä-lofty mountains; mahä-great; däëa-ä-demons; navindivarät-than a fresh lotus flower; ovi-even; somma-gantle; si-ala-and cooling; pa-idiëä-with the nature; kadham-how is it?; imiëä-by this; saàharijjanti-become ashamed.

Madhumaìgala: Lalitä speaks the truth. Without the ability to chant powerful mantras, how could Kåñëa, by nature more mild and cooling than a fresh lotus flower, embarrass so many demons tall like great mountains?

Text 9 (b)

Lalitä: ajja, jassa sumaranaà vi tathä santävanaà taà edaà appano vaassam mä kkhu si-alam bhana.

ajja-O pious boy; jassa-of whom; suamranam-the rememberance; vi-even; tathä-in the same way; santävanam-distressing; tam-Him; edam-this; äppanaù-of the self; vaassam-the friend; mä-don't; kkhu-indeed; si-alam-cooling; bhana-describe.

Lalitä: O gentle one, remembering Him makes us burn like fire. Please don't tell us how cooling your friend is.

Text 9 (c)

Madhumaìgalaù: bho vaassa, pa-idi-si-alo vi tumäm go-i-ahià unhotti bhanijjasi. ta ppaàsi-a jänissam. (iti krsna-vakñasi hastaà nyasya sasaàbhramam.) aho, saccaà jjevva kahedi lalidä. (ksaëaà vimåçya). lalide, viëëädaà viëëädam. tu-a rä-a cce-a ëuëaà uëëä jä-e hi-a-vaööhiëi-e canda-kodi-si-alo vi esa unni-kido.

bhaù-O; vaassa-friend; pa-idi-of the nature; si-alaù-coolness; vi-although; tumam-You; go-i-ahim-by the gopis; unhaù-hot; tti-thus; bhanijjasi-are described; ta-therefore; ppaàsi-a-having touched; jänissam-I will understand; iti-thus; kåñëa-of Kåñëa; vakñasi-on the chest; hastam-hand; nyasya-having placed; sa-with; saàbhramam-respect; ahaù-O; saccam-the truth; jjevva-certainly; kahedi-speaks; lalidä-Lalitä; kñanam-for a moment; vimrsya-reflects; lalide-O Lalitä; vinnädaà vinnädam-it is understood, it is understood; tu-a-Your; rä-a-Rädhä; cce-a-indeed; nunam-at present; unnä-hot; jä-e-by whom; hi-a-a-of the heart; vaööhini-e-staying; canda-moons; vi-although; eça-He; unni-kidaù-made cool.

Madhumangala: Friend, although You are cooling, the gopis say You are very hot. By touching You, I will see is this is true. (Madhumaìgala respectfully places his hand on Kåñëa's chest). Aha! Lalitä speaks the truth. (Madhumaìgala reflects for a moment). Lalitä, I understand. I understand. Your Rädhä is hot. Entering His heart, She has has made Kåñëa, who is more cooling as millions of moons, hot also.

Text 9 (d)

Lalitä: ajja, ettha rä-a-paööa-patthara-hi-a-e tä-e duranta-pemma-saukumajjahadä-e maha-sahi-e kudo paveso sambhävi-adi.

ajja-O pious boy; ettha-here; rä-a-paööa-diamond; patthara-jewel; hi-a-e-in the heart; tä-e-of Her; duranta-unlimited; pemma-pure love; saukumajja-delicateness; hadä-e-injured; maha-sahi-e-of my friend; kudaù-why?; pavesaù-entrance; saàbhävi-is effected.

Lalitä: Saintly brähmaëa, how could my friend, Her delicate nature overwhelmed with limitless lov, enter Your friend's heart, which is hard like diamond?

Text 9 (e)

Madhumaìgalaù: (saroñam) cavale, amha-vaasso tado vi tumha-sahido nibbharaà sineha-komalo jaà eso vaïcida-nindo jo-indo vi-a ekkagga-citto ëaà jjevva savvadä cinte-i.

sa-with; roñam-anger; cavale-O fickle girl; amha-my; vaassaù-friend; tadaù-therefore; vi-although; tumha-your; sahidaù-from the gopi-friend; nibbharam-great; sineha-love; komalaù-delicate and beautiful; jam-because; esaù-He; vaïcida-cheated; nindaù-sleep; jo-indaù-a king of yogis; vi-a-like; ekkagga-with single-pointed concentration; cittaù-mind; ëam-of her; jjevva-indeed; savvadaù-constantly; cinte-i-thinks.

Madhumaìgalaù: (angry) Fickle girl, my friend is overcome with love for your friend. Cheating sleep, like the king of yogis He always meditates on Her.

Text 9 (f)

Kåñëaù: (säpatrapam) dhig bäliça, kåtam alikena narma-puïjena.

Lalitä: (svagatam) diööhi-ä vaòòhadi pi-a-sahi.

Paurëamäsi: sundara, viçrämyatu narma-mudrä. äkarnaya mad-vivakñitam.

sa-with; apatrapam-turning away the face with embarrassment; dhik-fie; bäliça-O fool; kåtam-enough; alikena-with this lie; narma-of joking; puïjena-with an abundance; svagatam-aside; diööhi-ä-by good fortune; vaòòhadi-congratulated; pi-a-dear; sahi-friend; sundara-O beautiful boy; viçramyatu-should rest; narma-of joking; mudrä-mark; äkarnaya-please hear; mat-my; vivakñitam-what is desired to be said.

Kåñëa: (Turning His face away with embarrassment) Fool, stop these lying jokes.

Lalitä: (aside) My dear friend is fortunate.

Paurëamäsi: Handsome boy, stop these jokes. Hear what I say.

Text 9 (g)

hitvä dure pathi dhava-taror antikaà dharma-setor

bhaìgodagrä guru-çikhariëam raàhasä laìghayanti

lebhe-kåñëärëava nava-rasä rädhikä-vähini tväà

väg-vicibhiù kim iva vimukhi-bhävam asyäs tanoñi

hitvä-giving up; dure-far away; pathi-on the road; dhava-taroù-of the tree of the husband; antikam-the vicinity; dharma-setoù-teh bridge of religion; the superior relatives; raàhasä-with great force; laìghayanti-crossing over; lebhe-has obtained; kåñëa-arëava-O ocean of Kåñëa; nava-raça-being influenced by new ecstatic love; rädhikä-Srimati Rädhäräëi; vähini-like a river; tväm-You; väk-vicibhiù-only by the waves of words; kim-how; iva-like this; vimukhi-bhävam-indifference; asyäù-toward Her; tanoñi-You are spreading.

O Lord Kåñëa, You are just like an ocean. The river of Srimati Rädhäräëi has reached You from a long distance, leaving far behind the tree of Her husband, breaking through the bridge of social convention, and forcibly crossing the hills of elder relatives. Coming here because of fresh feelings of love for You, that river has now received Your shelter, but now You are trying to turn Her back by the waves of unfavorable words. How is it that You are spreading this attitude?*

Text 10 (a)

Madhumaìgalaù: a-i çuddha-buddhi-e ajjavi edaà cce-a pucchasi. pekkha ku-ataëaà hada-kokilaëaà vittasaëatthaà ma-e edaà puppha-kodaëòam ëimmidam.

a-i-O; çuddha-pure; buddhi-e-with intelligence; ajjavi-even now; edam-this; cce-a-indeed; pucchasi-you ask; pekkha-just see; ku-ataëam-cooing; hada-useless; kokilaëam-of cuckoos; vittasaëattham-for the purpose of frightening; ma-e-by me; edam-this; puppha-of flowers; kodaëòam-bow; ëimmidam-constructed.

Madhumaìgala: O Paurëamäsi, your intelligence is pure. Why do you ask such a question? Look! I have made a bow of flowers to frighten away those horrible cuckoo birds.

Text 10 (b)

Paurëamäsi: candränana, säpi vatsä.

älinäà pratihära-rodhana-vidhau vikñya prayathävalià

bälä pratihära-mädhavi-parimala-sphurtir bhayäd vepate

kiïcälokya sudhäàçu-känta-salila-spandäh alinde kñaëäd

eëäìkodaya-çaìkini vikalatäm ätanvati murcchati

candra-moon; anana-face; sa-api-this girl; vatsä-child; älinäm-of friends; pratihära-of the gate-keepers; rodhana-of obstruction; vidhau-in the activity; vikñya-having seen; prayatna-of endeavor; avalim-the abundance; bälä-girl; tarkita-conjectured; mädhavi-of a madhavi creeper; parimala-aromatic fragrance; sphurtiù-manifestation; bhayät-having seen; sudhäàçu-of the candrakanta jewel; salila-of the water; spandän-quivering; alinde-on the terrace; kñaëät-immediately; eëäìka-of the moon; udaya-the rising; çaìkini-supposing; vikalatäm-agitation; ätanvati-spreading; murcchati-faints.

Paurëamäsi: O boy with a face like the moon, seeing Her friends carefully guarding the door, and smelling the fragrance of the mädhavi flowers, this girl trembles in fear. On Her porch seeing a candrakänta jewel begin to melt, this doe-eyed girl falls unconscious.

Note: The candrakänta jewel melts when exposed to moonlight. Seeing the moon and smelling the mädhavi flowers, Rädhä is reminded of Kåñëa. Frustrated because She cannot go to Him, She falls unconscious.

Text 11

Kåñëaù: (svagatam) hanta, kaöhoro 'yaà daçä-vivartaù.

Paurëamäsi: sundara.

praëayiñu militeñu prema-bhäjäm upekñä

ghaöayati kaöu-päkäny uccakair duñaëäni

dina-maëir anurägi projjhya sandhyäà raktäà

tamasi nikhilam ugre majjayaty eña lokam

svagatam-aside; hanta-O; kaöhoraù-harsh; ayam-this; daçä-of condition; vivartaù-change; sundara-O beautiful boy; pranayiñu-affectionate; militeñu-encountered; prema-of love; bhäjäm-full; upekñä-neglect; ghaöayati-produces; kaöu-bitter; päkäni-consequences; uccakaiù-greatly; duñanäni-sins; dina-of the day; maëiù-jewel (the sun); anurägi-affectionate; projjhya-having abandoned; sandhyäm-twilight; hi-indeed; raktäm-red; tamasi-in the darkness; nikhilam-complete; ugre-terrible; majjayati-caused to become immersed; eñaù-this; lokam-world; kåñëaù-Kåñëa; sa-with; lajjam-embarrassment; namri-bhavati-bows His head.

Kåñëa: (aside) Ah, it must be very painful for Her.

Paurëamäsi: Handsome boy, neglect of another's love brings very bitter results. Look! Setting on the horizon, the red son now plunges everything into darkness.

(Ashamed, Kåñëa bows His head).

Text 12 (a)

Paurëamäsi: (punar nibhälya. sänandaà svagatam). diñöyäyaà smitäliìgitam aìgi-kurvan dakñiëaà nyamilyad ikñaëam. (prakäçam) gokulänanda. purastäd iyaà mäkanda-vedi svayam alaìkartavyä nimilati heli-bimbe sakhyor ekatarä tvaà abhiñöa-deçaà präpayati.

punaù-again; nibhälya-having seen; sa-with; anandam-bliss; svagatam-aside; diñöya-by good fortune; ayam-this; smita-smile; aliìgitam-embrace; angi-kurvan-accepting; dakñiëam-right; nyamilayat-closes; ikñanam-eye; prakäçam-openly; gokula-of Gokula; ananda-O bliss; purastät-in the presence; iyam-this; mäkanda-of a mango tree; vedi-a place in the courtyard; svayam-personally; alankartavya-should be decorated; nimilati-closes; heli-bimbe-on the sun; sakhyoù-of the two friends; ekataräj-one; tväm-You; abhiñöa-desired; deçam-place; präpayati-cause to attain.

Paurëamäsi: (again glancing at Kåñëa, she becomes very happy, and say to herself) Fortunately Kåñëa's eyes are smiling and His right eye is winking. (openly) O bliss of Gokula, now that the sun has set, please decorate this mango grove. One of my friends will bring You to the right place.

Text 12 (b)

Kåñëaù: (säpatranam) yathäha bhagavati. (iti sa-vayasyo niñkrantaù).

Paurëamäsi: putri lalite, kämaà nirvåtäsmi. tad ehi. rädhäm anusarävah.

(ity ubhe parikrämataù).

sa-with; apatrapam-embarrassment; yatha-as; aha-speaks; bhagavati-the noble Paurëamäsi; iti-thus; sa-eith?; vayasyaù-the friend (Madhumaìgala); niñkrantaù-exits; putri-O daughter; lalite-O Lalitä; kämam-according to desire; nirvåta-happy; asmi-I am; tat-therefore; ehi-please go; rädhäm-to Rädhä; anusarävaù-please go; iti-thus; ubhe-the two; parikrämataù-begin to walk.

Kåñëa: (embarrassed) As the noble lady says. (Accompnaied by His friend, He exists.)

Paurëamäsi: Daughter Lalitä, now I am happy. Come, let us go to Rädhä.

(They both exit.)

Text 12 (c)

(tataù praviçati viçäkhayä saha saìkathayanti rädhä).

rädhikä; (sanskåtena)

sakhi jalpita-närikela-niraà

smita-karpura-våtaà harer nipiya

tanu-saìga-sudhäà vinä na tasya

glapitänaà garalena jivitäsmi

tataù-then; praviçati-enters; viçäkhayä-with Viçäkhä; saha-accompanied; saìkathayanti-conversing; rädhä-Rädhä; sakhi-O friend; jalpita-spoken; närikela-of a coconut; niram-juice; smita-smile; karpura-with camphor; våtam-enclosed; hareù-of Lord Hari; nipiya-having drunk; tanu-of the body; saìga-of the contact; sudhäm-nectar; vinä-without; na-not; tasya-of Him; glapita-weary and dejected; aham-I; garalena-with poison; jivita-alive; asmi-I am.

(Conversing with Viçäkhä, Rädhä enters.)

Rädhikä: Friend, although I have drunk the coconut nectar of Kåñëa's conversation, nectar mixed with the camphor of His smile, because I have not also drunk the nectar of the touch of His body, I am now broken and withered, as if I had drunk poison.

Text 13 (a)

Viçäkhä: a-i aviëëäda-ëi-a-mähädmye, tädiso tuha rä-assa garimä jena so kkhu sämasundaro vi vädhaà rattikido tadhä vi appaëo mäliëëaà saìkasi.

a-i-O; aviëëäda-unknown; ëi-a-own; mähädmye-glorification; tädisaù-like this; tuha-your; rä-assa-of the love; garimä-intensity; jena-by which; saù-He; kkhu-certainly; sämasundaraù-Lord Syamasundara (Kåñëa); vi-even; vädham-assuredly; rattikidaù-affectionate; tadhä vi-nevertheless; appaëaù-of the self; mäliëëam-impurity; saìkasi-you fear.

Viçäkhä: O girl who do not know Your own glory, even though Your love for Him has made Kåñëa fall passionately in love with You, You still worry that You are wretched and fallen.

Text 13 (b)

rädhikä: (punaù sanskåtena).

nälikinià niçi ghanotkalikäm açaìkaà

kñiptvä våtir atanu-vanya-gajaù kñunatti

atränurägiëi ciräd udite 'pi bhänau

hä hanta kià sakhi sukhaà bhavitä varäkyäù

punah-again; sanskåtena-in Sanskrit; nälikinim-a multitude of lotus flowers; niçi-at night; ghana-intense; utkalikäm-longing; açankam-fearless; kñiptvä-having throung; våtiù-fences; atanu-cupid; vanya-jungle; gajaù-elepphant; kñunatti-tramples; atra-here; anurägiëi-glowing and reddened; cirät-for a long time; udite-arisen; api-although; bhänau-the sun; hä-O; hanta-O; kim-whether?; sakhi-O friend; sukham-happiness; bhavitä-will be; varäkyäù-unhappy.

Rädhikä: (again in Sanskrit) Tonight the wild elephant of passionate desire uproots and tramples the lotus flowers of My hopes. Alas! Alas! O friend, will this wretched girl become happy when the red sun finally rises?

Text 14 (a)

Paurëamäsi: (puro rädhäm drñövä). putri lalite, sakhyäs tava premokti-mudräm udghäöayitum utkaëöhitäsmi. tad-bhavatyä tuñnim eva bhavitavyam.

Lalitä: jaà änävedi tattthahodu.

puraù-in front; rädhäm-Rädhä; dåñöva-having seen; putri-O daughter; lalite-O Lalitä; sakhyaù-of the friend; tava-your; prema-of love; ukti-of the words; mudram-the mark; udghäöayitum-to reveal; utkaëöhita-longing; asmi-I am; tat-therefore; bhavatyä-by you; tuñnim-silently; eva-indeed; bhavitavyam-should be; jam-what; anavedi-you instruct; tatthahodu-let that be.

Paurëamäsi: (seeing Rädhä before her) Daughter Lalitä, I am eager to make your friend describe Her love. Please be silent.

Lalitä: As you order, so it will be.

Text 14 (b)

Paurëamäsi: (rädhäm upetya. sakaitava-viñädam).

bhavad-aìga-sänga-viñaye priyoktibhir

muhur arthito 'pi madiräkñi mädhavaù

manute manäg api na hiti håd-vyathä

pratikära-yuktir aparä vidhiyatäm

rädhäm-Rädhä; upetya-approaching; sa-with; kaitava-pretended; viñadam-unhappiness; bhavat-your; aìga-of the body; saìga-contact; viñaye-in the aerea; priya-affectionate; uktibhiù-with words; muhuù-constantly; arthitaù-appealled; api-although; madira-like khaïjana birds; akñi-eyes; mädhavaù-Lord Mädhava (Kåñëa); manute-considers; manäk-a little; api-even; na-not; hi-indeed; iti-thus; håt-of the heart; vyathä-agitation; pratikära-remedy; yuktiù-device; aparä-unequalled; vidhiyatäm-may be administered.

Paurëamäsi: (Approaching Rädhä, she says with feigned unhappiness) O girl with the beautiful eyes, with sweet words Kåñëa again and again begs for the touch of Your body. He knows that no other medicine will cure the fever that burns in His heart.

Text 15

rädhikä: (savyämoham) alaà ettha lajjideëa. (ity aïjalià baddhvä).

abbhaàlihamhi òahane ëaòahaà raìgaëa-ladaà lihantamhi

kä padi-äre juttià mukki-a sämalaghaëullasam

sa-with; vyamoham-embarrassment; alam-enough; ettha-here; lajjidena-with this bashfulness; iti-thus; anjalim-having folded her hands; abbhaàlihamhi-touching the clouds; dahane-scorching; nadaham-charming; rangana-delightful; ladam-creeper; lihantamhi-licks; ka-what?; padi-are-in the remedy; juttim-method; mukki-a-having abandoned; samala-dark; dhan-of clouds; ullasam-appearance.

Rädhikä: (embarrassed) Why should I be shy? (She folds Her hands) If it is licked by a blazing forest fire also licking the clouds, what can save a a delicate raìgaëa vine but the sudden appearance of a dark rain-cloud?

Text 15 (b)

Paurëamäsi:

jaratyäs tvaà naptri sa tu kamalayä lälita-padaù

kathaìkäraà tasmai muhur asulabhäya sprùayasi

prasida vyähäre mama racaya ceto divi-caraà

gåhituà päëibhyäà vidhum ahaha mä bhut kutukini

jaratyaù-of the old woman; tvam-you; naptri-granddaughter; saù-He; tu-and; kamalayä-by the goddess of fortune, Lakñmi-devi; lälita-caressed; padaù-feet; kathaà-käram-how?; tasmai-to Him; muhuù-constantly; asulabhäya-who is not easy to attain; spåhayasi-you desire; prasida-please be merciful; vyähäre-in the conversation; mama-my; racaya-please construct; cetaù-O mind; divi-caram-moving in the sky; gåhitum-to grasp; päëibhyäm-with the two hands; vidhum-the moon; ahaha-O; mä-there should not; bhut-be; kutukini-curious.

Paurëamäsi: Why do You, who are only Jarati's granddaughter, yearn to attain a person who is very difficult to attain, a person whose feet the goddess of fortune personally massages? Be peaceful. Listen to my words. Don't become like a curious child who wants to grasp with her hands the moon that moves in the sky?

Text 16

rädhikä: (sa-gadgadaà. sanskåtena).

mayä te nirbandhän mura-jayini rägaù parihåto

mayi snigdhe kintu prathya paramäçis tatim imäm

mukhämododgära-grahila-matir adyaiva hi yataù

pradoñärambhe syäà vimala-vana-mälä-madhukari

sa-with; gadgadam-choked up voice; maya-by me; te-your; nirbandhät-because of perseverance; mura-of the mura demon; jayini-towards the conqueror (Kåñëa); rägaù-love; parihåtaù-abandoned; mayi-towards me; snigdhe-affectionate; kintu-nevertheless; prathaya-please expand; parama-supreme; asiù-benedictions; tatim-multitude; imäm-this; mukhä-of the mouth; amoda-gladdening; udgära-emanating; grahila-interested; matiù-mind; adya-now; eva-indeed; hi-certainly; yataù-restrained; pradoñä-of evening; arambhe-in the beginning; syäm-let me become; vimala-pure; vana-of the forest; mälä-in the garland of flowers; madhukari-bumble-bee.

Rädhikä: (Her voice choked with emotion, She says in Sanskrit) Affectionate friend, on your repeated request, I will give up my love for Kåñëa. But please give Me a blessing. Bless Me that I will become a bumblebee attracted at sunset by the fragrance of a forest-flower garland.

Note: In this verse Rädhä hints that she is about to commit suicide, for Her love for Kåñëa is frustrated.

Text 17 (a)

Viçäkhä: bhaavadi, parittähi parittähi. i-am uttänida-ëettä kaàpi däruëaà dasä-visesam lahedi rähi.

bhaavadi-O noble woman; parittähi parittähi-please protect, please protect; i-am-this; uttänida-wide open; netä-eyes; kaàpi-something; däruëam-terrible; dasä-condition; viçeñam-specific; lahedi-attains; rähi-Rädhä.

Viçäkhä: Noble lady, please rescue Rädhä. Please rescue Her. Her eyes are wide open, and Her condition is very frightening.

Text 17 (b)

Paurëamäsi: (savegam) hä dhik. keyaà baläd äkåñöä mahä-vipat-käla-sarpi. (iti sadayaà rädhäm äliìgya). vatse samäçvasihi samäçvasihi. bhävävyaktaye protthäpitäsi. tad idaà yathärtham äkarëyatäm.

sa-with; vegam-agitation; hä-dhik-alas; kä-who?; iyam-this; balät-forcibly; äkåñöä-attracted; mahä-great; vipat-calamities; käla-of time; sarpi-snake; iti-thus; sa-with; dayam-mercy; rädhäm-Rädhä; äliìgya-embracing; vatse-O child; samäçvasihi samäsvasihi-be comforted, be comforted; bhäva-of love; abhivyaktaye-for the manifestation; protthäpitä-agitated; asi-you are; tat-therefore; idam-this; yathä-artham-appropriate; äkarëyatäm-should be heard.

Paurëamäsi: (agitated) Alas! Alas! The black snake of calamity is forcibly dragging this girl away. (She mercifully embraces Rädhä). Child, be peaceful. Be peaceful. You are overcome with love. Please listen.

Text 17 (c)

amita-vibhavä yaysa prekñä laväya bhavädayo

bhuvana-guravo 'py utkaëöhäbhis tapäàsi vitanvate

ahaha gahanä-dåñöänäà te phalaà kim abhiñöuve

sutanu sa tanur jajïe kåñëas tavekñaëa-tåñëayä

amita-immeasurable; vibhaväù-opulence; yasya-of whom; prekñä-of the sight; laväya-for a small particle; bhava-ädayaù-headed by Lord Siva; bhuvana-of the universe; gurabaù-masters; api-even; utkaëöhäbhiù-with longings; tapäàsi-austerities; vitanvate-perform; ahaha-O; gahana-in the darkness; adåñöänäm-unseen; te-your; phalam-result; kim-how?; abhiñöuve-I offer prayers; sutanu-O slender girl; saù-He; tanuù-thin; jajïe-born; kåñëaù-Kåñëa; tava-your; ikñaëa-of the glance; tåñëayä-with the thirst.

Yearning for a moment's glimpse of You, Siva and the other limitlessly powerful masters of the worlds perform severe austerities. Ah! How can I properly praise the results of Your past pious deeds? O beautiful slender girl, thirsting to see You, Lord Kåñëa has become withered and pale.

Text 18

Lalitä: (sanskåtena)

tvad-värtottara-gita-gumphita-mukho veëuù samantäd abhut

tvad-veñocita-çilpa-kalpana-mayi sarvä babhuva kriyä

tvan-nämäni babhuvur asya surabhi-våndäni våndäöavi

rädhe tvan-maya-valli-maëòala-ghanä jätädya kaàsa-dviñaù

sanskåtena-in Sanskrit; tvat-your; värtä-description of the pastimes; uttara-excellent; gita-songs; gumphita-strung; mukhaù-voice; veëuù-flute; samantät-completely; abhut-became; tvat-your; veña-appearance; ucita-appropriate; çilpa-with artistic decoration; kalpana-fashioning; mayi-consisting of; sarva-all; babhuva-became; kriyä-activity; tvat-your; nämäni-names; babhuva-became; asya-of Him; surabhi-of sweet fragrance; våndäni-multitudes; våndä-ätävi-the forest of Våndävana; rädhe-O Rädhä; tvat-your; maya-consisting of; valli-of creepers; maëòala-multitude; ghana-thick; jätä-born; adya-today; kaàsa-dviñaù-of Sri Kåñëa, the enemyof Kaàsa.

Lalitä: (in Sanskrit) His flute is now garlanded with songs of Your pastimes. All His activities are making ornaments for You. For Him Your names are very sweet and fragrant. O Rädhä, Kåñëa sees You in every flowering vine in Våndävana forest.

Text 19 (a)

Rädhikä: (samäçvasya. svagatam) caïcala he citta, ajjavi ëa patti-ä-esi.

samäçvasya-having become calm; svagatam-aside; caïcala-fickle; he-O; citta-mind; ajjavi-even now; ëa-not; patti-ä-esi-you have faith.

Rädhikä: (becoming calm, She says to herself) Fickle mind, even now you do not believe this.

Text 19 (b)

Paurëamäsi: putri lalite, bäòhaà pragalbhäsi. tad viçäkhä yävan mäkanda-muläh mukundena saha pratyävartate tävad atra mayä tu sva-kåtyäya gantavyam.

(iti tisro 'pi niñkräntäù)

putri-O daughter; lalite-O Lalitä; bäòham-indeed; pragalbhä-intelligent; asi-you are; tat-therefore; viçäkhä-Viñäkhä; yävat-to which extent; mäkanda-of the mango tree; mulät-from the base; mukundena-by Mukunda; saha-accompanied; pratyävartate-returns; tävat-to that extent; atra-here; saìketite-agreed upon; karëikära-of karëikära flowers; kuïje-in the grove; gopaya-please conceal; tvam-you; gopälikäbhyaù-from the gopis; rädhikäm-Rädhä; mayä-by me; tu-indeed; sva-kåtyäya-for my own duties; gantavyam-should be done; iti-thus; tisraù-the three; api-and; niñkräntaù-exit.

Paurëamäsi: Daughter Lalitä, you are very intelligent, when Viçäkhä brings Kåñëa under the mango tree, please hide Rädhä in the karëikära grove apart from the other gopis. Noe I should go to do my duties.

(Paurëamäsi, Rädhikä, and Lalitä exit.)

Text 19 (c)

Viçäkhä: (duraà parikramya). so mäkando eso puro disa-i jattha kaëho.

duram-far away; parikramya-having walked; saù-He (Kåñëa); mäkandaù-mango tree; esaù-this; puraù-in the presence; disa-i-is seen; jattha-where; kaëhaù-Kåñëa.

Viçäkhä: (walking a great distance). I see Kåñëa under that mango tree.

Text 19 (d)

(tataù praviçati kåñëaù).

Kåñëaù: (sotkaëöhaà praticim avalokya).

sadyas tapta-hiraëya-piëòa-madhuraà caëòa-tviño maëòalaà

saìgaà hanta taraìgiëi-ratiguror aìgi-cakärämbhasi

dräg etäny api ghuka-netra-paöali-siddhäïjana-kñodatäà

bibhranti dvipa-vibhramäëi rurudhur dhväntäni våndävanam

tataù-then; praviçati-enters; kåñëaù-Kåñëa; sa-with; utkaëöham-eagerness; praticim-behind; avalokya-glancing; sadyaù-at once; tapta-molten; hiraëya-of gold; piëòa-sphere; madhuram-sweet; caëòa-fierce; tviñaù-effulgence; maëòalam-circle; saìgam-contact; hanta-O; taraìgiëi-of the waves; rati-guroù-of the husband (the ocean); aìgi-cakära-accepted; mabhasi-in the water; dräk-quickly; etäni-these; api-even; ghuka-of owls; netra-of the eyes; paöali-of the multitude; siddhä-perfect; aïjana-ointment; kñodatäm-the state of being crushed to a powder; bibhranti-they carry; dvipa-of an elephant; vibhramäëi-blunders; rurudhuù-obstructed; dhväntäni-darkness; våndävanam-Våndävana.

(Kåñëa enters)

Kåñëa: (eagerly looking behind) The brilliant and charming molten-gold circle of the sun now enters the ocean's waters. Bewildering the elephants and anointing the owls' eyes, darkness now covers Våndävana.

Text 20 (a)

(sotsukyam panthänam udvikñya). katham adyäpi sakhi käcin neträdhvani me nävataöara. (iti parävåtya präcià paçyan)

sa-with; utsukyam-restlessness and uneasiness; katham-how is it?; adya api-even now; sakhi-the gopi friend; käcit-someone; netra-of the eyes; adhvani-on the path; me-my; na-not; avatatära-has descended; iti-thus; parävåtya-having turned around; präcim-behind; paçyan-seeing.

(anxiously looking at the path) Why has that gopi not yet entered the pathway of Myeyes? (Turning around, He looks behind.)

Text 20 (b)

sändräù supta-kumud-vati-kula-vadhu-nidrä-bhidä-kovidäù

kurväëäù kaluña-çriyaà pari bhavätaìkena paìkejinim

samrambhäd abhisärikäbhir asakåd vyäkruñyamäëodgamä-

bhäsaù çitakarasya hanta haritaà purväà pariñkurvate

sändrä-intense; supta-asleep; kumut-vati-multitude of lotus flowers; kula-pious; vadhu-of the wives; nidrä-the sleep; bhidä-in the matter of breaking; kovidäù-expert; kurväëaù-performing; kaluña-foulness; çriyam-beauty; paribhava-of disgrace; atankeëa-with the fear; paìkejinim-multitude of lotus flowers; samrambhät-violently; abhisärikäbhiù-by women who meet their lovers; asakåt-continually; vyäruñyamäëa-lamented; udgamä-becoming manifested; abhäsaù-reflecting; çitakarasya-of the cooling moon; hanta-O; haritam-direction of the sky; purväm-eastern; pariñkurvate-embraces.

Expertly waking the lotuslike gopis, eclipsing the lotus flowers' beauty, and lamented by girls eagerly awaiting their lovers, the brilliant moonlight now embraces the darkened eastern horizon.

Text 21

(iti vaiyagryaà näöayati).

dhyätvä dharmaà dhåtim udayinià kià babandhädya rädhä

tivräkñepaiù kim uta gurubhir lambhitä vä nivåttim

kià vä kañöäm abhajata daçäà täm avispanda-mandäm

indau vindaty udayam api yan näjagämjädya duti

iti-thus; vaiyagryam-perplexity; näöayati-represents dramatically; dhyätvä-having reflected; dharmam-on religious duties; dhåtim-patience; udayinim-abounding; kim-whether?; babandha-bound; adya-today; rädhä-Rädhä; tivra-sharp; aksepaiù-by objections; kià uta-why why indeed?; gurubhiù-by superiors; lambhitä-abused; vä-or; nivåttim-inactive; kià vä-whether; kañöäm-distressful; abhajata-attained; daçäm-condition; täm-this; avispanda-without motion; mandäm-slow; indau-in the moon; vindati-finds; udayam-appearance; api-although; yat-which; na-not; ajagama-arrived; adya-today; duti-the messenger-gopi.

(perplexed) Thinking of religion and morality, did Rädhä decide not to come? Was She stopped by the harsh words of Her superiors? Did a great calamity arise and make Her fell motionless and unconscious. Perhaps that is why, even though the moon now rises, Her messenger has not yet come.

Text 22 (a)

viçäkhä: (latäntare sodgrivikam) eso ëuëaà ukkaëöhä-e maha jjeva pa-avià vilo-edi kaàho. tä kkhaëaà parihasissam.

latäntare-in the vines; sodgrivikam-eagerly; esaù-this; ëuëam-at present; ukkaëöhä-e-with longing; maha-my; jjeva-indeed; pa-avim-path; vilo-edi-observes; kaàho.-Kåñëa; tä-therefore; kkhaëam-for a moment; parihasissam-I will joke.

Viçäkhä: (hiding behind a flowering-vine, she eagerly says) Kåñëa is looking at the path where I walk. For a moment I will joke with Him.

Text 22 (b)

Kåñëaù: (sänandam) iyaà viçäkhäpi caïcala-pancasäkhä sakhi militä. (ity upasåtya) sakhi tavopalambhät täm eva rambhoruà labdhäm avaimi yad viçäkhä-rädhayor advaitam.

sa-with; anandam-bliss; iyam-this; viçäkhä-Viçäkhä; api-even; caïcala-moving; païcasakha-fingers; sakhii-gopi-friend; militä-is met; iti-thus; upasåtya-approaching; sakhi-O friend; tava-your; upalambhät-from the attainment; täm-she; eva-certainly; rambhorum-beautiful; labdhäm-attained; avaimi-I perceive; yat-which; viçäkhä-of Viçäkhä; rädhäyoù-of Rädhä; advaitam-the non-difference.

Kåñëa: (happily) Moving her hand, Viçäkhä gestures to Me. (Kåñëa approaches.) Friend, when I approach you, it is like approaching Rädhä, whose graceful thighs are like banana trees. It is as if Rädhä and Viçäkhä were not different from each other.

Text 22 (c)

(Viçäkhä mukham änamayya maunam älambate).

Kåñëaù: sakhi, kim atra tuñnim asi.

Viçäkha: canda-muha, manda-bhä-iëi mhi. tä kià viëëavissam.

Kåñëaù: (saçaìkam) kim artham idam.

viçäkhä-Viçäkhä; mukham-face; änamayya-turning down; maunam-silence; älambate-attains; sakhi-O friend; kim-why?; atra-here; tuñnim asi-are you silent; canda-moon; muhe-face; manda-bhä-ini-unfortunate; mhi-I am; tä-therefore; kim-why?; viëëavissam-should I speak; sa-with; çaìkam-apprehension; kim artham-why?; idam-this.

(Turning her face down, Viçäkhä becomes silent.)

Kåñëa: Friend, why are you silent?

Viçäkhä: O boy with a face like the moon, I am very unfortunate. What can I say?

Kåñëa: (apprehensive) What is it?

Text 22 (d)

Viçäkhä: sundara, ëa me sarassa-i nissaradi. hodu. tadhä vi saàvaridum ëa juttam idam. (iti mukha-vaikåtyam abhiniya). bho bhaööi-dära-a, sä pi-a-sahi ahimaëëuëä hadäseëa mahurä-pattaëammi. (ity ardhokte çuñkaà roditi).

sundara-O handsome boy; ëa-not; me-my; sarassa-i-Sarasvati, the goddess of eloquence; nissaradi-appears; hodu-let it be; tadhä vi-nevertheless; saàvaridum-to conceal; ëa-not; juttam-proper; idam-this; iti-thus; mukha-of the face; vaikåtyam-disfigurement; abhiniya-brings; bhaù-O; bhaööi-dära-a-O prince (of Vraja); sä-she; pi-a-dear; sahi-friend; abhimaëëunä-by Abhimanyu; hadäsena-wretched; mahurä-of Mathura; pattaëammi-in the town; iti-thus; ardha-ukte-in the middle of the speech; çuñkam-dry; roditi-cries.

Viçäkhä: O handsome one, Sarasvati does not allow graceful words to come from me. So be it. It is not right to hide the truth. O prince of Vraja, the wretched Abhimanyu has taken my dear friend Rädhä to Mathurä City.

Text 22 (e)

Kåñëaù: (savyatham) kadä näma nitä.

Viçäkhä: Jadä bhaavadi tumha sa-äsaà laddhä.

Kåñëaù: (sakhedam) viçäkhe, kathaìkäraà nitä.

Viçäkhä: tu-ammi bhä-aà takki-a.

Kåñëaù: kathaà sa tarkitaù.

Viçäkhä: lo-ottari-honto attho ëa kassa takkaëijo ho-i.

sa-with; vyatham-alarm; kadä-when?; näma-indeed; nitä-brought; jadä-when; bhaavadi-the noble Paurëamäsi; tumha-Your; sa-äsam-presence; laddhä-attained; sa-with; khedam-grief; viçäkhe-O Viçäkhä; kathaà-käram-how?; nitä-was brought; tu-ammi-towards You; bhä-am-love; takki-a-suspecting; katham-how?; saù-he; tarkitaù-suspected; lo-ottari-honto atthaù-extraordinary love; ëa-not; kassa-of whom?; takkaëijaù-able to be guessed; ho-i-is.

Kåñëa: (alarmed) When was She taken?

Viçäkhä: When noble Paurëamäsi was with You.

Kåñëa: (grief-stricken) Viçäkhä, why was She taken?

Viçäkhä: It was suspected that She had fallen in love with You.

Kåñëa: Why was it suspected?

Viçäkhä: Who could not see the symptoms of Her passionate love?

Text 22 (f)

Kåñëaù:

glapayati vapur durlilo me balän malayänilo

vikirati karair induù kñodaà tuñägni-bhavaà ruñä

madana-hatakas tarjaty eña sphuöair ali-huìkåtais

truöir api vinä rädhäà netum mayä na hi çakyate

(iti vyamcham natayati).

glapayati-fatigues; vapuù-body; durilaù-ill-mannered; me-my; balät-violently; malaya-from the malaya hills; anilaù-breeze; vikirati-scatters about; karaiù-with rays of light; induù-moon; kñodam-dust; tuña-of the chaff of grain; agni-of the fire; bhavan-state; ruñä-angrily; madana-by cupid; hatakaù-afflicted; tarjati-state; ruñä-angrily; madana-by cupid; hatakaù-afflicted; tarjati-scolds; eñaù-he; sphuöaiù-clear; ali-of the bees; kuìkåtaiù-by the buzzing; truöiù-a moment; api-even; vinä-without; rädhäm-Rädhä; netum-to lead; mayä-by Me; na-not; hi-indeed; çakyate-is possible; iti-thus; vyamoham-perplexity; natayati-represents dramatically.

Kåñëa: From the Malaya Hills an uncivilized breeze

withers My body. The moon angrily showers Me with sparks. The buzzing bees rebuke Me. Without Rädhä I cannot live for a moment.

(Kåñëa is overcome.)

Text 23 (a)

Viçäkhä: (sakhedaà sasaàbhramam). go-ulänanda, samässasa samässasa, ma-e kkhu parihasidam. sa tavassiëi tä-e raìgaëa-mäli-ä-e rakkhida-paräëatthi.

sa-with; khedam-unhappiness; sa-with; saàbhramam-respect; go-ulänanda-O bliss of Gokula; samässasa samässasa-take comfort, take comfort; ma-e-by me; kkhu-indeed; parihasidam-joke; sa-she; tavassiëi-distressed; tä-e-by this; raìgaëa-mäli-ä-e-delightful garland; rakkhida-protected; paräëatthi-the life is.

Viçäkhä: (unhappy, with respect) O bliss of Gokula, please be peaceful. Be peaceful. I was only joking. Although Rädhä is unhappy, Her life is protected by the raìgaëa garland You gave Her.

Text 23 (b)

Kåñëaù: (samäçvasya) dhurte, bhadreëa kadarthito 'smi.

Viçäkhä: appaëo guëaà ëa sumarasi.

Kåñëaù: sakhi varnyatäà premëäm aìkaù priyäyäù.

samäçvasya-relieved; dhurte-O rascal; bhadreëa-by you; kadarthitaù-teased; asmi-I am; appanaù-of yourself; guëam-the quality; na-not; sumarasi-You remember; sakhi-O friend; varnyatäm-should be described; premëäm-of the great love; aìkaù-the symptoms; priyäyäù-of the beloved.

Kåñëa: (relieved) Rogue, you teased Me.

Viçäkhä: You don't remember Your own virtues.

Kåñëa: Friend, describe the marks of love in My beloved.

Text 23 (c)

Viçäkhä: (sanskåtena)

duräd apy anuçaìgataù çruti-mite tvan-nämadheyäkñare

sonmädaà madirekñaëä viruvati dhatte muhur vepathum

äù kià vä kathaniyam anyad api te daiväd varämbhodhare

dåñöe taà parirabdhum utsuka-matiù pakña-dvayim icchati

sanskåtena-in Sanskrit; durät-from a great distance; api-even; anuçaìgataù-from the contact; çruti-by the ears; mite-measured; tvat-Your; nämadheya-of the name; akñare-the syllables; sa-with; unmädam-intoxication; madira-as beautiful as restless; khanjana-birds; ikñana-eyes; viruvati-calling out; dhatte-places; muhuù-constantly; vepathum-to tremble; äù-O; kià vä-whether?; kathaniyam-should be described; anyat-another; api-even; te-Your; daivät-by destiny; vara-excellent; ambhodahre-cloud; dåñöe-seen; tam-Him; parirabdhum-to embrace; utsuka-eager; matiù-mind; pakña-shoulders; dvayim-pair; icchati-desires.

Viçäkhä: (in Sanskrit) When from far away the syllables of Your name touch Her ears, Her beautiful eyes become wild and She trembles again and again. If somehow She sees a dark raincloud, Her heart yearns to place Her arms around Your shoulders.

Text 24 (a)

Kåñëaù: tad ehi. satvaram eva preyasià prekñävahi.

(iti parikrämataù).

tat ehi-come here; sa-with; tvaram-haste; eva-indeed; preyasim-the beloved (Rädhä); prekñävahi-we see; iti-thus; parikrämataù-the walk.

Kåñëa: Come. I see my beloved hurrying here.

(They walk.)

Text 24 (b)

(tataù praviçati lalitayärädhyamänä rädhä).

Rädhä: (sakhedam. sanskåtena).

pratyuhena parähatä nu kim abhud gantuà sakhi kñamä

tasyäù kintu niveditena hi harir viçrambham äbhyäyayau

hä hanta pratikulatäà mayi gataù kià vä vidhir däruëo

yad duräd vana-mälikä-parimalo py adyäpi näsädyate

tataù-then; praviçati-enters; lalitaya-by Lalitä; arädhyamänä-solaced; rädhä-Rädhä; sa-with; khedam-unhappiness; saìkåtena-in Sanskrit; pratyuhena-by the obstacle; parähatä-struck; nu kim-perhaps; abhut-became; gantum-to go; sakhi-friend; na-not; kñamä-able; tasyäù-her; kiëtu-but; niveditena-by the appeal; hi-indeed; hariù-Lord Hari (Kåñëa); viçrambham-to trust; abhyäyau-went; hä-alas; hanta-alas; pratikulatäm-to hostility; mayi-towards me; gataù-has gone; kim vä-whether?; vidhiù-destiny; däruëaù-cruel; yat-because; durät-from a distance; vana-of forest flowers; mälika-of the garland; parimalaù-possesing the pleasent fragrance; api-although; adya-today; api-even; na-not; asädyate-is found.

(Consoled by Lalitä, Rädhä enters).

Rädhä: (griefstricken) Stopped by some obstacle could My friend not go to Him? Did Kåñëa not believe her words? Alas! Alas! Fate is cruel to Me. Even from far away I cannot smell the fragrance of Kåñëa's forest garland.

Text 25

Viçäkhä: (puro 'nusåtya. sanskåtena)

namri-kåtya çiro muhus taru-våtäm älokate vartanim

utthäya kñaëam äsanät punar aho niñidaty asau

dviträëy etya padäni vikñya lalitäà bhuyaù parävartate

paçyägre tava saìgamotsukatayä rädhä pariklämyati

puraù-in the presence; anusåtya-approaching; namri-kåtya-offering obeisances; çiraù-head; muhuù-constantly; taru-by a tree; våtäm-covered; alokate-sees; vartanim-path; utthäya-having risen; kñaëam-for a moment; asanät-from the seat; punaù-again; ahaù-O; bhräntä-perplexed; nisidati-sitting; asau-she; dviträëi-two or three; -having walked; padäni-steps; vikñya-having seen; lalitäm-Laitä; bhuyaù-exceedingly; parävartate-turns around; paçya-just see; agre-in front; tava-your; saìgama-for the association; utsukatayä-with eagerness; rädhä-Rädhä; pariklämyati-has become devastated.

Viçäkhä: (approaching, in Sanskrit) Look! Bowing Her head, again and again looking at the tree-shaded path, one moment standing up, and the next moment, frustrated and bewildered, sitting down, again and again taking two or three steps, seeing Lalitä, and then turning back, Rädhä, devastated by the desire to meet You, stands before You.

Text 26

Kåñëaù:

vadana-dipti-vidhuta-vidhudayä

kumuda-dhäma-dhurä-madhura-smitä

nakha-jitoddur iyaà harinekñaëä

tåëayati kñaëadä-mukha-mädhurim

vadana-of the face; dipti-splendor; vidhuta-destroyed; vidhu-of the moon; udayä-the rising; kumuda-of red lotus flowers (or white water lilies, or of camphor); dhäma-of the abode; dhurä-multitudes; madhura-charming and sweet; smitä-smile; nakha-by her nails; jita-conquered; udduù-the stars; iyam-she; hariëa-as beautiful as those of a deer; ikñaëä-eyes; tåëayati-considers as insignificant as a blade of grass; kñaëadä-mukha-the first part of the evening; mädhurim-the charm.

Kåñëa: The luster of Her face eclipsing the moon, Her smile sweet like a lotus-filled lake, Her nails defeating the stars, and Her eyes like the doe, She makes the beauty of early evening seem important like a single blade of grass.

Text 27

Rädhikä: (sakätaryam. sanskåtena)

dåg-bhaìginäà kim u parimalaiù preyasibhir preyasibhir niruddhaù

kià vä svairi mayi vihitavän uddhatäyäm upekñäm

hä cändribhir dyutibhir abhito grasyamäëe 'pi loke

präpto näyaà yadi ha latikä-mandire nanda-sunuù

sa-with; kätaryam-dejection; saëskåtena-in Sanskrit; dåk-of the eyes; bhaìginäm-of sidelong glances; kim u-why indeed; parimalaiù-by the fragrance; preyasibhiù-by the beloved gopis; niruddhaù-restrained; kim vä-and why?; svairi-independent; mayi-towards me; vihitavän-performed; uddhata-intense; ayam-this; upekñäm-rejection; hä-O; cändribhiù-of the moon; dyutibhiù-by the shining; abhitaù-completely; grasyamäëe-being swallowed; api-although; loke-the universe; präptaù-attained; na-not; ayam-this; yadi-if; ha-O; latikä-of creepers; mandire-in the cottage; nanda-of Nanda Maharäjä; sunuù-the son (Kåñëa),

Rädhikä: (dejected, in Sanskrit) Do other girls stop Him with the fragrance of their crooked glances? Is He averse to Me? Why, now that the whole world is swallowed by splendid moonlight, does Kåñëa not come to this cottage of flowering vines?

Text 28 (a)

Kåñëaù: (puro 'nusåtya). aho, sädhiyan prasädaù paurëamäsyäù, yad iyam ämodayati kaumudi.

Rädhikä: (camatkåtim abhiniya. svagatam). huà, etti-a bhä-a-dhe-äëaà bhä-aëaà saàvutto esa jaëo. (iti vaivaçyam älambate).

puraù-the presence; anusåtya-having approached; ahaù-O; sädhiyän-superexcellent; prasädaù-mercy; paurëamäsyäù-of Paurëamäsi; yat-because; iyam-this; ämodayati-delighting; kaumudi-moonlight; camatkåtim-wonder; abhiniya-attaining; svagatam-aside; hum-O; etti-a-of this extent; bhä-a-good fortune; dhe-änam-of those who are granting; bhä-aëam-recepticle; saàvuttaù-arrived; esa-this; jaëaù-person; iti-thus; vaivaçyam-loss of composure; älambate-attains.

Kåñëa: (approaches Rädhä) It is Paurëamäsi's great mercy that this moonlight shines so pleasantly.

Rädhikä: (full of wonder, She says to Herself) Ah, this is the most glorious person! (Rädhä is overwhelmed.)

Text 28 (b)

Viçäkhä: (saëskåtena)

aho dhanyä gopyaù kalita-nava-narmoktibhir alaà

viläsair änandaà dadhati madhurair yä madhubhidaù

dhig astu svaà bhägyaàmama yad iha rädhä priya-sakhi

puras tasmin präpte nibiòa-jaòimäìgi viluöhati

saëskåtena-in Sanskrit; ahaù-O; dhanyaù-fortunate; gopyaù-gopis; kalita-spoken; nava-novel; narma-joking; uktibhiù-with words; alam-enough!; viläsaiù-with pastimes; änandam-bliss; dadhati-places; madhuraiù-charming; yä-who; madhu-of the Madhu demon; bhidaù-of the killer (Kåñëa); dhik-fie; astu-may be; svam-own; bhägyam-destiny; mama-my; yat-which; iha-here; rädhä-Rädhä; priya-dear; sakhi-friend; puraù-in the presence; tasmin-in this; präpte-attained; nibiòa-intense; jaòima-the state of being stunned; aìgi-body; viluöhati-rolling about (on the ground).

Viçäkhä: With sweet pastimes and new jokes the fortunate gopis delight Kåñëa. But my own good fortune is pathetic and worthless, for in my presence my dear friend Rädhä, her every limb stunned, rolls about on the ground.

Text 29 (a)

Lalitä: a-i lajjälu-e rähi-e, aggado eso de mäëasa-haàsa-haro ëä-aro. tä mä kkhu sajjhaseëa vimhalä hohi. jaà pagabhadä jeva ajja kajja-sähiëi.

a-i-O; lajjälu-e-shy; rähi-e-O Rädhä; aggadaù-in the presence; esaù-He; de-of you; mäëasa-of the mind; haàsa-the swan; harah-enchanting; ëa-araù-handsome young man; tä-therefore; mä-don't; kkhu-indeed; sajjhaseëa-with fear; vimhalä-agitated; hohi-become; jam-because; pagabbhadä-courage; jeva-indeed; ajja-at this moment; kajja-sähini-will fulfill your desires.

Lalitä: Shy Rädhä, a lover more charming than the swans in the Mänasa Lake stands before You. Don't be paralyzed by fear. Now boldness will fulfill Your desires.

Text 29 (b)

(iti rädhikäm baläd iväkåñya kåñëäntikam äsädya ca. sanskåtena).

viduräd älokya prabalatara-tåñëä-taralitaù

sakhi-ceto-haàsas tava vadana-padme nipatitaù

bhramad-bhru-päçäbhyäà kitava tam abadhnäd iha bhavän

kim asmäsu nyäyyä vyavasitir iyaà te visadåçi

iti-thus; åadhikäm-Rädhä; balät-forcibly; iva-as it were; akåñya-dragging; kåñëa-of Kåñëa; antikam-to the vicinity; äsädya-attaining; ca-and; saëskåtena-in Sanskrit; vidurat-from a great distance; älokya-having seen; prabala-tara-very strong; tåñëä-thirst; taralitaù-trembling; sakhi-of the friend; cetaù-of the mind; haàsaù-swan; tava-your; vadana-of the face; padme-in the lotus flower; nipatitaù-fallen; bhramat-moving; bhru-of the eyebrows; päsäbhyäm-by the two nets; kitava-O cheat; tam-that; abadhnät-bound; iha-here; bhavän-You; kim-whether?; asmäsu-towards us; nyäyyä-method; vyavasitiù-resolution; iyam-this; te-your; visadåçi-contrary.

(Dragging Rädhä, as if by force, to Kåñëa, she says in Sanskrit). Seeing Your from afar, the swan of my friend's heart fell into the lotus flower of Your face and became trapped in the net of Your moving eyebrows. Thief, why do You tease us in this way?

Text 30 (a)

Kåñëaù: (smitvä) lalite, mad-vidhä näbalärtha-häriëo bhavanti.

Viçäkhä: dhammi-a, saccaà saccam. bhaddakäli-tittha-kalambo jjeva atta pamäëam.

smitvä-smiling; lalite-O Lalitä; mat-vidhä-like me; na-not; abala-of the weak women; artha-wealth; hariëaù-stealing away; bhavanti-are; dhammi-a-O pious boy; saccam saccam-this is true, this is true; bhaddakäli-Bhadrakali; tittha-at the holy place; kalambaù-kadamba tree; jjeva-certainly; atta-here; pamänam-authority or witness.

Kåñëa: (smiling) Lalitä, persons like Me do not rob from women.

Viçäkhä: Saint, it is true. True. The kadamba tree here at Bhadrakäli-tirtha bears witness it is true.

Text 30 (b)

Kåñëaù: sakhi lalite, mad-visuddhau kathaà vaù pratitiù.

Lalitä: cha-illa-parikkhä-vihäëeëa.

Kåñëaù: väme, kämaà kathyatäà parikña. mama bhräjiñëur ayaà kirti-çubhräàçur na måñä kalaìki-kartuà çakyate.

sakhi-O friend; lalite-O Lalitä; mat-My; viñuddhau-in the purity; katham-how is it?; vaù-of you; pratitiù-trust; cha-illa-expert; parikkhä-trial; vihäëeëa-by performance; väme-O contrary girl; kämam-as you wish; kathyatäm-may be spoken; parikña-trial; mama-My; bhräjiçëuh-brilliant; ayam-this; kirti-of the good reputation; çubhra-spotless; aàsuù-beam of light; na-not; måñä-falsely; kalaìki-kartum-to be stained with disgrace; çakyate-is able.

Kåñëa: Friend, what will make you think I am so pure and saintly?

Lalitä: We will test You with a trial-by-ordeal.

Kåñëa: Crooked girl, say what this ordeal will be. The glory of My good reputation will never be disgraced.

Text 30 (c)

Lalitä: (sanskåtena)

tvam unnaddhe rädhä-stana-kanaka-kumbhäntara-milat-

tanujäli-käloraga-yuvati-murdha-praëayiëi

yadi kñobhonmuktaù kalayasi karaà näyaka-maëau

tatas te dhvastäìkaù pracarati yaço-maëòala-çaçi

sanskåtena-in Sanskrit; tvam-you; unnadhe-bound; rädhä-of Rädhä; stana-of the breasts; kanaka-golden; kumbha-pots; antara-within; milat-meeting; tanu-ja-produced from the body; ali-multitude; käla-black; uraga-serpent; yuvati-young girl; murdha-head; praëyini-intimate; yadi-if; kñobha-from harm; unmuktaù-free; kalayasi-You place; karam-band; näyaka-maëau-on the most prominent jewel; tataù-then; te-Your; dhvasta-aìkaù-free from any; pracarati-is manifest; yaçaù-of the honor; maëòala-round; çaçi-moon.

Lalitä: (in Sanskrit) A young, black, female snake that is the line of black hairs emerges from Rädhä's golden-waterpot breasts. If You can place Your hand on that great jewel of that snake's head, and remain unhurt, then the moon of Your good reputation will shine without any touch of disgrace.

Text 31 (a)

Kåñëaù: (kåtrimaà träsam abhiniya). hanta niñöhure, nämnaiva lalitäsi. yad alpiyasi tävad-arthe gariyasià sarpa-ghaöäkhyaà parikñäm-upakñipasi.

kåtrimam-artificial; träsam-fear; abhiniya-having brought; hanta-O; niñöhure-cruel girl; nämna-by name; eva-indeed; lalitä-Lalitä (playful); asi-you are; yat-because; alpiyasi-in something very insignificant; tävat-arthe-on that account; gariyasim-very severe; sarpa-containing a serpent; ghaöa-pitcher; akhyäm-known; parikñam-trial-ordeal; upakñipasi-you prescribe.

Kåñëa: (pretending to be afraid) Cruel girl, you are called Lalitä, which means playful and charming, but for a very slight crime you propose the very heavy test of touching snake in a waterpot.

Text 31 (b)

Rädhikä: (sapraëayerñyam). lalide, ciööha ciööha. (iti sa-bhru-bhaìgam avalokyate).

Lalitä: visähe ëaööha-ghaëuddesa-käriëià maà kisa tajjati rähi-ä.

Viçäkhä: lalide imä-e hi-a-aööhidaà ä-udaà ma-e jäëi-adi.

Lalitä: taà kadhe-i. suëissam.

sa-with; praëaya-affection; irñyam-malice; lalide-O Lalitä; ciööha ciööha-stay, stay; iti-thus; sa-with; bhru-of the eyebrows; bhaìgam-knitting; avalokate-glances; viçahe-O Viçäkhä; ëaööha-destroyed; ghaë-cloud; uddesa-indication; kärinim-performer; mam-me; kisa-why?; tajjati-critizes; rähi-a-Rädhä; lalide-Lalitä; imä-e-of her; hi-a-a-in the heart; ööhidam-situated; a-udam-desire; ma-e-by me; jäëi-adi-is undertood; tam-that; kadhe-i-please relate; suëissam-I shall listen.

Rädhikä: (affectionately angry) Lalitä, stop, stop! (Knitting her eyebrows, Rädhä stares at Lalitä.)

Lalitä: Viçäkhä, I am driving away the dark cloud that troubles Her. Why does Rädhä rebuke me?

Viçäkhä: Lalitä, I know the desire hidden in Her heart.

Lalitä: Tell it, and I will listen.

Text 31 (c)

Viçäkhä: (sanskåtena äçritya)

spåçantam yo meghän agham anagha-karmä tam avadhi-

dviña-jvälä-jälonmada-mada-mayat-käliyam ahim

akärñid gopendra-druham ajagaram divya-puruñaà

bhujaìgäcäryo 'smin kim iva ghaöate yan naga-ghaöaù

sankåtena-speaking in Sanskrit; spåçantam-touching; meghän-clouds; agham-Aghasura; anagha-pure, and never to be frustrated; karmä-deeds; tam-him; avadhi-dviña-inimical; jvälä-of flames; jäla-with a network; unmada-furious; mada-pride; mayat-moving; käliyam-Kalya; ahim-serpent; akärñit-did; gopa-of the cowherd men; indra-the king (Nanda); druham-harming; ajagaram-snake; divya-celestial; puruñam-person; bhujaìga-of serpents (or of handsome young men); äcäyaù-teacher; asmin-to Him; kim-how is it possible?; iva-as it were; ghaöate-to be affective; yat-which; naga-ghaöah-the trial where the accused touches a snake.

Viçäkhä: (in Sanskrit) He easily killed Aghäsura, a snake that touched the clouds. He defeated the arrogant Käliya snake, who spat flames of poison. The snake that attacked the gopa-king He turned into a demigod. Kåñëa must be the spiritual master of the snakes. What is Your ordeal of a snake in a waterpot to Him?

Text 32 (a)

Lalitä: (vihasya) halä radhe, appaëo pari-ara-ruva-e ëa jäëäsi mähappaà imä-e, pekkha. tah hi.

vihasya-laughing; halä-O friend; rädhe-Rädhä; appaëaù-of the self; pari-ara-of a follower; ruvä e na-who has the form; ëa-not; jäëäsi-you understand; mähappam-glory; imä-e-of her; pekkha-just see; taha hi-therefore it is said.

Lalitä: (laughs) Rädhä, you do not know the glory Your servant the snake. Look.

Text 32 (b)

avi garuòassa sihä-maëim uraga-vahu-gavva-häri-virudassa

pahava-i sahi moheduà tuha ëa-a-romä-ali-bhu-agi

avi-even; garuòassa-of Garuda; sihä-manim-crest jewel; uraga-of the serpents; vähu-of the wives; gavva-pride; häri-removing; virudassa-whose call; pahava-i-is able; sahi-O friend; mohedum-to stunn; tuha-your; ëa-a-new; romä-ali-line of hairs; bhu-agi-female serpent.

Friend, the snake of Your line of hairs has the power to bewilder and frustrate even the person who stays like a jewel on the head of Garuòa, the bird whose calls take away the pride of the snakes' wives.

Note: Kåñëa is the person who stays like a jewel on Garuòa's head.

Text 33 (a)

Rädhikä: (sapraëaya-roñam) a-i dhiööhe lalide, ettha äëavi-a maà viòambesi. tä gadu-a buòòhi-äëaà go-iëaà viënavissam (iti gantum icchati).

Lalitä: a-i muddhe. ëaà sähuà coraà vä jäëi-a jähi. (iti paöäïcalam ädadäti).

sa-with; praëaya-affection; roñam-anger; a-i-O; dhiööhe-audacious; lalide-O Lalitä; ettha-here; äëavi-a-having brought; mam-me; viòambesi-you are mocking; tä-that; gudu-a-having gone; buòòhi-änam-elderly; go-iëam-of the gopis; viënassam-I shall inform; iti-thus; gantum-to go; icchati-desires; a-i-O; muddhe-bewildered girl; ëam-this; sähum-pious; coram-dishonest; vä-or; jäëi-a-having known; jähi-you go; iti-thus; paöa-of the garment; aïcalam-the corner; ädadäti-takes.

Rädhikä: (affectionately angry) Arrogant Lalitä, first you bring me here, and then you mock me. I will go to Våndävana and tell the elderly gopis about you.

Lalitä: Bewildered girl, first determine whether my actions are good or bad. Then go.

Text 33 (b)

Kåñëaù: caëòi lalite, yad yato durägrahän na viçräntäsi, tataù karaväëi. (iti rädhäm anusarpati).

Lalitä: (vilokya) cha-illa, ciööha ciööha. viëëadam viëëadam.

caëòi-cruel; lalite-O Lalita; yat-which; yataù-because; durägrahät-wicked obstinacy; na-not; viçranta-stopped; asi-you are; tataù-therefore; karaväni-I should undergo; parikñam-the trial-by-ordeal; iti-thus; rädhäm-Rädhä; anusarpati-approaches; vilokya-observing; cha-illa-O clever one; ciööha ciööha-stop, stop; viëëadam viëëadam-it is understood, it is understood.

Kåñëa: Cruel Lalitä, because you will not give up this wicked idea, I accept this trial-by-ordeal. (He approaches Rädhä).

Lalitä: (observing Kåñëa). Clever Kåñëa, stop! Stop! I accept Your innocence. I accept it.

Text 33 (c)

(iti sanskåtena)

prärabdhe purataù parikñaëa-vidhau träsänuviddhasya te

khinno 'yaà kara-pallavas tara-latäà kampodgamaiù puñpayati

romäïcaà çikhi-piccha-cuòa-nibiòaà murtiç ca dhatte tato

jïätas tvaà nanu paçyato hara-puri-sämräjya-dhaureyakaù

iti-thus; sanskåtena-in Sanskrit; prärabdhe-in the previous activity; purataù-previosly; parikñaëa-of trial; vidhau-in the activity; träsa-fear; anuviddhasya-pierced; te-of You; khinnaù-distressed; ayam-this; kara-of trembling; kam-a-of shaking; udgamaiù-standing upright of hairs of the body; çikhi-peacock; piccha-feather; cuòa-crest; nibiòam- thick; murtiù-form; ca-and; dhatte-is it no so?; paçyataù-before the eyes; hara-stealing; puri-of the city; sämräjya-dominion; dhaureyakaù-abundance.

Kåñëa, when this trial-by ordeal began You were wounded by fear, and the blossoming twig of Your hand trembled. Then the hairs on Your body stood up like the peacock feathers in Your crown. Look, in this way I know that You must be the king who rules the city of thieves.

Text 34 (a)

Kåñëaù: (saìkucan namri-bhuya). hanta, dhi-gauravaà gauriëaà yad aham eva cauri-kåto 'smi.

Lalitä: cha-illa, diööhi-a appaëo muheëa aìgikidam.

Kåñëaù: sakhi, sauhådenopadiçyatäà me çreyasaù panthäù.

sankucan-shrinking; namri-bowing His head; hanta-O; dhi-of the intelligence; gauravam-the significance; gauriëam-of the fair complexioned gopis; yat-because; aham-I; eva-indeed; cauri-kåtaù asmi-I am a thief; cha-illa-O clever boy; diööhi-a-by good fortune; appaëaù-of the self; muhena-by the mouth; aìgi-kidam-accepted; sakhi-O friend; sauhådena-by friendship; upadiçyatäm-may be instructed; me-My; çreyasaù-best; panthäù-path; yena-by which; aham-I; aparädhi-of being an offender; bhavam-the state; na-not; vrajämi-I attain.

Kåñëa: (pulling back, He bows His head) Alas, the great intelligence of the fair gopis proves that I am a thief.

Lalitä: Clever boy, You admit it with Your own mouth.

Kåñëaù: Friend, out of friendship for Me, please show Me the right path, so I will be an offender no longer.

Text 34 (b)

Lalitä: (sanskåtena äçritya).

gatänäà rädhäyäù stana-giri-taöe yogam abhito

vivikte muktänäà tvam iha tarali-bhuya tarasä

viçuddhänäà madhye praviça saraëärthi sahådayä

bhajante säd-guëyäd api påthula-doñaà hi puruñam

sanskåtena açritya-speaking in Sanskrit; gatänäm-gone; rädhäyaù-of Rädhä; stana-of the breasts; giri-of the mountains; taöe-on the slope; yogam-yoga (or meeting); abhitaù-completely; vivikte-in solitude; muktänäm-of the liberated (or of the pearls); tvam-You; iha-here; tarali-bhuya-having trembled (or having become the central jewel on the necklace); tarasä-quickly; viçuddhänäm-of the pure; madhye-in the midst; praviça-please enter; sarana-for shelter; arthi-begging; sahrdayaù-saintly persons; bhajante-worship; säd-guëyät-because of saintly qualities; api-even; påthula-great; doñam-faults (or arm); hi-certainly; puruñam-person.

Lalitä: (in Sanskrit) You should approach the great and pure liberated souls who in secluded places have climbed the mountain of perfection in yoga. Then, trembling, You should beg shelter from them. Because they are very kind and virtuous, they will help even a sinner,

This ambiguous verse may also be translated:

"You should become the central jewel on the splendid pearl-necklace decorating the solitary slopes of the mountains of Sri Rädhä's breasts. You should approach those pearls and beg for shelter. Those saintly pearls will certainly accept You, the mighty-armed Supreme Personality of Godhead."

Text 35 (a)

Kåñëaù: sakhi sädhupadiñöaà tvayä. (iti sänandam upasåtya pänau rädhäà dadhäti).

Rädhikä: (sagadgadam) sundara, ajuttaà tujjha edam. (iti paëim äcchidya çäkhinäm tirodadhäti).

Kåñëaù: (Rädhäm aprekñya. saçaìkam). hanta sakhyau, kva väà priya-sakhi.

sakhi-O friend; sädhu-well; upadiñöam-instructed; tvayä-by you; iti-thus; sa-with; anandam-bliss; upasåtya-approaching; päëau-the two hands; rädhäm-Rädhä; dadhäti-places; sa-with; gadgadam-words choked up; sundara-O beautiful boy; ajuttam-improper; tujjha-Your; edam-this; iti-thus; paëim-the hand; äcchidya-removing; çäkhinäm-of the trees; tirodadhäti-hides; rädhäm-Rädhä; aprekñya-observing; sa-with; çaìkam-alarm; hanta-O; sakhyau-friends; kva-where?; väm-your; priya-dear; sakhi-friend.

Kåñëa: Friend, what you teach is right.

(Blissful, He approaches Rädhä, and places His hand upon Her).

Rädhikä: (with a faltering voice). Handsome one, this is not right. (Rädhä removes Kåñëa's hand and then dissappears into the trees.)

Kåñëa: (Observing Rädhä's departure, Kåñëa becomes alarmed.) Friends, where did your dear friend go?

Text 35 (b)

Ubhe: mohaëa, ëiruvi-a bhaëissamha. (iti çäkhi-prñöham äsädya). halä rähi. ëamma-silaà kanùaà parihasiduà laddho osaro. tä kkhaëaà sävahitthä ho-i.

ubhe-both; mohana-O charming boy; ëiruvi-a-having discovered; bhaëissamha-we shall relate; iti-thus; çäkhi-of the friend; rähi-O Rädhä; ëamma-joking; çilam-nature; kaëham-Kåñëa; parihasidum-to make a joke; laddhaù-attained; osaraù-opportunity; tä-that; kkhaëam-moment; sävahitthä-with pretense; ho-i-please become.

Lalitä and Viçäkhä: Charming one when we find her, we will tell You. (They approach Rädhä from behind). Friend Rädhä, now is the chance to tease this playful joker Kåñëa. For a moment hide what You really feel.

Text 35 (c)

Rädhikä: (savyäjaà bhruvau vibhujya). lalide, parihasiduà ti kià bhaëäsi. jaà irisaà sähasaà ëa kkhu mädisi-e juttam. tä patthidamhi.

sa-with; vyäjam-with cunning; bhruvau-eyebrow; vibhujya-bending; lalide-O Lalitä; parihasidum-to joke; ti-thus; kim-how?; bhaëäsi-you speak; jam-which; irisam-like this; sähanam-bold reckless act; ëa-not; kkhu-indeed; mädisi-e-by one like me; juttam-proper; tä-there; patthidamhi-I have left.

Rädhikä: (cunningly moving her eyebrows) Lalitä, why do you say I should tease Him? It is not right for a person like Me to mistreat anyone. I will leave here at once.

Text 35 (d)

Lalitä: (kåñëam abhyupetya). candäëaëa. amha-pi-a-sahi kià vi viëëavidu-kämävi bhä-edi.

Kåñëaù: sakhi, na khalv atra vaça-vartini jane bhitir avakäçaà labhate. tan nikämam äjïäpayatu.

kåñëam-Kåñëa; abhyupetya-approaching; canòäëaëa-O moon-faced boy; amha-our; pi-a-dear; sahi-friend; kim vi-something; viëëavidu-to say; kämävi-although she desires; bhä-edi-she is afraid; sakhi-O friend; na-not; khalu-indeed; atra-here; vaça-vartini-submissive and obedient; jane-towards a person; bhitiù-fear; avakäsäm-opportunity; labhate-attaisn; tat-that; nikämam-according to desire; äjïäpayatu-may she command.

Lalitä: (approaches Kåñëa). O boy with a face like the moon, although She yearns to speak with You, our friend is afraid.

Kåñëa: Friend, there is no need to fear a submissive servant. She may order Me as She likes.

Text 35 (e)

Lalitä: (sanskåtam äçritya).

cetas tämyati me bhayormibhir alaà päëi-dvayaà kampate

kaëöhaù sajjati hanta ghurëati çiraù svidyanti gäträëy api

goñöhäkhaëòala caëòa-sähasa-vidhau tenäsmi nähaà kñamä

yad duräd abhisärito niçi bhavän etan mama kñämyatu

cetaù-mind; tämyati-is perplexed; me-my; bhaya-of fear; urmibhiù-with waves; alam-greatly; päëi-hands; dvayam-two; kampate-tremble; kaëöhaù-throat; sajjati-is choked up; hanta-O; ghurëati-spins; çirah-head; svidyanti-perspire; gäträëi-limbs; api-even; goñöhä-of the land of cows (Vraja); akhaëòala-O monarch; caëòa-cruel; sähasa-reckless; vidhau-deed; tena-by that; asmi-I am; na-not; aham-I; kñamä-able; yat-which; durät-from a great distance; abhisäritaù-who has arrived at the place of rendesvouz; niçi-at night; bhavän-You; etat-that; mama-of me; kñämyatu-may forgive.

Lalitä: My heart is tossed by waves of fear. My hands tremble. My throat is choked. My head spins. O prince of Vraja, I have no power to do great deeds. From far away You have come here at night. Please forgive me.

Text 16 (a)

Kåñëaù: (svagatam) na jäne narmato dharmato väyaà giräà garimä.

Rädhikä: (kiïcid ävirbhuya). sahi tuëëaà patthävehi ëam. jäva kovi ëa pekkhadi.

Kåñëaù: (sakhedam ätmagatam) capala-premaëo hi bälä-ramaëyah. tat kim iväsaàbhävyaà näma.

svagatam-aside; na-not; jäne-I understand; narmataù-from joking; dharmataù-from religious principles; va-or; ayam-this; giräm-of the words; garimä-significance; kincit-somewhat; ävirbhuya-becoming visible; sahi-O friend; tuëëam-quickly; patthävehi-please send away; nam-Him; jäva-to which extent; kovi-someone; na-not; pekkhadi-sees; sa-with; khedam-unhappiness; ätmagatam-aside; capala-flickering; premaëaù-love; hi-indeed; bälä-ramaëyaù-young girls; tat-that; kim-what?; ivä-like; asaàbhävyam-impossible; näma-certainly.

Kåñëa: (aside) I don't know whether she is joking or showing good manners.

Rädhikä: (Becoming partly visible) Friend, quickly send Him away. No one should see me.

Kåñëa: (Unhappily says to Himself) Girls are very fickle in love. What is not possible for them?

Text 36 (b)

(prakäçam).

tvayähutaù pärçve praëaya-nikurambeëa rabhasäd

asiddhärtho rädhe bhavitum iha yuktaù katham aham

çriyäkåñöaù kåñëäyasa-maëir ayas-känta-çilayä

sphuöaà täm aspåñtvä bhajati kim adure sthagitatäm

prakäçam-openly; tvaya-by you; ahutaù-called; pärçve-nearby; praëaya-love; nikurambeëa-with an abundance; rabhasät-with great zeal; asiddha-not completed; arthaù-goal; rädhe-O Rädhä; bhavitum-to be; iha-here; yuktaù-proper; katham-how is it? aham-I; sriya-by the opulence; akåñöaù-attracted; kåñëäyasa-maëiù-iron; ayas-känta-of the magnet; çilayä-by the stone; sphuöam-clearly; täm-her; aspåñövä-not touching; bhajati-attains; kim-why?; adure-not far away; sthagitatäm-the state of being concealed.

(openly) With passionate love You called Me to Your side. O Rädhä, is it right to leave My desire unfulfilled? As iron is drawn to a magnet, so I am drawn to You. I did not even touch You. Why did You run away and hide?

Text 37 (a)

Lalitä: go-uläëanda, rähi-aà kisa uvälahesi. ëaà dhamma-hada-aà cce-a uvälaha, jo kkhu hadäso doëaà ëibbhraräëurattäëaà antare paòibandhi-hodi.

go-uläëanda-O bliss of Gokula; rähi-am-Rädhä; kisa-why?; uvälahesi-do you criticise; ëam-indeed; dhamma-of religion; hada-am-transgression; cce-a-indeed; uvälaha-You should criticise; jaù-which; kkhu-indeed; hadäsaù-bereft of hope; doëam-of the two; ëibhaù-greatly; anurattanam-affectionate; antare-within; paòibandhi hodi-become an obstacle.

Lalitä: Bliss of Gokula, why do You blame Rädhä? You should blame Your own sin. That sin is no an obstacle to stop You two from becoming lovers.

Text 37 (b)

Kåñëaù: paçya paçya.

sakhi nirbharam anuraktäù

praëayinam anuyänti dharmam api hitvä

iyam ati-rägä präci

cumbati vidhum indra-näthäpi

paçya paçya-look, look; sakhi-O friend; nirbharam-greatly; anuraktäù-affectionate; praëayinam-to the beloved; anuyänti-goes; dharmam-morality; api-even; hitvä-having abandoned; iyam-this; ati-great; rägä-love; präci-facing; cumbati-kisses; vidhum-Candra (the deity of the moon), (also a name of Lord Viñëu); indra-nätha-Tara, the wife of Brhaspati, the priest of Indra (or a woman with a powerful or opulent husband); api-even.

Kåñëa: Look! Look! Friend, leaving morality behind, they who love passionately run to their beloved. Passionately in love, Indra's wife kissed the demigod Candra.

Note: Ambiguous, this verse may also be translated:

"Look! Look! Friend, leaving morality behind, they who love passionately run to their beloved. Passionately in love, even a king's wife will kiss the Supreme Personality of Godhead."

Text 38 (a)

Lalitä: tumhäëaà uttara-pa-uttare ko ëäma pahavadi. tä ido vijayentu sämi-pädä.

Rädhikä: (säkutam anusåtya). lalide, appaëo muheëa kiàvi viëëavi-a ëaà nivaööhäva-issam.

tumhänam-of you; uttara-pa-uttare-in the debate; kaù-what?; ëäma-indeed; pahavadi-is possible; tä-therefore; idaù-from this; vijayentu-should go; sämi-of the Lord; pädä-feet; sä-with; akutam-intention; anusåtya-approaching; lalide-O Lalitä; appanaù-own; muheëa-by the mouth; kiàvi-something; viëëavi-a-having instructed; ëam-this; nivaööhäva-issam-I shall turn away.

Lalitä: Can You give an answer? O noble lady, You should leave this place.

Rädhikä: (deliberately approaching Lalitä). Lalitä, with My owm mouth I will say something. Then I will go.

Text 38 (b)

(iti lalitäm avekñya. sanskåtena).

samantän me kirtir mukharita-sati-maëòala-mukhä

kalaëonmuktaà kulam avikala-çrir api patiù

calac-cilli-lilä-jita-madana-dhanvoddhatir ayaà

tad asminn ärambhe hådayam aphalaà viklavayati

iti-thus; lalitäm-Lalitä; avekñya-glancing; sanskåtena-in Sanskrit; samantät-completely; me-my; kirtiù-good reputation; mukharita-resounding; sati-of the pious gopis; maëòala-of the community; mukhä-mouths; kalaìkena-of any taint; unmuktam-free; kulam-family; avikala-entire; çriù-beauty and opulence; api-although; patiù-master; calat-moving; cilli-of the eyebrows (compared to creepers); lila-by the pastimes; jita-conquered; madana-cupid; dhanva-of the bow; uddhatiù-the pride; ayam-this; tat-that; asmin-in this; ärambhe-attempt; hådayam-heart; aphalam-fruitless; viklavayati-causes to become depressed.

(Glances at Lalitä). My glories always stay in the mouths of the circle of saintly ladies. My family is free from any impurity. My husband has all glory and opulence. Still, He whose restless eyebrows defeat even Kämadeva's bow now brings sorrow to My worthless heart.

Text 39

Kåñëaù: (rädhäm nirupya. socchvasam ätmagatam).

dhävantyäù çruti-çañkuli-parisaram saìgäd apäìgäd apäìga-çriyo

dhatte hiraka-kuëòalaà marakatottaàsa-dyutià subhruvaù

väg-antaù smita-bhäg vibhäti tad idaà säìke sakhi-çikñayä

vaimukhyaà kila kåtrimaà vilasati kläntià mano mä sma gäù

rädhäm-Rädhä; nirupya-observing; sa-with; ucchvasam-a sigh; ätmagatam-aside; dhävantyäù-moving; çruti-of the ears; çaskuli-the opening; parisaram-near; saìgät-from contact; apäìga-of sidelong-glances; çriyaù-of the beauty; dhatte-places; hiraka-diamond; kuëòalam-earring; marakata-emerald; uttaàsa-ornament; dyutim-luster; subhruvaù-of she who has beautiful eyebrows; väk-words; antaù-within; smita-smile; bhäk-possessing; vibhäti-is brilliantly manifest; tat-therefore; idam-this; çaìke-I suspect; sakhi-of the friend; çikñayä-by the instruction; vaimukhyam-aversion; kila-indeed; kåtrimam-artificial; vilasati-is manifested; kläntim-dejection; manah-O mind; mä-don't; sma-indeed; gäù-go.

Kåñëa: (glancing at Rädhä, Kåñëa sighs and says to Himself) Touched by Her restless sidelong glances, Rädhä's earrings are now dark like emeralds. Also, within the words of this girl with beautiful eyebrows a smile now glistens. O My heart, please do not be unhappy. I suspect Her rejection of Me is a pretense created by Her friend's advice.

Text 40 (a)

Lalitä: (kåñëa-mukham älokya. janäntikam). visähe, iìgideëa lakkhemi. uëëidaà imiëä amhäëaà rahassam.

Viçäkhä: adha im.

kåñëa-Kåñëa's; mukham-face; älokya-observed; janäntikam-whishpering; visähe-O Viçäkhä; iìgidena-by the intention; lakkhemi-I am undertood; uëëidam-discovered; imiëa-by this; amhänam-our; rahassam-secret; adha im-this is certainly true.

Lalitä: (She looks at Kåñëa's face and whispers to Viçäkhä:) Viçäkhä, by looking at Him I know that Kåñëa has uncovered our secret.

Viçäkhä: Yes, it is true.

Text 40 (b)

Kåñëaù: (sasmitam) lalite, kåtam atra vaïcana-cäturi-prapaïcena. nahi lutayä prasäritäs tantavo gandha-sindhurasya bandhäya prabhavanti.

Viçäkhä: sahi rähe, ëipphalaà vilambasi. jhatti kidatthi-kuëa appaëo pi-a-jaëam.

sa-with; smitam-a smile; lalite-O Lalitä; kåtam-useless; atra-here; vaïcana-at cheating; cäturi-expert; prapaïcena-the manifestation; nahi-not at all; lutayä-by a spider; prasäritaù-expanded; tantavaù-webs; gandha-sindhurasya-of a maddened elephant; bandhäya-for binding; prabhavanti-is able; sahi-O friend; rähe-O Rädhä; ëipphalam-fruitless; vilambasi-you are delaying; jhatti-immediately; kidatthi-kuëa-please fulfill the desire; appanaù-of your own; pi-a-jaëam-dear friend.

Kåñëa: (smiles) Lalitä, you cannot trick Me with these words. A spider cannot weave a web that will catch an elephant.

Viçäkhä: Friend Rädhä, Your teasing is now useless. At once fulfill Your beloved's desire.

Text 40 (c)

Kåñëaù: (sänurägam)

karëa-dvandvam idaà rutair iha kuhu-kaëöhasya kuëöhi-kåtaà

sadyaù komala-bhärati-parimalenolläghaya släghayä

niùçaìkaà kila çitali-kuru parirambheëa rambhoru me

gambhira-smara-vahni-täpa-lahari-paöräëi gäträëy api

karëa-of ears; dvandvam-the pair; idam-this; rutaiù-with sounds; iha-here; kuhukaëöhasya-of a cuckoo; kuëöhi-kåtam-blunted; sadyaù-immediately; komala-gentle; bhärati-of eloquent words; parimalena-with the fragrance; ulläghaya-plase cure; släghayä-with words of praise; niùçaìkam-fearlessly; kila-indeed; çitali-kuru-make cool; parirambhena-with an embrace; rambhoru-O beautiful Rädhä; me-My; gambhira-deep; smara-of love; vahni-of the fires; täpa-of the heat; lahari-of the waves; päträëi-receptacles; gäträni-limbs; api-even.

Kåñëaù: (with passionate love) With the fragrance of sweet words please cure My ears deafened by the cuckoos' cooing. O girl with the beautiful thighs, with Your unhesitating embrace please cool My limbs now splashed by waves of the flames of passionate love.

Text 41 (a)

Viçäkhä: sundara, esä bhaavadi lajjä rähi-ä-ruveëa uttiëëa. tä jäva ëaà cädu-bandheëa saàmuhi kadu-a samapemha täva bhavanteëa somma-si-ala-vuttiëä hodavvam.

sundara-O handsome boy; esä-she; bhaavadi-of the demigodess; lajjä-shame; jjevva-certainly; rähi-ä-of Rädhä; ruveëa-in the form; uttiëëa-has descended; tä-therefore; jäva-as long as; ëam-her; cädu-bandheëa-with words of praise; saàmuhi-kadu-a-facing; samappemha-I offer; täva-for that legnth of time; bhavanteëa-by You; somma-gentle and noble; si-ala-cool; vuttiëä-with a disposition; hodavyam-should be done.

Viçäkhä: Handsome one, assuming the form of Rädhä, the Goddess of Shyness has descended to this world. I will praise Her with sweet words. You please be cool and calm, like a perfect gentleman.

Text 41 (b)

Kåñëaù: (sädaram)

ayam atra nisarga-çitalaù

sakhi rädhä-kucayor avasthitim

nava-käïcana-kumbhayor ahaà

sphurad indivra-dämavad bhaje

sa-with; adaram-reverence; ayam-this; atra-here; nisarga-by nature; çitalaù-cool; sakhi-O friend; rädhä-of Rädhä; kucayoù-of the breasts; avasthitim-residence; nava-new; käïcana-gold; kumbhayoù-pitchers; aham-I; sphurat-clearly; indivara-of blue lotus flowers; däma-a garland; vat-like; bhaje-I attain.

Kåñëa: (repectful) By nature I am very cool and calm. Friend, now I will become like blue-lotus garland resting on the golden waterpots of Rädhä's breasts.

Text 42 (a)

(iti mandaà mandaà rädhäm upasarpati).

Rädhikä: (kincid upasåtya) sahi visähe, suööhu bhidamhi. tä kiàti mam uvekkhasi.

iti-thus; mandam mandam-slowly; rädhäm-Rädhä; upasarpati-approaches; kincit-somewhat; apasåtya-shrinking; sahi-O friend; visähe-Viçäkhä; suööhu-clearly; bhidamhi-I am afraid; tä-therefore; kiàti-why?; mam-to me; uvekkhasi-do you abandon.

(Kåñëa slowly approaches Rädhä.)

Rädhikä: (backing away) Friend Viçäkhä, I am afraid. Why do you abandon Me?

Text 42 (b)

Lalitä: rähe, esä visäheti vikkhidä kadhaà tumaà pacchädi-a rakkhiduà pahavadu, tä rakkhaëa-kkhamaà ëaà vaëa-mäli-aà jjeva bhajehi. jaà esä a-aòida-çili-muhä disa-i.

rähe-O Rädhä; esä-she; visäheti-as Viçäkhä; vikkhidä-celebrated; kadham-how; tumam-you; pacchädi-a-having concealed; rakkhidum-to protect; pahavadu-may be able; tä-therefore; rakkhaëa-protection; kkhamam-competent; ëam-this; vaëa-of forest flowers; mäli-am-garland; jjeva-surely; bhajehi-please take; jam-because; esä-this; a-aòida-attracted; çilimuhä-bumble-bees; disa-i-seen.

Lalitä: Rädhä, her name is "Viçäkhä". How can she protect You? Accept this garland. It will protect You. You can see it attracts all the black bees.

Note: The word "Viçäkhä" may be interpreted to means "without hands". Lalitä explains that because she is handless, Viçäkhä cannot protect Rädhä.

Text 42 (c)

Rädhika: (sapraëaya-roñam) a-i dummuhi lalide, siddhä cce-a tumha maëorahä, tadhävi ëa nivuttäsi.

Viçäkhä: halä rähi, savväëaà go-ula-jaëäëaà abha-adäëa-sattre dikkhido kaëho. tä ido kià ti bhä-esi.

sa-with; praëaya-affection; roñam-and anger; a-i-O; dummuhi-foul-mouthed; lalide-O Lalitä; siddhä-accomplished; cee-a-surely; tumha-your; maëorahä-desires; tadhävi-nevertheless; ëa-not; nivuttäsi-you have gone away; halä-O; rähi-Rädhä; savväëam-to all; go-ula-of Gokula; jaëäëam-the residents; abha-adäëa-for giving fearlessness; sattre-for the Vedic ritual; dikkhidaù-consecratede; kaëhaù-Kåñëa; tä-therefore; idaù-from this; kim ti-why indeed?; bhä-esi-are you afraid.

Rädhikä: (with affectionate anger) O Lalitä with the harsh mouth, now your desires are fulfilled. Still you do not go away.

Viçäkhä: Rädhä, Kåñëa has begun a Vedic ritual of to bring fearlessness to all the people of Gokula. Why are You afraid?

Text 42 (d)

Kåñëaù: sundari rädhe, tvam eva suñöhu baliñthäsi. tataù katham mattas tava bhittiù. tathä hi.

sundari-beautiful; rädhe-O Rädhä; tvam-you; eva-certainly; suñöhu-clearly; baliñöha-strongest; asi-are; tataù-therefore; katham-how is it?; mattaù-because of Me; tava-your; bhitiù-fear; tathä hi-as it is said.

Kåñëa: Beautiful Rädhä, you are much stronger. Why do You fear Me?

Text 42 (e)

ahino bhru-gucchaù kutila-valanair veñöayati mäà

kharas te netränto mayi vitanute täòana-vidhim

pralambaù keçänto harati haöha-våttyä mama balaà

bhajadbhis tväm etair aham iha jitair asmi vijitaù

ahinaù-Kaliya, the king of the snakes (or broad); bhru-of the eyebrows; gucchaù-cluster of blossoms; kuöila-crooked; valanaiù-with movements; veñöayati-surrounds; mäm-Me; kharaù-the demon Dhenukasura; te-your; netra-of the eyes; antaù-corner; mayi-in Me; vitanute-extends; täòana-of chastising; vidhim-the activity; pralambaù-the demon Pralambasura (or hanging down); keça-of the hair; antaù-end; harati-removes; haöha-of violence; våttyä-by the activity; mama-My; balam-Balaräma, (or stregnth); bhajadbhiù-worshipping or taking shelter; tväm-you etaiù-by them; aham-I; iha-here; jitaiù-conquered; asmi-I am; vijitaù-conquered.

Staying in Your flower eyebrows, the Käliya snake surrounds Me. Staying in the corners of Your eyes, Dhenukäsura attacks Me. Staying in Your hair, Pralambäsura makes Me powerless. Though I once defeated them, now they defeat Me.

Text 43 (a)

Lalitä: kaëha, kudo imä-e valiööhattaëaà jaà appaëo dhaëaà tu-atto mo-äviduà ëa samatthä.

kaëha-O Kåñëa; kudaù-from what place?; imä-e-her; valiööhaëam-superior stregnth; jam-because; appaëaù-of the self; dhaëam-opulence; tu-attaù-from You; mo-ävidum-to take away; ëa-not; samatthä-is able.

Lalitä: Kåñëa, how can Rädhä be stronger than You? No one has the power to rob You of Your glories.

Text 43 (b)

Viçäkhä: (sanskåtena)

vidhatte kaàsäriù sakhi paramahaàsäliñu ratià

manohaàsendraà te katham api na nirmokñyati tataù

badhänämuà sadyas tvam api bhuja-valli-vilasitaiù

çathe kaù kñemärthi sumukhi nahi çäöhyaà ghaöayati

sanskåtena-in Sanskrit; vidhatte-places; kaàsa-of Kaàsa; ariù-the enemy (Kåñëa); sakhi-O friend; paramahaàsa-of pure devotees; aliñu-towards the multitudes; ratim-love; manaù-of the mind; haàsa-os swans; indram-to the king; te-your; katham api-some way or other; na-not; nirmokñyati-will free; tataù-therefore; badhäna-binding; amum-this; sadyaù-immediately; tvam-you; api-even; bhuja-of the arms; valli-creepers; vilasitaiù-peace; arthi-desiring; sumukhi-beautiful face; nahi-certainly not; çäöhyam-dishonesty; ghaöayati-attains.

Viçäkhä: Friend, Kåñëa loves the noble swans of His devotees. Why, even though You yearn to bind him with the flowering vines of Your arms, does the swan of Your heart not go to Him? O girl with the beautiful face, who, desiring a peaceful and happy life, would not turn from such dishonest tricks?

Text 44 (a)

rädhikä: (säbhisuyam) päve visähi-e. tumaà vi lalidä-e visaladä-e märudeëa dusidäsi.

sa-with abhisuyam-anger; päve-sinner; visähi-e.-Visakha; tumam-you; vi-even; lalidä-e-of Lalita; visaladä-e-of the poison flowervine; märudeëa-by the breeze; dusidäsi-poisoned.

Rädhä: (angry) Sinful Viçäkhä, the breeze from the poison-flowervine of Lalitä has poisoned you.

Text 44 (b)

Kåñëaù: sakhi lalite, svaprasädämåte kämam adattävagähanayä katham adyäpi taöasthi-kåto 'smi rädhayä.

sakhi-O friend; lalite-O Lalitä; sva-own; prasäda-mercy; amåte-nectar; kämam-according to desire; adatta-not granted; avagähanaya-the immersion; katham-how is it?; adya-now; api-even; taöasthi-kåtaù-placed on the shore; asmi-I am; rädhayä-by Rädhä.

Kåñëa: Friend Lalitä, why does Rädhä not allow Me to dive into the nectar of Her mercy? Why does She make Me wait on its shore?

Text 44 (c)

Lalitä: kaëha, muïca cäturi-vitthäraà. ëa kkhu canda-ali vi-a jhatti vä-ametta-eëa sulaha-ppasädä amha-pi-a-sahi.

Kåñëaù: kathaà sulabhas te sakhi-prasädaù.

Lalitä: se-ä saëtäëena.

kaëha-O Kåñëa; muïca-please abandon; cäturi-of cleverness; vitthäram-expansion; ëa-not; kkhu-indeed; canda-ali-Candrävali; vi-a-just like; jhatti-immediately; vä-a-by words; metta-eëa-only; sulaha-easy to attain; ppasädä-mercy; amha-our; pi-a-dear; sahi-friend; katham-how is it?; sulabhaù-easy to attain; te-your; sakhi-of the friend; prasädaù-mercy; se-ä-of service; saëtäëena-by a continuous flow.

Lalitä: Kåñëa, give up trying to trick us. My dear friend is not like Candrävali, who gives mercy the moment she is asked.

Kåñëa: How does one attain your friend's mercy?

Lalitä: By constant service.

Text 44 (d)

Kåñëaù: (sänandam, rädhäà paçyan).

kià candanena kucayo racayämi citram

uttaàsayämi kabarià tava kià prasunaiù

aìgäni laìgimataräìgi kareëa kià vä

saàvähayämy atanu-kheda-karambitäni

sa-with; änandam-bliss; rädhä-Rädhä; paçyan-seeing; kim-whether?; candanena-with sandalwood paste; kucayoù-on the two breasts; racayämi-I shall draw; citram-a picture; uttaàyämi-shall I decorate with a crown; kabarim-braids; tava-your; kim-whether?; prasunaiù-with flowers; aìgäni-limbs; laìgima-tara-extremely beautiful; aìgi-limbs; kareëa-with the hand; kim vä-or whether?; saàvähayämi-shall I massage; atanu-of cupid; kheda-affliction; karambitäni-mixed.

Kåñëa: (joyfully glancing at Rädhä). O girl with the beautiful limbs, shall I draw sandal-paste pictures on Your breasts? Shall I decorate Your braids with flowers? With My hand shall I massage your limbs tormented by Kämadeva?

Text 45 (a)

Rädhikä: (salilam apakramya. säìguli-tarjanam). pämari, sumarissasi osare. tä esä gharaà gacchanti jimhäëaà tumhäëaà hatthädo appäëaà mo-äva-issam.

sa-with; lilam-pastimes; apakramya-retreating; sa-with; sa-with; aìguli-finger; tarjanam-scolding; pämari-O rascal; sumarissasi-you shall remember; osare-on the occasion; tä-therefore; esä-I; gharam-home; gacchanti-going; jimhäëam-crooked; tumhäëam-of you; hatthädaù-from the hand; appäëam-myself; mo-äva-issam-I shall release.

Rädhikä: (playfully turning away, she points a finger at Lalitä) Crooked wretch, you will remember this moment! Now I will go home. I will escape from the hands of you crooked girls.

Text 45 (b)

Lalitä: (paöäncalam äkåñya)

sahi rähi yähi na gharaà para-hatthe patthidamhi ëi-ahaàse

a-i bahire hiraëëaà desi kudo aïcale gaëöhim

paöa-of the sari; aïcalam-corner; äkåñya-pulling; sahi-O friend; rähi-O Rädhä; yähi-please go; na-not; gharam-home; ara-other; hatthe-in the hand; patthidamhi-I am prepared; ëi-a-own; haàse-in the swan (of the mind); a-i-O; bahire-O deaf girl; hiraëëam-gold; desi-you give; kudaù-how is it?; aïcale-on the border; gaëöhim-knot.

Lalitä: (pulling the corner of Rädhä's garment) Friend Rädhä, don't go home. With the swan of my hand I will stop You. Deaf girl, why do You keep this gold tied in the corner of Your clothing?

Text 46 (a)

Rädhikä: muïca muïcäïcalam. ido gadu-a ajji-aà viëëavissam.

(nepathye)

hanta ëattiëi lalide, kahià de pi-a-sahi rähi-ä.

Lalitä: hanta, esä ajji-ä muharä idha jjevva ä-acchadi.

Kåñëaù: (saçaìkam) tato daviyän bhavämi. (iti tathä sthitaù).

munca-let go; munca-let go; aïcalam-of the border; idaù-from this place; gadu-a-having gone; ajji-am-the respectable Mukhara; viëëavissam-I shall inform; nepathye-from the wings; hanta-O; ëattiëi-O granddaughter; lalide-O Lalitä; kahim-where?; de-your; pi-a-dear; sahi-friend; rähi-ä-Rädhä; hanta-O; esä-she; ajji-ä-the pious woman; muharä-Mukhara; idha-here; jjevva-indeed; ä-acchadi-is coming; sa-with; çaìkam-alarm; tataù-therefore; daviyan-far away; bhavämi-I shall become; iti-thus; tathä-in that way; sthitaù-He becomes situated.

Rädhikä: Let go of the edge of My clothing! Let go! When I leave this place I will tell the noble lady all about this.

Mukharä: (calling from off-stage) Granddaughter Lalitä, where is your dear friend Rädhä?

Lalitä: O, here comes saintly Mukharä.

Kåñëa: (alarmed) I should run far away! (He does that.)

Text 46 (b)

(praviçya)

Mukharä: (puro dåñtià nikñipya säçaìkam ätmagatam). jo kkhu durado kovi nilima-puïjo maraga-a-tthambhaà pasappa-e. (iti kåñëäntikam anusarpati).

puraù-ahead; dåñtim-glance; nikñipya-throwing; sa-with; açaìkam-uncertainly; duradaù-from a great distance; kovi-someone; nilima-of blueness; puïjaù-abundance; maraga-a-emerald; tthambham-column; viòambantaù-imitating; diööhim-vision; me-my; a-attha-i-attracts; ëuëam-indeed; saù-He; esaù-this; kaëhaù-Kåñëa; bhave-may be; jam-because; a-uruvvam-unprecedented; kim pi-something; sorabbham-sweet fragrance; pasappa-i-has become extended; iti-thus; kåñëa-of Kåñëa; antikam-proximity; anusarpati-approaches.

(Mukharä enters).

Mukharä: (Glancing ahead, she becomes doubtful about what she sees. She says to herself) Something that looks like a sapphire pillar attracts my eyes from afar. It must be Kåñëa. He has a wonderful sweet fragrance.

Text 46 (c)

Kåñëaù: ärye (ity ardhokte).

Mukharä: (sakapaöäkroñam) ko kkhu ajjeti khulakhulavedi.

Kåñëaù: ärye mukhare, sukhaà vardhase.

Mukharä: mohaëa. jäva tuha vamsi-ä-e mu-attaëaà ëa saàvuttaà täva kudo amhäëaà suham.

Kåñëaù: ärye, kià te 'parädhyati vaàsi.

ärye-O pious woman; iti-thus; ardha-half; ukte-spoken; sa-with; kapaöa-pretended; akrosäm-harsh words; kaù-who?; kkhu-indeed; ajjeti-the word "O pious woman"; khulakhulavedi-speaks; ärye-O pious woman; mukhare-O Mukharä; sukham-happiness; vardhase-you increase; mohana-O charming boy; jäva-to which extent; tuha-Your; vamsi-ä-e-of the flute; mu-attaëam-silence; ëa-not; saàvuttam-occurred; täva-to that extent; kudaù-how?; mahäëam-of us; suham-happiness; ärye-O pious woman; kim-how; te-you; aparädhyati-offends; vaàsi-the flute.

Kåñëa: Noble lady, . . . (He is interrupted in the middle of His words.)

Mukharä: (with pretended harshness). Who mumbles Noble lady"?

Kåñëa: Saintly Mukharä, may you be happy.

Mukharä: Charming boy, how we be happy when Your flute refuses to be silent?

Kåñëa: Noble lady, did My flute offend you?

Text 46 (d)

Mukharä: puccha imä-o savva-go-ula bäli-ä-o jä-o kaëëa-simaà pavisattammi vamsi-ä-phukkärärambhe väraà-väraà ëivärijjanti-o vi vaëe dhä-anti.

puccha-please ask; imä-aù-these; savva-all; go-ula-of Gokula; bäli-ä-aù-young girls; jä-aù-who; kaëëa-of the ears; simam-the boundary; pavisattammi-enters; vamsi-ä-of the flute; phukkära-of the hissing; ärambhe-in the beginning; väram-väram-again and again; ëivärijjanti-aù-forbidden; vi-even though; vaëe-in the forest; dhä-anti-run.

Mukharä: Go ask the girls of Gokula. Whenever the sound of Your flute approaches their ears, those girls run into the forest, even though again and again we try to stop them.

Text 46 (e)

Kåñëaù: (vihasya) mukhare, satyam yathärthanämäsi.

Mukharä: mohaëa, padose tujjha ettha paveso maà saìkä-ulaà karedi.

Kåñëaù: mukhare, kåtam atra çaìkayä. yad adya parunamäsyä me varëitaà tavätra catvaräìke caìkramiti käpy adbhutä hariëiti.

vihasya-laughing; mukhare-O Mukharä; satyam-in truth; yatha-artha-appropriate; näma-name; asi-you are; mohaëa-O charming boy; padose-in the evening; tujjha-Your; ettha-here; pavesaù-entrance; mam-to me; saìkä-ulam-agitated with fear; karedi-causes; mukhare-O Mukharä; kröam-useless; atra-here; säìkaya-fear; yat-because; adya-now; paurnamäsyä-by Paurëamäsi; me-to Me; varëitam-described; tava-your; atra-here; catvara-aìke-in the courtyard; caìkrami-wandering about; iti-thus; ka api-a certain; adbhutä-amazing; hariëi-female deer; iti-thus.

Kåñëa: (laughing) Mukharä, your name is very appropriate.

Mukharä: Charming boy, Your coming here at night frightens me.

Kåñëa: Mukharä, you are afraid for no reason. Paurëamäsi told Me a wonderful doe wanders in this courtyard

Note: "Mukharä" means "talkative".

Text 46 (f)

Mukharä: ëä-ara, pahäde pecchisassi. ëaà däëià sähehi.

Kåñëaù: hanta-våddhe gaòòara-viñäëa-kaöhorre, viçrabdham äsyatäm. eño 'haà vrajämi. (iti çäkhinäm antardadhäti).

ëä-O handsome young man; pahäde-in the morning; pecchisassi-You shall see; ëam-this; däëim-now; sähedi-please go; hanta-O; våddhe-elderly gopi; gaòòara-of a sheep; viñäëa-as a horn; kaöhore-hard; viçrabdham-trust; äsyatäm-there should be; eçaù-He; aham-I; vrajämi-am going; iti-thus; çakhinäm-into the trees; antardadhäti-dissappears.

Mukharä: Charming boy, look for the doe tomorrow morning. For now, go home.

Kåñëa: Old lady, you are hard like a ram's horn, but I trust you. I will go now. (Kåñëa dissappears into the forest.)

Text 46 (g)

Mukharä: lalide, saccaà gado kaëho.

Lalitä: adha im.

Kåñëaù: (svagatam) ghurëäkuleyaà jarati. tad atra tuñëim etya rädhä-paöam akarñayämi. (iti tathä karoti.)

lalide-O Lalita; saccam-truth; gadaù-gone; kaëhaù-Kåñëa;.adha im-certainly; svagatam-aside; ghurëäkuleyam-agitate; jarati-old lady; tat-this; atra-here; tuñëim-to silence; etya-going; rädhä-Rädhä; paöam-garment; akarñayämi-I will tug; iti-thus; tathä-thus; karoti-does.

Mukharä: Lalita, did Kåñëa really go?

Lalita. Yes He did.

Kåñëa: (aside) This old lady is upest. I will stay silent. But I will tug Rädhä's clothing. (He does that.)

Text 46 (h)

Mukharä: (cakñuñi vikasya säkroñam) ghaööi lalide, aggado eso pidambaro kaëho rähi-säòi-a-aïcalaà ä-aòòhanto vi-a disa-i. tä kisa tumaà maà padävesi.

cakñuñi-two eyes; vikäsya-expanding; sa-with; äkroñam-angry words; ghaööhi-audacious; lalide-O Lalitä; aggadaù-in the presence; esaù-this; pidambaraù-dressed in yellow garments; kaëhaù-Kåñëa; rähi-of Rädhä; säòi-a-of the garment; aïcalam-the border; ä-aòòhantaù-pulling; vi-a-as if; disa-i-is observed; tä-therefore; kisa-how is it?; tumam-you; mam-to me; padävesi-you are deceiving.

Mukharä: (Her eyes wide-open with anger) Rascal Lalitä! I see Kåñëa tugging the edge of Rädhä's clothing! Why do you try to fool me?

Text 46 (i)

(kåñëaù saçaìkam kiïcid spasarpati).

Lalitä: (svagatam) ratti-andhi-am nam buddhi-am vaïcemi. (prakäçam. samrambham abhiniya. sanskåtena).

mudhä çaìkäm andhe jarati kuruñe yämuna-taöe

tamälo 'yaà cämikara-kalita-mule nivasati

samira-preìkholäd ati-caöula-çänkhä-bhujatayä

vayasyäyä yena stana-vasanam äsphälitam abhut

kåñëaù-Kåñëa; sa-with; çaìkam-fear; kiïcit-somewhat; apasarpati-retreats; svagatam-aside; ratti-at night; andhi-am-darkness; nam-this; buddhi-am-old woman; vaïcemi-I shall deceive; prakäçam-openly; samrambham-anger; abhiniya-attaining; sanskåtena-in Sanskrit; mudhä-uselessly; çaìkäm-fear; andhe-blind; jarati-O old woman; kuruñe-you perform; yämuna-of the Yamuna river; taöe-on the bank; tamälaù-tamala tree; ayam-this; cämikara-golden; kalita-constructed; mule-at the root; nivasati-dwells; samira-of the breezes; preìkholät-from the movements; ati-very; caöula-unsteady; çäkhä-of the branches; bhujatayä-by the state of having branches; vayasyäyäù-of the friend; yena-by whom; stana-of the breast; vasanam-garment; äsphälitam-shaken; abhut-became.

(Kåñëa becomes a little frightened and retreats.)

Lalitä: (aside) At night this old lady is almost blind. I will trick her. (angrily speaking out, she says in Sanskrit) Blind old lady, you worry without reason. That is a tamäla tree by the Yamunä. That is a golden bench at the tree's roots. Moving in the wind, the tree's branches tug at this girl's bodice.

Text 47 (a)

Mukharä: (svagatam) asaccaà ëa kahe-i. (prakäçam) vatse, ghummä-ulamhi. tä gharaà gadu-a suvissam. (iti niñkräntä).

svagatam-aside; asaccam-a lie; ëa-not; kahe-i-she speaks; prakäçam-openly; vatse-O child; ghummä-ulamhi-I have become very agitated; tä-therefore; gharam-home; gadu-a-having gone; suvissam-I shall sleep; iti-thus; niñkräntä-she exits.

Mukharä: (aside) She isn't lying. (openly) Child, I am very upset. I will go home and go to sleep. (Mukharä exits).

Text 47 (b)

Viçäkhä: halä rähi, kaëhassa muha-maëälumilidaà ghamma-jala-bindu-jälaà ëi-a-aïcaleëa avaëehi.

Rädhikä: (sabhrubhaìgam) visähe, tumaà jeva avaëehi. jä kkhu äkomäraà imaàssi vade gahida-dikkhäsi.

halä-O; rähi-Rädhä; kaëhassa-of Kåñna; muha-of the face; maëòalummilidam-the circle has become manifested; ghamma-jala-of perspiration; bindu-of drops; jälam-a network; ëi-a-own; säòi-a-of the garment; aïcaleëa-by the border; avaëehi-please wipe away; sa-with; bhru-of the eyebrows; bhaìgam-knitting; visähe-O Viçäkhä; tumam-you; jeva-indeed; avaëehi-should wipe them away; jä-who; kkhu-indeed; äkomäram-to the age of sixteen; imaàssi-in this; vvade-in the vow; gahida-dikkhäsi-you have accepted initiation.

Viçäkhä: Rädhä, Kåñëa's face is covered with perspiration. With the corner of Your garment please wipe it away.

Rädhikä: (knitting her eyebrows) Viçäkhä, you wipe it away. Since childhood you have taken a vow to do these things.

Text 47 (c)

Viçäkhä: rädhe, kaëöha-ööhidä de raìgaëa-mäli-ä bhaëädi. mä kuppa. tumaà vi taha dikkhä-vihäëe kärijjanta-saìkalpäsi.

rädhe-O Rädhä; kaëöha-on the neck; ööhidä-situated; de-your; raìgaëa-delightful; mäli-ä-garland; bhaëädi-speaks; mä-don't; kuppa-become angry; tumam-you; vi-even; taha-there; dikkhä-of initiation; vihäëe-in the activity; kärijjanta-being performed; saìkalpäsi-you have the desire.

Viçäkhä: Rädhä, the raìgaëa garland on Your neck says, "Don't worry. You may also take that vow."

Text 47 (d)

Kåñëaù: (raìgaëa-mäläà dåñövä saçlägham).

çaìke cirät kim api raìgaëa-puñpa-saìghaù

puëyaà purä parama-tirtha-vare vyadhatta

yasmän mamäpy asulabhe madiräkñi säkñäd

aìgi-cakära tava vakñasi saìga-saukhyam

raìgaëa-delightful; mäläm-garland; dåñövä-having seen; sa-with; çlägham-words of praise; çaìke-I believe; cirät-for a long time; kim api-to a great extent; raìgaëa-delightful; puñpa-of flowers; saìghaù-multitude; puëyam-pious deeds; purä-previously; parama-supreme; tirtha-of holy places; vare-very excellent; vyadhatta-performed; yasmät-because of which; mama-My; api-even; asulabhe-difficult to attain; madira-akñi-whose eyes are as charming and restless as khanjaëa birds; säkñät-directly; aìgi-cakära-accepted; tava-your; vakñasi-on the breast; saìga-of association; saukhyam-happiness.

Kåñëa: (Glancing at the raìgaëa garland, Kåñëa praises it.) O girl with the beautiful eyes, I think that these raìgaëa flowers must have for a long time performed many pious deeds at the best of holy places so that now they may enjoy the pleasure of directly touching your breasts, breasts I Myself am not allowed to touch.

Text 48 (a)

Rädhikä: halä visähe, jä kkhu maha kaëöhädo baleëa ä-aööhi-a nidä tu-e aëagghä guïja-ali sä däëià samappi-adu. esä sakkhä appaëo raìgaëa-mäli-ä geëhi-adu.

halä-O; visähe-Viçäkhä; jä-who; kkhu-indeed; maha-my; kaëöhädaù-from the neck; baleëa-by force; ä-aööhi-a-having pulled; nida-brought; tu-e-by you; aëagghä-priceless; guïjä-ali-necklace of gunja; sä-she; däëim-now; samappi-adu-withered; äppanaù-own; raìgana-delightful; mäli-ä-garland; genhi-adu-should be taken.

Rädhikä: Viçäkhä, please take this raìgaëa garland from my neck. Place that priceless guïjä necklace there instead. These raìgaëa flowers are dried up.

Text 48 (b)

Viçäkhä: go-uläëanda. guïja-hära-kide maha kuppadi pi-a-sahi.

Kåñëaù: rädhe, saënidhehi. tava kaëöhe guïjävalim ädadhämi. (ity upasarpati).

Rädhikä: (sasmitam ätmagatam) guïjä-hära-samappaëa-miseëa rähi-kaïcu-a-aïcalaà pa-usadi kaëho.

(rädhikä sabhru-vikñepaà parävartate).

go-uläëanda-O bliss of Gokula; guïjä-of gunja; hära-who fashioned; kide-performance; maha-towards me; kuppadi-is angry; pi-a-dear; sahi-friend; radhe-O Rädhä; saënidhehi-please give; tava-your; kaëöhe-on the neck; guïja-avalim-necklace of guïjä; ädadhämi-I shall place; iti-thus; upasarpati-approaches; sa-with; smitam-smile; ätmagatam-aside; guïjä-of gunja; hära-of the necklace; samappaëa-of the offering; niseëa-on the pretext; rähi-of Rädhä; kaïcu-a-the garment covering the breasts; ancalam-border; pa-usadi-touches; kaëhaù-Kåñëa; rädhikä-Rädhä; sa-with; bhru-of the eyebrows; vikñepam-knitting; parävartate-ceases.

Viçäkhä: Bliss of Gokula, my dear friend is angry with me. She wants the guïjä necklace.

Kåñëa: Rädhä, come here. I will give You this guïjä necklace. (He approaches)

Rädhikä: (smiling, She says to Herself) On the pretext of giving Her this guïjä necklace, Kåñëa touches Rädhä's bodice.

(Rädhä stops knitting Her eyebrows.)

Text 48 (c)

Viçäkhä: halä rähe, jaà laddhuà ukkaëöhesi taà kià kkhu laddhäsi.

Rädhikä: (bimbädharaà saëdaçya). dhiööhe, ciööha ciööha. (iti liläravindena täòayati).

Viçäkha: (vihasya) sva-am asaìkëi, mä kuppa. guïjähäraà pucchemi.

halä-O; rähe-Rädhä; jam-Who; laddhum-to attain; ukkaëöhesi-you are eager; tam-Him; kim-whether?; kkhu-indeed; laddhäsi-you have attained; bimba-like bimba fruits; adharam-lips; saëdaçya-bitting; dhiööhe-impudent; ciööha ciööha-stop, stop!; iti-thus; lila-for playing; aravindena-with a lotus flower; tädayati-strikes; vihasya-laughing; sva-am-personally; açaìkini-O bold girl; mä-don't; kuppa-become angry; guïjä-of gunja; häram-necklace; pucchemi-I shall ask.

Viçäkhä: Rädhä, did You get what You wanted?

Rädhikä: (bitting her bimb-fruit lips) Arrogant girl, stop! Stop! (Rädhä strikes Viçäkhä with a pastime lotus-flower.)

Viçäkhä: (laughing) Fearless one, don't be angry. I will ask for the guïjä necklace.

Text 48 (d)

Kåñëaù:

kva tapas tathä mamäste

lilämbuja-hatim aväpnuyäà yana

mäà caïcalena täòaya

locana-kamaläïcelenäpi

kva-where?; tapaù-austerity; tathä-in that way; mama-my; aste-is; lilä-for playing; ambuja-of a lotus flower; hatim-stricking; aväpnuyäm-I may attain; yena-by which; mäm-me; caïcalena-moving; täòaya-please srike; locana-of the eyes; kamala-lotus; aïcalena-with the border; api-even.

Kåñëa: What austerity should I perform that I may be struck by Your pastime lotus-flower? Please strike Me, even if only with a restless glance from the corners of Your lotus eyes.

Text 49

Lalitä:

hariëo samappi-a taëum kiviëäsi kadhaà darävalo-ammi

diëëe cintära-aëe ëa saàpuòammi jutto

hariëaù-to Lord Hari; samappi-a-having offered; taëum-the body; kiviëäsi-you are a miser; kadham-how is it?; darävalo-ammi-in the small glance; diëëe-given; cintära-aëe-cintämani jewel; na-not; saàpuòammi-in the jewelry box; ggahaù-obstinacy; juttaù-proper.

Lalitä: You have offered your body to Kåñëa. Why are You such a miser that You will not even look at Him? A person who gives away a cintämaëi jewel should not refuse to give the case that holds it.

Text 50 (a)

Rädhikä: lalide, evvaà jappanti guru-lo-esu mä kkhu imaà jaëaà avaraddhaà karehi.

Viçäkhä: sahi, kisa saìkasi. ëaà bhaavadi jevva ettha samähäëa-dakkhä.

Lalita: (saharñam ätmagatam) diööhi-ä pi-a-sahi hasidäpäìga-taraìgena kanhaà äliìgadi.

lalide-O Lalitä; evvam-in this way; jappanti-talking; guru-lo-esu-before the superiors; mä-don't; kkhu-indeed; imam-this; jaëam-person; avaraddham-offense; karehi-perform; sahi-O friend; kisa-how is it?; saìkasi-you are afraid; ëam-this; bhaavadi-by the noble Paurëamäsi; jevva-certainly; ettha-here; samänäëa-at reconciliation; dakkhä-expert; sa-with; harñam-joy; ätmagatam-aside; diööhi-by good fortune; pi-a-dear; sahi-friend; hasida-smiling; apaìga-of the sidelong glances; tarangeëa-with the wave; kaëham-Kåñëa; äliìgadi-embraces.

Rädhikä: Lalitä, please don't blaspheme my elders by talking in this way.

Viçäkhä: Friend, why are you afraid? Paurëamäsi is expert at pacifying Your elders.

Lalitä: (joyful, aside) With a smiling sidelong glance my dear friend now fortunately embraces Kåñëa.

Text 50 (b)

Viçäkhä: (sanskåtena) lalite, paçya paçya.

çaçi vyomotsaìgam çaçinam abhitaù känti-lahari

puro våëdäraëyaà sumukhi sahasä känti-laharim

harir våëdäraëyaà harim api kileyaà tava sakhi

sakhià preëaù puro nija-suñamayämaëòayad ayam

saëskåtena-in Sanskrit; lalite-O Lalitä; paçya paçya-look, look; çaçi-the moon; vyoma-of the sky; utsaìgam-contact; çaçinam-the moon; abhitaù-completely; känti-of splendor; lahari-wave; puraù-in the east; våëda-araëyam-the forest of Våndävana; sumukhi-O beautiful-faced Rädhä; sahasä-at once; känti-of spledor; laharim-wave; hariù-Lord Hari; våëda-of Våndävana; araëyam-the forest; harim-Lord Hari; api-even; kila-indeed; iyam-this; tava-your; sakhi-friend; sakhim-friend; premëaù-from love; puraù-abode; nija-own; suñamaya-with the great splendor; amaëdayat-decorates; ayam-this.

Viçäkhä: (in Sanskrit) Lalitä, look! Look! The moon stays in the sky. Waves of splendor flow from the moon. O girl with the beautiful face, Våndävana forest makes those waves of splendor even more beautiful. Kåñëa beautifies Våndävana forest. Your friend makes Kåñëa more glorious. The splendor of Her love decorates your friend and makes Her more beautiful.

Text 51 (a)

Lalitä: haddhi haddhi. visähe pekkha sasi-kantamaëipasudehià jala-purehià sura-pu-aëa-ve-i-purado kidä-im viluppi-anti alevaëa-maëòalä-ià tä ehi. ëaà puppha-ke-äri-aà ëemha.

jala-of water; puraih-by the stream; sura-of the sun-god; pu-aëa-for the worship; ve-i-of the altar; puradaù-in the presence; kidä-im-performed; vilupp-ianti-is broken; alevaëa-of ointments; maëòalä-im-decoration; tä-there; ehi-please go; ëam-these; puppha-of flowers; ke-äri-am-field; ëemha-we should go; niskrante-they exit.

Lalitä: Alas! Alas! Viçäkhä! Look! The melting candrakänta jewels are washing away the sandal-paste ornaments on our altar to the sun-god. Come. Let us go to the garden. (Lalitä and Viçäkhä exit).

Text 51 (b)

Kåñëaù: priye, nedänim api vämyäd virämas te. (ity aïcalaà gåhëäti).

Rädhikä: muïcehi muïcehi. sahi-o maà a-ärenti.

Kåñëaù: kaöhore. mayy atra mäìgi-kuru bhaìguratäm.

Rädhikä: (sasmitam) de-i sarassa-i, vandijjasi jaà saccä jjeva pa-aòäsi.

priye-beloved; na-not; idanim-now; api-even; vamyat-from contrariness; viramah-stop; te-of You; muïcehi muïcehi-let go, let go!; sahi-aù-the two friends; mama-me; a-ärenti-are calling; kaöhore-O cruel girl; mayi-towards me; atra-here; ma-don't; aìgi-kuru-accept; bhaìguratäm-dishonesty; sa-with; smitam-a smile; de-i-O goddess; sarassa-i-O Sarasvati; jjasi-you are offered obeisances; jam-because; saccä-the truth; jjevva-indeed; pa-aòäsi-cause to be manifested.

Kåñëa: Beloved, don't leave Me now! (Kåñëa clutches the edge of Rädhä's garment.)

Rädhikä: Let go! Let go! My friends are calling Me.

Kåñëa: Cruel girl, don't lie to Me.

Rädhikä: (smiling) O Goddess Sarasvati, I bow down before you. Please show that I speak the truth.

Text 51 (c)

Kåñëaù: (kiïcid vihasya)

padminyäs te sumukhi parama-prema-saurabhya-puro

durotsarpi mad-avadhi mudä kåñëa-bhåìgena bheje

äkränto 'yaà tava nava-mukhämbhoja-mädhvika-päna-

pratyäçäbhis tad-avadhi ruvan saàbhrami bambhramiti

kiïcit-somewhat; vihasya-laughing; padminyäù-as splendid as a lotus flowers; te-of you; sumukhi-beautiful face; parama-superexcellent; prema-love of Godhead; saurabhya-of the sweet fragrance; puräh-flood; dura-from a great distance; utsarpi-appearing; mat-of Me; avadhi-up to; mudä-with delight; kåñëa-Kåñëa (or black); bhåìgena-by the bumble-bee; bheje-was enjoyed; äkräntaù-approached; ayam-this; tava-your; nava-fresh; mukha-of the face; ambhoja-lotus flower; mädhvika-of the sweet nectar; päna-of the drinking; pratyäçäbhiù-with the hopes; tat-that; avadhi-up to; ruvan-buzzing; saàbhrami-with great respect (or agitation); bambhrami-constantly whirling about; iti-thus.

Kåñëa: (gently laughing) O girl with the beautiful face, You are like a lotus flower. From far away a black bee worshiped the sweetness of Your lotus fragrance. Hoping to taste the nectar of Your lotus mouth, that excited bee buzzes around You.

Text 52

kiïca

muktänäm upalabhyam eva kucayoù sälokyam älokya te

hitvä saìgam-haàsamasta-suhådäm kaivalyam äsedivän

vaiñamyaà tilam apy anäçritavatoù sändrämåta-syandibhir

mäà purëaà kuru tanvi turëam anayoù säyujya-dänotsavaiù

kiïca-furthermore; muktänäm-of the pearls; upalabhyam-attainable; eva-indeed; kucayoù-on the breasts; sälokyam-the liberation of residing at the same place; älokya-observing; te-of you; hitvä-having placed; saìgama-contact; aham-I; samasta-of all; suhådäm-of the friends; kaivalyam-the liberation of becoming united; äsedivän-sitting; vaiñamyam-unevenness; tilam-a tiny particle; api-even; anäçritavatoù-of those which possess; sandra-intense; amåta-nectar; syandibhiù-by the trickling; mäm-to Me; purëam-fulfilled; kuru-please fo; tanvi-O beautiful and slender girl; turëam-quickly; anayoù-of the two; säyujya-of the liberation of constant association; däna-of the gift; utsavaiù-with the festivities; rädhikä-Rädhä; lajjate-becomes embarrassed.

Your pearls have attained sälokya liberation, for they live on the same planet as Your breasts. Seeing this, I have abandoned the company of all My friends, and now I desire the same kind of liberation as Your pearls. O slender girl, please fulfill My desire, please give Me a jubilant festival, a festival flowing with streams of nectar, a festival of säyujya liberation at Your breasts, which have not taken shelter of even a single sesame seed of ungracefulness.

(Rädhä becomes embarrassed).

Text 53

Kåñëaù: priye, paçya paçya.

apäà patyuù puñöi-karaëa-rasa-päkaù kumudini-

kadambänäm aìga-jvara-haraëa-çitauñadhi-ghaöaù

mågäìko 'yaà koki-pariñad-abhicärädhvarä-dhurä

purognäù kälindi-parisara-pariñkäram akarot

priye-O beloved; paçya paçya-look, look; apäm-of the oceans; patyuù-of the master; puñöi-nourishment; karaëa-cause; rasa-the nectar; päkaù-drinking; kumudini-of lotus flowers; kadambänäm-of the multitudes; aìga-of the limbs; jvara-fever; haraëa-removing; çita-cooling; auçadhi-of medicinal herbs; ghaöah-pitcher; mågäìkaù-moon; ayam-this; koki-of cakravaki birds; pariçat-the assembly; abhicära-of the chanting of mantras; adhvara-of the sacrifice; dhura-purodhäù-the chief priests; kälindi-to the Yamunä river; parisara-near; pariñkäram-decoration and purification; akarot-performed.

Kåñëa: Beloved, look! Look! The moon, its nectar nourished by the ocean, and its moonlight a medicine to cool the lotus flowers' fever, has come to the Yamunä's shore. The moon has become the first priest at a yajïa the cakraväka birds will perform.

Text 54

tad etäà väsantikä-känti-maëòita-maëòalasya candramasaç candrikä-cakra-cumbitaà vicarävo nikuïja-candraçälikäm. (iti niñkräntau).

(iti niskräntäù sarve).

tat-therefore; etäm-this; väsantika-related to spring; känti-of beauty; maëòala-by the abundance; maëòita-decorated; maëòalasya-of the circle; candramasaù-of the moon; candrikä-of the moonlight; cakra-by the circle; cumbitäm-kissed; vicarävaù-let us go; nikuïja-in the grove; candraçäkikäm-to the turret of the house; iti-thus; niskräntau-Rädhä and Kåñëa exit; iti-thus; niñkräntah-exits; sarve-all.

Let Us go to that pavilion in the forest, a pavilion kissed by the light of the beautiful springtime moon.

(Rädhä and Kåñëa exit.)

(Everyone exits.)

Act Four

Veëu-haraëa

Theft of the Flute

Text 1 (a)

(tataù praviçati nändimukhi).

Nändimukhi: bhaëidamhi lalidä-e "halä ëändimuhi, go-maëòale goööhaà pa-iööhe eùi kaëho tuvaranto go-aòòhaëähimuhaà patthido. tä tumaà tattha gadu-a su-alaà viëëavehi, jadhä eso osare ëi-a-vaassassa rähi-äà sumarävedi" tti. (parikramya) kadhaà ettha pa-umä ä-accha-i.

tataù-then; praviçati-enters; nändimukhi-Nändimukhi; bhaëidamhi-I was told; lalidä-e-by Lalita; halä-O; ëändimuhi-Nandimukhi; go-maìgale-when the herd of cows; goööham-the cow-pen; pa-iööhe-enters; eùi-when; kaëhaù-Kåñëa; tuvarantaù-hurridly; go-aòòhaëa-Govardhana hill; ahimuham-near; patthidaù-is situated; tä-therefore; tumam-you; tattha-there; gadu-a-having gone; su-alam-Subala; viëëavehi-please inform; jadhä-just as; esaù-he; osare-on the occasion; ëi-a-own; vaassassa-of the friend; rähi-äm-Rädhä; sumarävedi-causes to remember; tti-thus; parikramya-walking; kadham-how is it?; ettha-here; pa-umä-Padmä; ä-accha-i-is coming.

Nändimukhi: Lalitä said to me, "Friend Nandimukhi, when the cows enter the pasture, Kåñëa quickly goes near Govardhana Hill. Please go there and tell Subala to remind his friend Kåñëa about Rädhä." (Begins to walk.) Why does Padmä come here?

Text 1 (b)

(praviçya)

Padmä: halä ëändimuhi, kämaà kusaläsi. tä kaàpi uvä-aà kadhehi jeëa uvviggaà canda-alim äsäsemi.

praviçya-enters; halä-O; ëändimuhi-Nandimukhi; kämam-indeed; kusaläsi-you are very expert; tä-therefore; kaàpi-some; uvä-am-remedy; kadhehi-please speak; jeëa-by which; uvvi-ggam-agitated; canda-alim-Candrävali; äsäsemi-I may relieve.

Padmä: Nändimukhi, you are very wise. Please tell me what I should do to pacify agitated Candrävali.

Text 1 (c)

Nändimukhi: kià se uvve-a-kälaëam.

Padmä: halä, jäëäsi jjevväàtumaà jadhä padose savvaà kkhu go-ulaà vibbhameëa kaëho paccahaà raïjedi.

Nändimukhi: adha im.

Padmä: saàpadaà däva ettha dakkhiëe goööhaddhe imassa gandho vi dullaho.

kim-what?; se-of her; uvve-a-of the agitation; kälaëam-cause; halä-O; jäëäsi-you know; jjevvam-certainly; tumam-you; jadhä-just as; padose-in the beginning of evening; savvam-all; kkhu-indeed; go-ulam-Gokula; vibbhameëa-with pastimes; kaëhaù-Kåñëa; paccaham-every day; raïjedi-charms and delights; adha im-this is certainly so; saàpadam-at the present time; däva-to that extent; ettha-here; dakkhiëe-in the southern; goööhaddhe-part of the pasture; imassa-of Him; gandhaù-fragrance; vi-even; dullahaù-is difficult to find.

Nändimukhi: Why is she agitated?

Padmä: You know. Every eveing Kåñëa delights the people of Gokula.

Nändimukhi: Yes. It is so.

Padmä: Nowadays it is hard to find even the fragrance of Kåñëa in the southern part of Våndävana.

Text 1 (d)

Nändimukhi: halä, mä duëehi. (saëskåtena)

dåñöaà bimbita-dhätu-citra-racanaà çaibyä lalaöaà mayä

çyämä-kuntala-cämaraà ca viluöhad-vanya-srajoòòämaram

guïjä-hära-latärdha-maïjur adhunä bhadrä-bhujäntas tathä

tathyaà viddhi sa nägari-gurur abhud govardhanasyätibhiù

halä-O; mä-don't; duëehi-become unhappy; dåñöam- seen; bimbita-reflected; dhätu-with mineral pigments; citra- pictures; racanam-construction; çaibyä-Saibyä; lalaöam- forehead; mayä-by me; syama-Syämä; kuntala-hair; cämaram-camara whisk; ca-and; viluöhat-moving about; vanya-of forest flowers; sraja-by the garland; udòämaram-excellent; guïjä- of guïjä; hära-necklace; latä-of a creeper; ardha-half; manjuù-beautiful; adhunä-now; bhadra-Bhadrä; bhuja-of the arm; antaù-the end (shoulders); tathä-in the same way; tathyam-the truth; viddhi-please know; saù-He; nägari-of the beautiful gopis; guruù-the spiritual master; abhut-was; govardhanasya-of Govardhana Hill; atithiù-the guest.

Nändimukhi: Don't worry. I saw Saibyä, her forehead decorated with pictures and designs. I saw Syämä, her cämara hair garlanded with forest flowers. I saw Bhadrä, her shoulders decorated with a guïjä necklace. Please know that He who is the teacher of all playful and beautiful girls must now be the guest of Govardhana Hill.

Text 2

(nepathye)

kåtvä vaàsim akhila-jagati-gita-saìgita-bhaìgi-

säìgi-bhäva-prathama-vasatià saìginià väma-päëau

eça premëä vrajati navanänandana nanda-sunur

mandaà govardhana -çikhariëaù kandarä-mandiräya

nepathye-offstage; kåtvä-having performed; vaàçim-flute; akhila-entire; jagati-of the universe; gita-song; saìgita-the combination of choral and instrumental music; bhaìgi-of the waves; säìgi-complete; bhäva-nature; prathama-original; vasatim-residence; saìginim-friend; vrajati-is going; nayana-eyes; anandaù-bliss; nanda-of Nanda; sunuù-the son (Kåñëa); mandam-slowly; govardhana-of Govardhana Hill; çikharinaù-of the summit; kandarä-of a cave; mandiräya-for a residence.

Våndä: (offstage) Holding In His left hand His friend the flute, a flute that has become the home of waves sweet music that splash against all the worlds, and with blissful eyes looking for a cave where He may stay, with great love Nanda's son slowly walks on the summit of Govardhana Hill.

Text 3 (a)

Nändimukhi: pa-ume, tumaà imiëä vuttanteëa candä-ali-aà suhävehi. ahaà su-alaà aëusarissam. (iti niçkräntä).

Padmä: (punaù paçyanti). esä karälä-e ejji-ä-e cittaà anuvaööanti vaëa-de-adä vundä candä-ali-aà sacchalaà ëiväredi.

pu-ume-O Padmä; tumam-you; imiëä-with this; vuttanteëa-news; candä-ali-am-Candrävali; suhävehi-please delight; aham-I; su-alam-to Subala; aëusarissam-shall go; iti-thus; niçkräntä-j-she exits; punaù-again; paçyanti-looking; esä-this; karälä-e-of Karala; ajji-ä-e-of the pious woman; cittam-the mind; anuvaööanti-following; vaëa-of the forest; de-adä-the demigoddess; vundä-Vånda-devi; candä-ali-am-Candrävali; sa-with; cchalam-a trick; ëiväredi-hinders.

Nändimukhi: Padmä, with this news please make Candrävali happy. I will go to Subala. (Nändimukhi exits)

Padmä: (looking again) Fully aware of what is in Karälä's heart, Våndä, the goddess of Våndävana Forest, uses this trick to stop Candrävali.

Note: Karälä is Candrävali's grandmother.

Text 3 (b)

(nepathye)

kià rädheva durantam icchasi baläd unmadäm älambituà

mugdhe mä maya mänaniya-jarati-väkyaà bahir mä vraja

eça smera-vilocanaïcala-rucä cäpalyam ulläsayann

äyäti vraja-sundari-gaëa-mano-mäëikya-häri hariù

nepathye-offstage; kim-why?; rädhä-Rädhä; iva-just like; durantam-wretched; icchasi-do you desire; balät-violently; unmadäm-madman; älambitum-to embrace; mugdhe-O bewildered girl; mä-don't accept; mänaniya-proud; jarati-old woman; väkyam-words; bahiù-outside; mä-don't; vraja-go; eçaù-He; smera-amorous; vilocana-of the eyes; aïcala-of the corners; rucä-with the luster; cäpalyam-agitation; ulläsayan-causing to manifest; äyati-is arriving; vraja-of Vraja; sundari-of the beautiful girls; gaëa-of the multitude; manah-of the mind; mäëikya-the rubies; häri-stealing; hariù-Lord Hari.

Våndä: (offstage) Why, like Rädhä, do you yearn to embrace that wretched madman? O bewildered girl, don't listen to the words of that proud old lady. Don't go outside. Robbing Vraja's beautiful girls of the rubies that are their hearts, and His smiling eyes splendid, restless, and mischievous, Kåñëa comes.

Text 4 (a)

(praviçya)

Candrävali: (sautkyaà samantäd avalokya). kadhaà vundä-e ali-aà vva vyähari-adi. kudo ettha kaëho. (iti khedaà näöayati).

praviçya-enters; sa-with; autsukyam-anxiety; samantät-in all directions; avalokya-looking; kadham-how is it?; vundä-e-by Våndä; ali-am-a lie; vva-indeed; vyähari-adi-is spoken; kudaù-where?; ettha-here; kaëhaù-is Kåñëa; iti-thus; khedam-distress; näöayati-represents dramatically.

(Candrävali enters).

Candrävali: (eagerly looking in all directions) Why does Våndä lie? Where is Kåñëa? (She becomes distraught.)

Text 4 (b)

Padmä: (upasåtya, saëskåtena).

na saëtäpaà sväntäd davayasi kathaà däva-viçamaà

ghana-svaçaiù kià vä malinayasi bimbädharam api

vanäntän kekäbhiù sakhi çikhari-kakñe mukharayan

sakhi-sthalyäù kalyäëy abhajad upaçalyaà yadu-patiù

upasåtya-appoaching; saëskåtena-in Sanskrit; na-not; saëtäpam-distress; sva-antät-from your heart; daayasi-drive far away; katham-how is it?; däva-viçamam-terrible forest-fire; ghana-deep; sväsaiù-with sighs; kim vä-and why?; malinayasi-are you polluting; bimba-like bimba fruits; adharam-lips; api-and; vana-of the forest; antan-the outskirts; kekäbhiù-with the cries of teh peacocks; sakhi-O friend; çikhari-on the mountain (Govardhana); kakñe-in the forest; mukharayan-talking; sakhi-sthalyäù-of the town Sakhisthali; kalyäëi-O fortunate beautiful girl; abhajat-has attained; upaçalyam-the vicinity; yadu-of the Yadu dynasty; patiù-the Lord (Kåñëa).

Padmä: (approaching, she says in Sanskrit) Why not drive that terrible forest-fire from your heart? Why pollute your bimba-fruit lips with those sighs? O beautiful one, making the forest resound with the peacocks' calls, Kåñëa now stays near the village of Sakhisthali, by the side of Govardhana Hill

Text 5 (a)

Candrävali: (vilokya) kadhaà pi-a-sahi pa-umä. (iti gädham äliìgya). avi ëäma akkhalidaà bhaëidä.

Padmä: adhaim.

vilokya-glancing; kadham-how is it?; pi-a-dear; sahi-friend; pa-umä-Padmä; iti-thus; gädham-deeply; äliìgya-embracing; avi ëäma-perhaps; akkhalidam-truthfully; bhaëidä-spoken; adha im-it is certainly so.

Candrävali: (looking) Is this my dear friend Padmä? (tightly embraces her). I hope what you say is true.

Padmä: Yes, it is true.

Text 5 (b)

(tataù praviçati subalenänugamyamänaù kåñëaù).

Kåñëaù: paçya paçya.

akalita-täpas taraëer

asta-çiro-vithibhis tirodhänät

asphuöa-timira-vijåmbhaù

prathayati toñaà niçärambhaù

tataù-then; praviçati-enters; subalena-by Subala; anugamyamänaù-followed; kåñëaù-Kåñëa; paçya paçya-look, look; akalita-faint; täpaù-heat; taraëeù-of the sun; asta-of the western mountain; çiraù-of the peaks; vithibhiù-by the series; tirodhänät-because of the dissappearance; asphuöa-unclear; timira-of darkness; vijåmbhaù-the yawning; prathayati-increases; toñam-delight; niça-of the evening; arambhaù-the beginning.

(Accompanied by Subala, Kåñëa enters).

Kåñëa: Look! Look! The faint sun now sets in the peaks of the western mountains. With it's faint yawning of darkness, the beginning of evening is very pleasing.

Text 6 (a)

Subalaù: vaassa, ajja go-dohaëaà vi aëavekkhi-a salälasao vi kiàti ettha laddhosi.

Kåñëaù: sakhe, mayuraà varnayaöa kenacit priyäà candrävalià smärito 'smi tad-vilokanäya lälaseyam.

Subalaù: kerisaà mora-vaëëaëam.

vaassa-O friend; ajja-today; gaù-of the cows; dohaëam-milking; vi-even; aëavekkhi-a-neglecting; sa-with; lälasaù-the delight (of performing pastimes); vi-even; kiàti-what?; ettha-here; laddhosi-you have attained; sakhe-O friend; mayuram-the peacock; varnayatä-speaking; kenacit-by someone; priyäm-beloved; candrävalim-Candrävali; smäritaù-reminded; asmi-I am; tat-of her; vilokanäya-for the sight; lälasa-desire; iyam-this; kerisam-like what?; mora mayura-of the peacocks; vaëëaëam-description.

Subala: Friend, even if You are very happy, if You neglect to milk the cows, what will You gain?

Kåñëa: Friend, someone described the peacocks to Me, and that reminded Me of dear Candrävali. Now I yearn to see her.

Subala: How did he describe the peacocks?

Text 6 (b)

Kåñëaù:

unmadena purataù çikhaëòinä

täëòave påthuni maëòali-kåtäà

paçya nindita-mahendra-kärmukäà

kåñëa-candra-cala-candrakävalim

unmadena-intoxicated; purataù-in the presence; çikhaëòinä-by a peacock; täëòave-in a frenzied dance; påthuni-extensive; maëòali-into a circle; kåtäm-made; paçya-just see; nindita-criticized; mahendra-of Lord Indra; kärmukäm-the bow (the rainbow); kåñëa-dark; candra-of the moon; cala-moving; candraka-of peacock feathers; avalim-series.

Kåñëa: He said: "Look at the circle-tail (candrakävali) of this wildly dancing peacock, a tail that eclipses even the rainbow."

Text 7 (a)

Subalaù: tado ä-aööhaëaà vaàçi-kalaà ulläsehi.

(kåñëo vaktre veëuà vinyasyati).

Candrävali: (niçamya. saghurëam). savvadä suvvantivi vi assuda-ari vi-a vimhävedi dummuhi murali.

tadaù-therefore; ä-aööhaëam-attractive; vaàçi-of the flute; kalam-sweet sound; ulläsehi-please manifest; kåñëaù-Kåñëa; vaktre-to His mouth; venum-the flute; vinyasyati-places; niçamya-having heard; sa-with; ghurëam-agitation; savvada-at all times; suvvantivi-although heard; assuda-unheard; ari-pastimes; vi-a-as if; vimhävedi-amazes; dummuhi-harshly speaking; murali-flute.

Subala: Please play some sweet music on Your flute.

(Kåñëa places the flute to His mouth.)

Candrävali: (Hearing the sound of the flute, she becomes agitated.) Whenever I hear it, that playful rascal flute fills me with wonder.

Text 7 (b)

Kåñëaù: sakhe subala, adya candrävali-prasäde tvayä mamänukulena bhavitavyam.

Subalaù: adha im.

Padmä: halä, pekkha. eso veëu-saëëä-e tumaà tuvarävedi go-ulenda-ëandaëo.

sakhe-O friend; subala-Subala; adya-now; candrävali-of Candrävali; prasäde-the favor; tvayä-because of you; mama-of me; änukulena-by the favor; bhavitavyam-may be; adha im-yes, indeed; halä-O; pekkha-look; esaù-He; veëu -of the flute; saëëä-e-with the signal; tumam-to you; tuvar&a